Document:

exv4w1

Exhibit 4.1

ALLIANCE BENEFIT GROUP OF ILLINOIS

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PROTOTYPE PLAN AND TRUST

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 

	ARTICLE I 
	 	 	 	 
	DEFINITIONS 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II 
	 	 	 	 
	ADMINISTRATION 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2.1 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER
	 	 	14	 
	2.2 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY
	 	 	14	 
	2.3 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
	 	 	14	 
	2.4 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR
	 	 	14	 
	2.5 RECORDS AND REPORTS
	 	 	15	 
	2.6 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS
	 	 	15	 
	2.7 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
	 	 	15	 
	2.8 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
	 	 	16	 
	2.9 MAJORITY ACTIONS
	 	 	16	 
	2.10 CLAIMS PROCEDURE
	 	 	16	 
	2.11 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
	 	 	16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III
	 	 	 	 
	ELIGIBILITY
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	3.1 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY
	 	 	16	 
	3.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION
	 	 	17	 
	3.3 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
	 	 	17	 
	3.4 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
	 	 	17	 
	3.5 REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE
	 	 	17	 
	3.6 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE
	 	 	18	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV
	 	 	 	 
	CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	4.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	 	 	18	 
	4.2 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	 	 	19	 
	4.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS
	 	 	19	 
	4.4 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS
	 	 	26	 
	4.5 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS
	 	 	28	 
	4.6 ROLLOVERS
	 	 	28	 
	4.7 PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS
	 	 	29	 
	4.8 AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	30	 
	4.9 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	30	 
	4.10 PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS
	 	 	30	 
	4.11 INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN
	 	 	32	 
	4.12 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE
	 	 	32	 

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	ARTICLE V
	 	 	 	 
	VALUATIONS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	5.1 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND
	 	 	32	 
	5.2 METHOD OF VALUATION
	 	 	32	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI
	 	 	 	 
	DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	6.1 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT
	 	 	32	 
	6.2 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
	 	 	32	 
	6.3 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY
	 	 	33	 
	6.4 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION
	 	 	34	 
	6.5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
	 	 	35	 
	6.6 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
	 	 	38	 
	6.7 TIME OF DISTRIBUTION
	 	 	40	 
	6.8 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	40	 
	6.9 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT INDIVIDUAL
	 	 	44	 
	6.10 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN
	 	 	44	 
	6.11 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION
	 	 	44	 
	6.12 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP
	 	 	45	 
	6.13 SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PROFIT SHARING PLANS
	 	 	45	 
	6.14 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION
	 	 	46	 
	6.15 DIRECT ROLLOVERS
	 	 	46	 
	6.16 TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN
	 	 	47	 
	6.17 CORRECTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	47	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII
	 	 	 	 
	TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	7.1 BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE
	 	 	47	 
	7.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE
	 	 	48	 
	7.3 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF NONDISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE
	 	 	49	 
	7.4 POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
	 	 	51	 
	7.5 LIFE INSURANCE
	 	 	51	 
	7.6 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
	 	 	52	 
	7.7 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
	 	 	53	 
	7.8 TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES
	 	 	53	 
	7.9 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE
	 	 	53	 
	7.10 AUDIT
	 	 	53	 
	7.11 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE
	 	 	54	 
	7.12 TRANSFER OF INTEREST
	 	 	54	 
	7.13 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION
	 	 	54	 
	7.14 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY
	 	 	54	 

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	ARTICLE VIII
	 	 	 	 
	AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	8.1 AMENDMENT
	 	 	55	 
	8.2 TERMINATION
	 	 	55	 
	8.3 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS
	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX
	 	 	 	 
	TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	9.1 TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
	 	 	56	 
	9.2 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS
	 	 	56	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X
	 	 	 	 
	MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	10.1 EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS
	 	 	57	 
	10.2 PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS
	 	 	57	 
	10.3 ALIENATION
	 	 	58	 
	10.4 CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN
	 	 	58	 
	10.5 GENDER AND NUMBER
	 	 	58	 
	10.6 LEGAL ACTION
	 	 	58	 
	10.7 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS
	 	 	58	 
	10.8 EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
	 	 	59	 
	10.9 INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
	 	 	59	 
	10.10 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS
	 	 	59	 
	10.11 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER
	 	 	59	 
	10.12 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY
	 	 	59	 
	10.13 HEADINGS
	 	 	59	 
	10.14 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
	 	 	59	 
	10.15 UNIFORMITY
	 	 	60	 
	10.16 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
	 	 	60	 
	10.17 ELECTRONIC MEDIA
	 	 	60	 
	10.18 PLAN CORRECTION
	 	 	60	 
	10.19 NONTRUSTEED PLANS
	 	 	60	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XI
	 	 	 	 
	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	11.1 ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER
	 	 	60	 
	11.2 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
	 	 	60	 
	11.3 DESIGNATION OF AGENT
	 	 	61	 
	11.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS
	 	 	61	 
	11.5 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES
	 	 	61	 
	11.6 AMENDMENT
	 	 	61	 
	11.7 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION
	 	 	61	 
	11.8 ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY
	 	 	62	 
	11.9 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE
	 	 	62	 

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

iii

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	ARTICLE XII
	 	 	 	 
	CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	12.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	 	 	62	 
	12.2 PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION
	 	 	63	 
	12.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS
	 	 	65	 
	12.4 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS
	 	 	66	 
	12.5 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS
	 	 	68	 
	12.6 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS
	 	 	70	 
	12.7 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS
	 	 	72	 
	12.8 SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS
	 	 	74	 
	12.9 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP
	 	 	77	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XIII
	 	 	 	 
	SIMPLE 401(K) PROVISIONS
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	13.1 SIMPLE 401(k) PROVISIONS
	 	 	78	 
	13.2 DEFINITIONS
	 	 	78	 
	13.3 CONTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	78	 
	13.4 ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
	 	 	79	 
	13.5 VESTING REQUIREMENTS
	 	 	79	 
	13.6 TOP-HEAVY RULES
	 	 	79	 
	13.7 NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS
	 	 	79	 

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

iv

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth herein
unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

1.1 “Account” means any separate notational account established and maintained by the Administrator
for each Participant under the Plan. To the extent applicable, a Participant may have any (or all)
of the following Accounts:

(a) “Combined Account” means the account representing the Participant’s total interest under
the Plan resulting from (a) the Employer’s contributions in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan
or Money Purchase Plan, and (b) the Employer Nonelective Contributions in the case of a 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan. Separate accountings shall be maintained with respect to that portion of a
Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions made pursuant to Section
12.1(a)(2) and to Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3).

(b) “Elective Deferral Account” means the account established hereunder to which Elective
Deferrals (including a separate accounting for Catch-Up Contributions) are allocated. Amounts
in the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to
the distribution restrictions of Section 12.2(d). For calendar years beginning after December
31, 2005, the Elective Deferral Account may consist of the sub-Accounts listed below. Unless
specifically stated otherwise, any reference to a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account will
refer to both of these sub-Accounts.

(1) “Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account” means the portion of the Elective Deferral Account
attributable to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (i.e., Elective Deferrals that are not subject
to Federal Income Tax at the time of their deferral to the Plan).

(2) “Roth Elective Deferral Account” means the portion of the Elective Deferral Account
attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals (i.e., that are subject to Federal Income Tax at
the time of their deferral).

(c) “Qualified Matching Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to which
Qualified Matching Contributions are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Matching Contribution
Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of
Section 12.2(d).

(d) “Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to
which Qualified Nonelective Contributions are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Nonelective
Contribution Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution
restrictions of Section 12.2(d).

(e) “Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder
to which a Participant’s tax-deductible qualified voluntary employee contributions made
pursuant to Section 4.9 are allocated.

(f) “Rollover Account” means the account established hereunder to which amounts transferred
from another qualified plan or Individual Retirement Account in accordance with Section 4.6 are
allocated.

(g) “Transfer Account” means the account established hereunder to which amounts transferred to
this Plan from a direct plan-to-plan transfer in accordance with Section 4.7 are allocated.

(h) “Voluntary Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to which after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8 are allocated. Amounts
recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 12.5 shall
remain subject to the limitations of Section 12.2. Therefore, a separate accounting shall be
maintained with respect to that portion of the Voluntary Contribution Account attributable to
after-tax voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8.

1.2 “ACP” means the “Actual Contribution Percentage” determined pursuant to Section 12.6(d).

1.3 “Act” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time
to time.

1.4 “ADP” means the “Actual Deferral Percentage” determined pursuant to Section 12.4(d).

1.5 “Administrator” means the Employer unless another person or entity has been designated by the
Employer pursuant to Section 2.2 to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer. “Administrator”
also includes any Qualified Termination Administrator (QTA) that has assumed the responsibilities
of the Administrator in accordance with guidelines set forth by the Department of Labor.

1.6 “Adoption Agreement” means the separate agreement which is executed by the Employer and sets
forth the elective provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

1

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

1.7 “Affiliated Employer” means any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of
corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business
(whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))
with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an
affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any
other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section
414(o).

1.8 “Anniversary Date” means the last day of the Plan Year.

1.9 “Annuity Starting Date” means, with respect to any Participant, the first day of the first
period for which an amount is paid as an annuity, or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the
form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitles the Participant
to such benefit.

1.10 “Beneficiary” means the person (or entity) to whom all or a portion of a deceased
Participant’s interest in the Plan is payable, subject to the restrictions of Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

1.11 “Catch-Up Contribution” means, effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2001,
an Elective Deferral made to the Plan by a Catch-Up Eligible Participant that, during any taxable
year of such Participant, exceeds one of the following:

(a) a statutory dollar limit on Elective Deferrals or “annual additions” as provided in Code
Sections 401(a)(30), 402(h), 403(b), 408, 415(c), or 457(b)(2) (without regard to Code Section
457(b)(3)), as applicable;

(b) any Plan limit on Elective Deferrals other than a limit described in (a) above; or the
limit imposed by the actual deferral percentage (ADP) test under Code Section 401(k)(3) which
Excess Contributions would otherwise be distributed pursuant to Section 12.5(b) to a Highly
Compensated Employee who is a Catch-Up Eligible Participant.

     Catch-Up Contributions for a Participant for a Participant’s taxable year may not exceed the
dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under Code Section 414(v) for the Participant’s taxable
year. The dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for
taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for
taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by
the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C). Any
such adjustments shall be in multiples of $500. Notwithstanding the preceding, different dollar
limits apply to Catch-Up Contributions under SIMPLE 401(k) plans.

1.12 “Catch-Up Eligible Participant” means, for any Participant’s taxable year beginning after
December 31, 2001, a Participant who:

     (a) is eligible to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan
pursuant to Section 12.2; and

     (b) will attain age 50 or older by the end of such taxable year.

1.13
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.14
“Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant and except as otherwise
provided below and in the Adoption Agreement,

     (a) one of the following as elected in the Adoption
Agreement:

(1) Information required to be reported under Code Sections 6041, 6051 and 6052 (Wages,
tips and other compensation as reported on Form W-2). Compensation means wages, within the
meaning of Code Section 3401(a), and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by
the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is
required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d),
6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code
Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for
agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

(2) Code Section 3401(a) Wages. Compensation means an Employee’s wages within the meaning
of Code Section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but
determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based
on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

2

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(3) 415 safe harbor compensation. Compensation means wages, salaries, and fees for
professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an
amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in
gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation
for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums,
tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a
nonaccountable plan (as described in Regulation Section 1.62-2(c))), and excluding the
following:

(i) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible
in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer
contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions
are excludable from the Employee’s gross income, or any distributions from a plan of
deferred compensation;

(ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when
restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable
or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

(iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired
under a qualified stock option; and

(iv) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, or contributions made by the
Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are
actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

(b) However, Compensation for any Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to Earned Income.
Furthermore, the contributions on behalf of any Owner-Employee shall be made only with respect
to the Earned Income for such Owner-Employee which is derived from the trade or business with
respect to which such Plan is established.

(c) Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is actually paid to the Participant
during the determination period. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the determination
period shall be the period elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer
makes no election, the determination period shall be the Plan Year.

(d) Notwithstanding the above, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include
all of the following types of elective contributions and all of the following types of deferred
compensation:

(1) Elective contributions that are made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant that
are not includible in
gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), and 132(f)(4). If
specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), amounts
under Code Section 125 shall be deemed to include any amounts not available to a
Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to
certify that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount
under Code Section 125 pursuant to the preceding sentence only if the Employer does not
request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of
the enrollment process for the health plan.

(2) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning
of Code Section 457(b); and

(3) Employee contributions (under governmental plans) described in Code Section 414(h)(2)
that are picked up by the employing unit and thus are treated as Employer contributions.

(e) If the Employer elects, in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted
Elections), to apply the post-severance compensation provisions of the proposed Code Section
415 Regulations, then Compensation will include payments made within 2 1/2 months after
severance from employment (within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)) if they are
payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the Employee while
the Employee continued in employment with the Employer and are regular compensation for
services during the Employee’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the
Employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions,
bonuses, or other similar compensation, and payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or
other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had
continued. Any payments not described above are not considered Compensation if paid after
severance from employment, even if they are paid within 2 1/2 months following severance from
employment, except for payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for
the Employer by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Code Section
414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have
received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than
entering qualified military service.

(f) For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, Compensation in excess of $200,000
shall be disregarded for all purposes, except that for purposes of salary deferral elections,
the Administrator is not required to disregard Compensation in excess of $200,000. Such amount
shall be adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with
Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies
to any determination period beginning with or within such calendar year. If a determination
period consists of fewer than twelve (12) months, the $200,000 annual Compensation limit will
be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the
determination period, and the denominator of which is twelve (12). If this is a target benefit
plan, then except as otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

3

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

determining benefit accruals in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, Compensation for
any prior determination period shall be limited to $200,000.

(g) If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude a class of Employees from the
Plan, then Compensation for any Employee who becomes eligible or ceases to be eligible to
participate during a determination period shall only include Compensation while the Employee is
an Eligible Employee.

(h) If, in connection with the adoption of any amendment, the definition of Compensation has
been modified, then, except as otherwise provided herein, for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year
which includes the adoption date of such amendment, Compensation means compensation determined
pursuant to the terms of the Plan then in effect.

1.15 “Contract” or “Policy” means any life insurance policy, retirement income policy, or annuity
contract (group or individual) issued by the Insurer. In the event of any conflict between the
terms of this Plan and the terms of any contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall
control.

1.16 “Custodian” means a person or entity that has custody of all or any portion of the Plan
assets.

1.17 “Designated Investment Alternative” means a specific investment identified by name by the
Employer (or such other Fiduciary who has been given the authority to select investment options) as
an available investment under the Plan to which Plan assets may be invested by the Trustee (or
Insurer) pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant.

1.18 “Directed Investment Option” means a Designated Investment Alternative and any other
investment permitted by the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures to which Plan assets may
be invested pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant.

1.19 “Directed Trustee” means a Trustee who, with respect to the investment of Plan assets, is
subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a properly appointed Investment
Manager, a named Fiduciary, or Plan Participant. To the extent the Trustee is a Directed Trustee,
the Trustee does not have any discretionary authority with respect to the investment of Plan
assets. In addition, the Trustee is not responsible for the propriety of any directed investment
made pursuant to this Section and shall not be required to consult or advise the Employer regarding
the investment quality of any directed investment held under the Plan.

1.20 “Discretionary Trustee” means a Trustee who has the authority and discretion to invest, manage
or control any portion of the Plan assets without direction from any person or entity.

1.21 “Early Retirement Date” means the date specified in the Adoption Agreement on which a
Participant has satisfied the requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early Retirement
Age). If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall become fully Vested upon satisfying
such requirements if the Participant is still employed at the Early Retirement Age.

     A Participant who separates from service after satisfying any service requirement but before
satisfying the age requirement for Early Retirement Age and who thereafter reaches the age
requirement contained herein shall be entitled to receive benefits under this Plan (other than any
accelerated vesting and allocations of Employer contributions) as though the requirements for Early
Retirement Age had been satisfied.

1.22 “Earned Income” means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with
respect to which the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual are a
material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not
included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by
contributions made by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code Section
404. In addition, net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the
taxpayer by Code Section 164(f).

     If Compensation is defined to exclude any items of Compensation (other than Elective
Deferrals), then for purposes of determining the Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual, Earned
Income shall be adjusted by multiplying Earned Income by the percentage of total Compensation that
is included for the Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The percentage
is determined by calculating the percentage of each Nonhighly Compensated Eligible Participant’s
total Compensation prior to excluding any items selected in the Adjustments to Compensation Section
of the Adoption Agreement that is included in the definition of Compensation and averaging those
percentages.

1.23 “Effective Date” means the date this Plan, including any restatement or amendment of this
Plan, is effective. Where the Plan is restated or amended, a reference to Effective Date is the
effective date of the restatement or amendment, except where the context indicates a reference to
an earlier Effective Date. If this Plan is retroactively effective, the provisions of this Plan
generally control. However, if the provisions of this Plan are different from the provisions of the
Employer’s prior plan document and, after the retroactive Effective Date of this Plan, the Employer
operated in compliance with the provisions of the prior plan, the provisions of such prior plan are
incorporated into this Plan for purposes of determining whether the Employer operated the Plan in
compliance with its terms, provided operation in compliance with the terms of the prior plan do not
violate any qualification requirements under the Code, Regulations, or other IRS guidance.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

4

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

     The Employer may designate special effective dates for individual provisions under the Plan
where provided in the Adoption Agreement or under Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other
Permitted Elections). If one or more qualified retirement plans have been merged into this Plan,
the provisions of the merging plan(s) will remain in full force and effect until the effective date
of the plan merger(s).

1.24 “Elective Deferrals” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to
a Participant’s deferral election pursuant to Section 12.2, excluding any such amounts distributed
as “excess annual additions” pursuant to Section 4.5. Elective Deferrals shall be subject to the
requirements of Sections 12.2(c) and 12.2(d) and shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be
required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of the Code Section 401(k) Regulations. For
calendar years beginning after December 31, 2005, the term “Elective Deferrals” includes Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals.

1.25 “Eligible Employee” means any Eligible Employee as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as
provided herein. With respect to a non-standardized Adoption Agreement, an individual shall not be
an Eligible Employee if such individual is not reported on the payroll records of the Employer as a
common law employee. In particular, it is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common
law employees by the Employer on its payroll records and out-sourced workers, are not Eligible
Employees and are excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency
determines that such individuals are common law employees and not independent contractors. However,
the two preceding sentences shall not apply to partners or other Self-Employed Individuals unless
the Employer treats them as independent contractors. Furthermore, with respect to a
non-standardized Adoption Agreement, Employees of an Affiliated Employer will not be treated as
Eligible Employees prior to the date the Affiliated Employer adopts the Plan as a Participating
Employer.

     Employees who became Employees as the result of a “Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction”
will, unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, only be Eligible Employees after the
expiration of the transition period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last
day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. A Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)
transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in
the Employer of the Employees of a trade or business that is subject to the special rules set forth
in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C). However, regardless of any election made in the Adoption Agreement,
if a separate entity becomes an Affiliated Employer as the result of a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)
transaction, then Employees of such separate entity will not be treated as Eligible Employees prior
to the date the entity adopts the Plan as a Participating Employer or, with respect to a
standardized Adoption Agreement, if earlier, the expiration of the transition period set forth
above.

     If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude union employees, then Employees
whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and
“employee representatives” under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining and if two percent (2%) or less of the Employees covered pursuant to that agreement are
professionals as defined in Regulation Section 1.410(b)-9, shall not be eligible to participate in
this Plan to the extent of employment covered by such agreement. For this purpose, the term
“employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are
employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

     If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude nonresident aliens, then
Employees who are nonresident aliens (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who
received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which
constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section
861(a)(3)) shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan. In addition, this paragraph shall
also apply to exclude from participation in the Plan an Employee who is a nonresident alien (within
the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) but who receives earned income (within the meaning of
Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United
States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)), if all of the Employee’s earned income from
the Employer from sources within the United States is exempt from United States income tax under an
applicable income tax convention. The preceding sentence will apply only if all Employees described
in the preceding sentence are excluded from the Plan.

     If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal
Employees, then notwithstanding any such exclusion, if any such excluded Employee actually
completes a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected), then
such Employee will enter the Plan on the next entry date following completion of the Year of
Service (or, if applicable, Period of Service), provided the Employee is employed by the Employer
on that entry date.

1.26 “Employee” means any person who is employed by the Employer. The term “Employee” shall also
include any person who is an employee of an Affiliated Employer and any Leased Employee deemed to
be an Employee as provided in Code Section 414(n) or (o).

1.27 “Employer” means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement, any successor which shall
maintain this Plan and any predecessor which has maintained this Plan. In addition, unless the
context means otherwise, the term “Employer” shall include any Participating Employer which shall
adopt this Plan.

1.28 “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

(a) The aggregate “contribution percentage amounts” (as defined in Section 12.6) actually made
on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and taken into account in
computing the numerator of the ACP, over

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

5

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(b) The maximum “contribution percentage amounts” permitted by the ACP test in Section 12.6
(determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated
Participants in order of their “contribution percentages” beginning with the highest of such
percentages).

     Such determination shall be made after first taking into account corrections of any Excess
Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 and then taking into account adjustments of any Excess
Contributions pursuant to Section 12.5.

1.29 “Excess Compensation” means, with respect to a Plan that is integrated with Social Security
(permitted disparity), a Participant’s Compensation which is in excess of the integration level
elected in the Adoption Agreement. However, if Compensation is based on less than a twelve (12)
month determination period, Excess Compensation shall be determined by reducing the integration
level by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in the short period and
the denominator of which is twelve (12). A determination period is not less than twelve (12) months
solely because a Participant’s Compensation does not include Compensation paid during a
determination period while the Participant was not a Participant in this component of the Plan.

1.30 “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

(a) The aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually made on behalf of Highly
Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and taken into account in computing the numerator
of the ADP, over

(b) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test in Section 12.4
(determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated
Participants in order of the actual deferral ratios, beginning with the highest of such
ratios).

     In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed and/or recharacterized
with respect to an affected Highly Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount shall
be reduced by any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to such affected Highly Compensated
Participant for the Participant’s taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.

1.31 “Excess Deferrals” means, with respect to any taxable year of a Participant, either (1) those
elective deferrals within the meaning of Code Sections 402(g) or 402A that are made during the
Participant’s taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) (including,
if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-Up Contributions defined in Code Section 414(v)) for
such year; or (2) are made during a calendar year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code
Sections 402(g) and 402A (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-Up Contributions
defined in Code Section 414(v)) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year,
counting only Elective Deferrals made under this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement
maintained by the Employer.

1.32 “Fiduciary” means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary
control respecting
management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition
of its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect,
with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to
do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration
of the Plan.

1.33 “Fiscal Year” means the Employer’s accounting year.

1.34 “Forfeiture” means that portion of a Participant’s Account that is not Vested and is disposed
of in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption
Agreement, Forfeitures occur pursuant to (a) below.

     (a) A Forfeiture will occur on the earlier of:

(1) The last day of the Plan Year in which a Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year
Breaks in Service, or

(2) The distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant’s Account of a Participant
who has severed employment with the Employer. For purposes of this provision, if the
Participant has a Vested benefit of zero, then such Participant shall be deemed to have
received a distribution of such Vested benefit as of the year in which the severance of
employment occurs. For this purpose, a Participant’s Vested benefit shall not include: (1) the
Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Contribution Account, and (2) the Participant’s Rollover
Account.

(b) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Forfeiture will occur as of the last day of the
Plan Year in which a Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

     Regardless of the preceding, if a Participant is eligible to share in the allocation of
Forfeitures in the year in which the Forfeiture would otherwise occur, then the Forfeiture will not
occur until the end of the first Plan Year for which the Participant is not eligible to share in
the allocation of Forfeitures. Furthermore, the term “Forfeiture” shall also include amounts deemed
to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.

1.35 “Former Employee” means an individual who has severed employment with the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

6

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

1.36 “414(s) Compensation” means Compensation as defined in Section 1.14. However, the Employer may
operationally elect to use any other definition of compensation for 414(s) Compensation provided
such definition satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the
Regulations thereunder. The period for determining 414(s) Compensation must be either the Plan Year
or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year. An Employer may further limit the period
taken into account to that part of the Plan Year or calendar year in which an Employee was a
Participant in the component of the Plan being tested. The period used to determine 414(s)
Compensation must be applied uniformly to all Participants for the Plan Year.

1.37 “415 Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant, such Participant’s (a) Wages, tips
and other compensation on Form W-2, (b) Section 3401(a) wages or (c) 415 safe harbor compensation
as elected in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of Compensation. 415 Compensation shall be based
on the full Limitation Year regardless of when participation in the Plan commences. Furthermore,
regardless of any election made in the Adoption Agreement, 415 Compensation shall include any
elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is contributed or
deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in the
gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Sections 125, 457, and 132(f)(4).

     If elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), amounts under
Code Section 125 shall be deemed to include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in
lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other
health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 pursuant to the
preceding sentence only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the
Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

     For Limitation Years beginning in and after the year specified in Appendix A to the Adoption
Agreement (but in no event earlier than the Limitation Year beginning in 2005), payments made
within 2 1/2 months after severance from employment (within the meaning of Code Section
401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)) will be compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) if they are
payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the Employee while the
Employee continued in employment with the Employer and are regular compensation for services during
the Employee’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular
working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar
compensation, and payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the
Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. Any payments not
described above are not considered compensation if paid after severance from employment, even if
they are paid within 2 1/2 months following severance from employment, except for payments to an
individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military
service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed
the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services
for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

     415 Compensation will be limited to the same dollar limitations set forth in Section 1.14
adjusted in such manner as permitted under Code Section 415(d).

     Except as otherwise provided herein, if, in connection with the adoption of any amendment, the
definition of 415 Compensation has been modified, then for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which
includes the adoption date of such amendment, 415 Compensation means compensation determined
pursuant to the terms of the Plan then in effect.

1.38 “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee described in Code Section 414(q) and the
Regulations thereunder, and generally means any Employee who:

(a) was a “five percent (5%) owner” as defined in Section 1.44(b) at any time during the
“determination year” or the “look-back year”; or

(b) for the “look-back year” had 415 Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and,
if elected in the Adoption Agreement, was in the Top-Paid Group for the “look-back year.” The
$80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section
415(d).

     The “determination year” means the Plan Year for which testing is being performed and the
“look-back year” means the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. However, if the calendar
year data election is made in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of (b) above, the “look-back
year” shall be the calendar year beginning within the twelve (12) month period immediately
preceding the “determination year.”

     The Top-Paid Group election may be made at any time up to the date the applicable test for
which the term is being used must be performed (including any statutory or regulatory provision for
the correction of a failure of such test).

     A Highly Compensated Former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining highly
compensated employee status as in effect for that “determination year,” in accordance with
Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 and IRS Notice 97-45 (or any superseding guidance).

     In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are nonresident aliens and
who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)) from the Employer
constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be
treated as Employees. If a nonresident alien Employee has U.S. source income, that Employee is
treated as

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

7

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

satisfying this definition if all of such Employee’s U.S. source income from the Employer is exempt
from U.S. income tax under an applicable income tax treaty. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers
shall be taken into account as a single employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code
Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are
covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not
covered in any qualified plan maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for
this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer’s
retirement plans. Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly Compensated
Employees without regard to whether they performed services during the “determination year.”

1.39 “Highly Compensated Participant” means any Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to
participate in the component of the Plan being tested.

1.40 “Hour of Service” means (1) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly
compensated or entitled to Compensation by the Employer for the performance of duties during the
applicable computation period (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation
period in which the duties are performed); (2) each hour for which an Employee is directly or
indirectly compensated or entitled to Compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the
employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such as
vacation, holidays, sickness, incapacity (including disability), jury duty, lay-off, military duty
or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period (these hours will be calculated and
credited pursuant to Department of Labor regulation Section 2530.200b-2 which is incorporated
herein by reference); (3) each hour for which back pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer
without regard to mitigation of damages (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the
computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation
period in which the award, agreement or payment is made). The same Hours of Service shall not be
credited both under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).

     Notwithstanding (2) above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are required to be credited
to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no
duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which
an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during
which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is
made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’
compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and (iii) Hours of Service
are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or
medically related expenses incurred by the Employee. Furthermore, for purposes of (2) above, a
payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment
is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or
insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions
made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees
or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate.

     Hours of Service will be credited for employment with all Affiliated Employers and for any
individual considered to be a Leased Employee pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or 414(o) and the
Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the provisions of Department of Labor regulations Section
2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the following method as elected in the
Adoption Agreement:

If the days worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with ten (10) Hours of
Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
during the day.

If the weeks worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with forty-five (45) Hours
of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of
Service during the week.

If the semi-monthly payroll periods worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with
ninety-five (95) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at
least one (1) Hour of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.

If the months worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with one hundred ninety
(190) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1)
Hour of Service during the month.

If the bi-weekly payroll periods worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with
ninety (90) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least
one (1) Hour of Service during the bi-weekly payroll period.

If the actual hours method is elected, an Employee is credited with the actual Hours of Service
the Employee
completes with the Employer or the number of Hours of Service for which the Employee is paid
(or entitled to payment).

1.41 “Insurer” means any legal reserve insurance company which has issued or shall issue one or
more Contracts or Policies under the Plan.

1.42 “Investment Manager” means a Fiduciary as described in Act Section 3(38).

1.43 “Joint and Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for the life of a Participant with a
survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s spouse which is not less than fifty percent
(50%), nor more than one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the annuity

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

8

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse which can be
purchased with the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan reduced by any outstanding loan
balances pursuant to Section 7.6.

1.44 “Key Employee” means, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, an Employee
as defined in Code Section 416(i) and the Regulations thereunder. Generally, any Employee or former
Employee (including any deceased employee as well as each of the Employee’s or former Employee’s
Beneficiaries) is considered a Key Employee if the Employee or former Employee, at any time during
the Plan Year that contains the “determination date,” has been included in one of the following
categories:

(a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the Regulations
under Code Section 416) having annual 415 Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under
Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002);

(b) a “five percent (5%) owner” of the Employer. “Five percent (5%) owner” means any person who
owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent
(5%) of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five
percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of
an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or
profits interest in the Employer; and

(c) a “one percent (1%) owner” of the Employer having annual 415 Compensation from the Employer
of more than $150,000. “One percent (1%) owner” means any person who owns (or is considered as
owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the value of the
outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the total
combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated
business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of the capital or profits interest in
the Employer.

     In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated
under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers. In determining
whether an individual has 415 Compensation of more than $150,000, 415 Compensation from each
employer required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be taken into
account.

1.45 “Late Retirement Date” means the date of, or the first day of the month or the Anniversary
Date coinciding with or next following, whichever corresponds to the election in the Adoption
Agreement for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant’s actual retirement after having reached
the Normal Retirement Date.

1.46 “Leased Employee” means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient Employer) who,
pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person or entity (“leasing
organization”), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons
determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a
period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by
the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing
organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be
treated as provided by the recipient Employer. Furthermore, Compensation for a Leased Employee
shall only include Compensation from
the leasing organization that is attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer.

     A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient Employer if: (a) such
employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a non-integrated employer
contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in Code Section
415(c)(3), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (b) leased
employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipient Employer’s nonhighly
compensated workforce.

1.47 “Limitation Year” means the determination period used to determine Compensation. However, the
Employer may elect a different Limitation Year in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified plans
maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. Furthermore, unless there is a change
to a new Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be a twelve (12) consecutive month period. In
the case of an initial Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be the twelve (12) consecutive
month period ending on the last day of the period specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the
Limitation Year is amended to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new “Limitation
Year” must begin on a date within the “Limitation Year” in which the amendment is made.

1.48 “Net Profit” means, with respect to any Fiscal Year, the Employer’s net income or profit for
such Fiscal Year determined upon the basis of the Employer’s books of account in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, without any reduction for taxes based upon income, or for
contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other qualified plan.

1.49 “Nonelective Contribution” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan other than Elective
Deferrals, any Qualified Nonelective Contributions and any Qualified Matching Contributions.
Employer matching contributions which are not Qualified Matching Contributions shall be considered
a Nonelective Contribution for purposes of the Plan.

1.50 “Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participant” means any Employee/Participant who is not a
Highly Compensated Employee. However, if pursuant to Sections 12.4 or 12.6 the prior year testing
method is used to calculate the ADP or the ACP, a Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participant shall
be determined using the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for the preceding Plan
Year.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

9

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

1.51 “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee or former Employee (and such Employee’s or former
Employee’s Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

1.52 “Normal Retirement Age” means the age elected in the Adoption Agreement at which time a
Participant’s Account shall be nonforfeitable (if the Participant is employed by the Employer on or
after that date). However, solely for purposes of nondiscrimination testing under Code Section
401(a)(4), the Employer may deem the social security retirement age (as defined in Code Section
415(b)(8)) as the Normal Retirement Age.

1.53 “Normal Retirement Date” means the date elected in the Adoption Agreement.

1.54 “1-Year Break in Service” means, if the Hour of Service method is elected in the Adoption
Agreement, the applicable computation period during which an Employee or former Employee has not
completed more than 500 Hours of Service. However, if the Employer selected, in the Service
Crediting Method Section of the Adoption Agreement, to define a Year of Service as less than 1,000
Hours of Service, then the 500 Hours of Service in this definition of 1-Year Break in Service shall
be proportionately reduced. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether an Employee has
incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service shall be recognized for “authorized leaves of
absence” and “maternity and paternity leaves of absence.” For this purpose, Hours of Service shall
be credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit
therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service, or, in any
other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for a
“maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall be those which would normally have been credited
but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours
normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be
credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall not exceed the number of Hours of
Service needed to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service.

     “Authorized leave of absence” means an unpaid, temporary cessation from active employment with
the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness,
military service, or any other reason.

     A “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence from work for any period by
reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, birth of the Employee’s child, placement of a child with the
Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any absence for the purpose of caring
for such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement.

     If the Elapsed Time method is elected in the Service Crediting Section of the Adoption
Agreement, then a “1-Year Break in Service” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning
on the severance from service date or any anniversary thereof and ending on the next succeeding
anniversary of such date; provided, however, that the Employee or former Employee does not perform
an Hour of Service for the Employer during such twelve (12) consecutive month period.

1.55 “Owner-Employee” means a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest in the Employer or a
partner (or member in the case of a limited liability company treated as a partnership or sole
proprietorship for federal income tax purposes) who owns more than ten percent (10%) of either the
capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives income for personal
services from the Employer.

1.56 “Participant” means any Employee or Former Employee who has satisfied the requirements of
Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and entered the Plan and is eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan. In
addition, the term “Participant” also includes any individual who was a Participant (as defined in
the preceding sentence) and who must continue to be taken into account under a particular provision
of the Plan (e.g., because the Participant has an Account balance in the Plan).

1.57 “Participant Directed Account” means that portion of a Participant’s interest in the Plan with
respect to which the Participant has directed the investment in accordance with the Participant
Direction Procedures.

1.58 “Participant Direction Procedures” means such instructions, guidelines or policies, the terms
of which are incorporated herein, as shall be established pursuant to Section 4.10 and observed by
the Administrator and applied and provided to Participants who have Participant Directed Accounts.

1.59 “Participating Employer” means an Employer who adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 11.1.

1.60 “Period of Service” means every twelve (12) month period commencing with an Employee’s first
day of employment or reemployment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer and ending on the
first day of a Period of Severance. The first day of employment or reemployment is the first day
the Employee performs an Hour of Service. An Employee will also receive partial credit for any
Period of Severance of less than twelve (12) consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will
be expressed in terms of days.

     Periods of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Periods of
Service with any predecessor employer that maintained this Plan shall be recognized. Periods of
Service with any other predecessor employer shall be recognized as elected in the Adoption
Agreement.

     In determining Periods of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Periods of Service
will be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as specified in Section 3.5.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

10

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

     In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the Hour of Service method to the
Elapsed Time method, an Employee will receive credit for a Period of Service consisting of:

(a) A number of years equal to the number of Years of Service credited to the Employee before
the computation period during which the amendment occurs; and

(b) The greater of (1) the Periods of Service that would be credited to the Employee under the
Elapsed Time method for service during the entire computation period in which the transfer
occurs or (2) the service taken into account under the Hour of Service method as of the date of
the amendment.

     In addition, the Employee will receive credit for service subsequent to the amendment
commencing on the day after the last day of the computation period in which the transfer occurs.

1.61 “Period of Severance” means a continuous period of time during which an Employee is not
employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is
discharged, or if earlier, the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was
otherwise first absent from service.

     In the case of an individual who is absent from work for “maternity or paternity” reasons, the
twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such
absence shall not constitute a one year Period of Severance. For purposes of this paragraph, an
absence from work for “maternity or paternity” reasons means an absence (a) by reason of the
pregnancy of the individual, (b) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (c) by reason
of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by
such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately
following such birth or placement.

1.62 “Plan” means this instrument (hereinafter referred to as Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois
Defined Contribution Prototype Plan and Trust Defined Contribution Plan Basic Plan Document 01) and
the Adoption Agreement as adopted by the Employer, including all amendments thereto and any
appendix which is specifically permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

1.63 “Plan Year” means the Plan’s accounting year as specified in the Adoption Agreement. Unless
there is a Short Plan Year, the Plan Year will be a twelve-consecutive month period.

1.64 “Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for the life of a Participant’s
spouse, the payments under which must be equal to the benefit which can be provided with the
percentage, as specified in the Adoption Agreement, of the Participant’s Vested interest in the
Plan as of the date of death. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, the percentage
shall be equal to fifty percent (50%). Furthermore, if less than one hundred percent (100%) of the
Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan is used to provide the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, a
proportionate share of each of the Participant’s Accounts subject to the Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity shall be used to provide the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

1.65 “Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals” means a Participant’s Elective Deferrals that are not includible
in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred.

1.66 “Qualified Matching Contribution” means any Employer matching contributions that are made
pursuant to Sections 12.1(a)(2) (if elected in the Adoption Agreement), 12.5 and 12.7.

1.67 “Qualified Nonelective Contribution” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan that are
made pursuant to Sections 12.1(a)(4), 12.5 and 12.7.

1.68 “Regulation” means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury
or a delegate of the Secretary of the Treasury, and as amended from time to time.

1.69 “Retirement Date” means the date as of which a Participant retires for reasons other than
Total and Permanent Disability, regardless of whether such retirement occurs on a Participant’s
Normal Retirement Date, Early Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date (see Section 6.1).

1.70 “Roth Elective Deferrals” means, for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2005, a
Participant’s Elective Deferrals that are includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time
deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals by the Participant in his
or her deferral election. Roth Elective Deferrals shall be subject to
the requirements of Sections 12.2(c) and 12.2(d) and shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be
required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(2), the
provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. A Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals
will be maintained in a separate account containing only the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals
and gains and losses attributable to those Roth Elective Deferrals.

1.71 “Salary Reduction Agreement” means an agreement between a Participant and the Employer,
whereby the Participant elects to reduce Compensation by a specific dollar amount or percentage and
the Employer agrees to contribute such amount into the 401(k) Plan. A

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

11

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

Salary Reduction Agreement may require that an election be stated in specific percentage increments
(not greater than one percent (1%) increments) or in specific dollar amount increments (not greater
than dollar increments that could exceed one percent (1%) of Compensation).

     A Salary Reduction Agreement may not be effective prior to the later of: (a) the date the
Employee becomes a Participant; (b) the date the Participant agrees (including by automatic
consent) to the Salary Reduction Agreement; or (c) the date the 401(k) plan is adopted by the
Employer or applicable Participating Employer. A Salary Reduction Agreement is valid even though it
is executed by an Employee before he or she actually becomes a Participant, so long as the Salary
Reduction Agreement is not effective before the date the Employee becomes a Participant. A Salary
Reduction Agreement may only apply to Compensation that becomes currently available to the Employee
after the effective date of the Salary Reduction Agreement.

     A Salary Reduction Agreement (or other written procedures) must designate a uniform period
during which an Employee may change or terminate his or her deferral election under the Salary
Reduction Agreement. A Participant’s right to change or terminate a Salary Reduction Agreement may
not be available on a less frequent basis than once per Plan Year.

1.72 “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from
the trade or business for which the Plan is established, and, also, an individual who would have
had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable
year. A Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee.

1.73 “Shareholder-Employee” means a Participant who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Code
Section 318(a)(1)) more than five percent (5%) of the Employer’s outstanding capital stock during
any year in which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation (S Corporation)
under the applicable Code Sections relating to Small Business Corporations.

1.74 “Short Plan Year” means, if specified in the Adoption Agreement or as the result of an
amendment, a Plan Year of less than a twelve (12) month period. If there is a Short Plan Year, the
following rules shall apply in the administration of this Plan. In determining whether an Employee
has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is used) for
benefit accrual purposes in the Short Plan Year, the number of the Hours of Service (or months of
service if the Elapsed Time method is used) required shall be proportionately reduced based on the
number of days (or months) in the Short Plan Year. The determination of whether an Employee has
completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service) for vesting and eligibility purposes shall be
made in accordance with Department of Labor regulation Section 2530.203-2(c). In addition, if this
Plan is integrated with Social Security, then the integration level shall be proportionately
reduced based on the number of months in the Short Plan Year.

1.75 “Taxable Wage Base” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the contribution and benefit base
under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of such Plan Year.

1.76 “Terminated Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but whose employment has
been terminated with the Employer or applicable Participating Employer other than by death, Total
and Permanent Disability or retirement.

1.77 “Top-Heavy Plan” means a plan described in Section 9.2(a).

1.78 “Top-Heavy Plan Year” means a Plan Year during which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

1.79 “Top-Paid Group” shall be determined pursuant to Code Section 414(q) and the Regulations
thereunder and generally means the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees who performed services for
the Employer during the applicable year, ranked according to the amount of 415 Compensation
received from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account
as a single employer, and Leased Employees shall be treated as Employees if required pursuant to
Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees who are nonresident aliens who received no earned income
(within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source
income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Furthermore,
for the purpose of determining the number of Employees in any year, the following additional
Employees may also be excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose
of identifying the particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group:

     (a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

     (b) Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours per week;

     (c) Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a year; and

     (d) Employees who have not yet attained age twenty-one (21).

     In addition, if ninety percent (90%) or more of the Employees of the Employer are covered
under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds to be collective bargaining agreements between
Employee representatives and the Employer, and the Plan covers only Employees who are not covered
under such agreements, then Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the
total number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular Employees in the
Top-Paid Group.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

12

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

     The foregoing exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on a uniform and
consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.
Furthermore, in applying such exclusions, the Employer may substitute any lesser service, hours or
age.

1.80 “Total and Permanent Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not
less than twelve (12) months. The disability of a Participant shall be determined by a licensed
physician. However, if the condition constitutes total disability under the federal Social Security
Acts, the Administrator may rely upon such determination that the Participant is Totally and
Permanently Disabled for the purposes of this Plan. The determination shall be applied uniformly to
all Participants.

1.81 “Trustee” means any person or entity that is named in the Adoption Agreement or has otherwise
agreed to serve as Trustee, or any successors thereto. In addition, unless the context means, or
the Plan provides, otherwise, the term “Trustee” shall mean the Insurer if the Plan is fully
insured.

     If the sponsor of this prototype is a bank, savings and loan, trust company, credit union or
similar institution, a person or entity other than the prototype sponsor (or its affiliates or
subsidiaries) may not serve as Trustee without the written consent of the sponsor.

1.82 “Trust Fund” means, if the Plan is funded with a trust, the assets of the Plan and Trust as
the same shall exist from time to time.

1.83 “Valuation Date” means the date or dates specified in the Adoption Agreement. Regardless of
any election to the contrary, the Valuation Date shall include the Anniversary Date and may include
any other date or dates deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator for the valuation of
Participants’ Accounts during the Plan Year, which may include any day that the Trustee (or
Insurer), any transfer agent appointed by the Trustee (or Insurer) or the Employer, or any stock
exchange used by such agent, are open for business.

1.84 “Vested” means the nonforfeitable portion of any account maintained on behalf of a
Participant.

1.85 “Year of Service” means the computation period of twelve (12) consecutive months, herein set
forth, and during which an Employee has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service (unless a lower
number of Hours of Service is specified in the Adoption Agreement).

     For purposes of eligibility for participation, the initial computation period shall begin with
the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service (employment commencement date).
Unless otherwise elected in the Service Crediting Method Section of the Adoption Agreement, the
succeeding computation periods shall begin on the anniversary of the Employee’s employment
commencement date. However, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if one (1) Year of
Service or less is required as a condition of eligibility, then the computation period after the
initial computation period shall shift to the current Plan Year which includes the anniversary of
the date on which the Employee first performed an Hour of Service, and subsequent computation
periods shall be the Plan Year. If there is a shift to the Plan Year, an Employee who is credited
with the number of Hours of Service to be credited with a Year of Service in both the initial
eligibility computation period and the first Plan Year which commences prior to the first
anniversary of the Employee’s initial eligibility computation period will be credited with two (2)
Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

     If two (2) Years of Service are required as a condition of eligibility, a Participant will
only have completed two (2) Years of Service for eligibility purposes upon completing two (2)
consecutive Years of Service without an intervening 1-Year Break in Service.

     For vesting purposes, and all other purposes not specifically addressed in this Section, the
computation period shall be the period elected in the Service Crediting Method Section of the
Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Service Crediting Method Section of the Adoption
Agreement, then the computation period shall be the Plan Year.

     In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Years of Service will
be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as specified in Section 3.5.

     Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service for eligibility purposes will be measured on the
same eligibility computation period. Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service for vesting
purposes will be measured on the same vesting computation period.

     Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Years of
Service with any predecessor employer that maintained this Plan shall be recognized. Years of
Service with any other predecessor employer shall be recognized as elected in the Adoption
Agreement.

     In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the Elapsed Time method to the
Hour of Service method, an Employee will receive credit for Years of Service equal to:

(a) The number of Years of Service equal to the number of 1-year Periods of Service credited to
the Employee as of the date of the amendment; and

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

13

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(b) In the computation period which includes the date of the amendment, a number of Hours of
Service (using the Hours of Service equivalency method elected in the Adoption Agreement) to
any fractional part of a year credited to the Employee under this Section as of the date of the
amendment.

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATION

2.1 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

(a) Appointment of Trustee (or Insurer) and Administrator. In addition to the general powers
and responsibilities otherwise provided for in this Plan, the Employer shall be empowered to
appoint and remove the Trustee (or Insurer) and the Administrator from time to time as it deems
necessary for the proper administration of the Plan to ensure that the Plan is being operated
for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the
terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act. The Employer may appoint counsel, specialists,
advisers, agents (including any nonfiduciary agent) and other persons as the Employer deems
necessary or desirable in connection with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under this Plan.
The Employer may compensate such agents or advisers from the assets of the Plan as fiduciary
expenses (but not including any business (settlor) expenses of the Employer), to the extent not
paid by the Employer.

(b) Funding policy and method. The Employer shall establish a “funding policy and method,”
i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity (e.g., to pay
benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same)
is a more current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to do so. If the Trustee (or
Insurer) has discretionary authority, the Employer or its delegate shall communicate such needs
and goals to the Trustee (or Insurer), who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its investment
policy. The communication of such a “funding policy and method” shall not, however, constitute
a directive to the Trustee (or Insurer) as to the investment of the Trust Funds. Such “funding
policy and method” shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the
requirements of Title I of the Act.

(c) Appointment of Investment Manager. The Employer may appoint, at its option, an Investment
Manager, investment adviser, or other agent to provide investment direction to the Trustee (or
Insurer) with respect to any or all of the Plan assets. Such appointment shall be given by the
Employer in writing in a form acceptable to the Trustee(or Insurer) and shall specifically
identify the Plan assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have
the authority to direct the investment.

(d) Review of fiduciary performance. The Employer shall periodically review the performance of
any Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it under the
provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures established hereunder. This requirement may
be satisfied by formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically
designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other
appropriate ways.

2.2 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

     The Employer may appoint one or more Administrators. If the Employer does not appoint an
Administrator, the Employer will be the Administrator. Any person, including, but not limited to,
the Employees of the Employer, shall be eligible to serve as an Administrator. Any person so
appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. An Administrator
may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Employer or be removed by the Employer by
delivery of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, or upon delivery
to the Administrator if no date is specified. Upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator,
the Employer may designate in writing a successor to this position.

2.3 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

     If more than one person is appointed as Administrator, then the responsibilities of each
Administrator may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing by each Administrator. If no
such delegation is made by the Employer, then the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities
among themselves, in which event the Administrators shall notify the Employer and the Trustee (or
Insurer) in writing of such action and specify the responsibilities of each Administrator. The
Trustee (or Insurer) thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the
appropriate Administrator until such time as the Employer or the Administrators file with the
Trustee (or Insurer) a written revocation of such designation.

2.4 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

     The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan for the exclusive
benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The
Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and
discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in connection with
the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Benefits under this Plan will be
paid only if the Administrator decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
Any such determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The
Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile
any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to
carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act,
interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform
principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the Plan continue to
be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code Section 401(a),

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

14

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. The
Administrator shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish its duties under this
Plan.

     The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general administration of the Plan
and the powers necessary to carry out such duties as set forth under the terms of the Plan,
including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to the eligibility of an Employee to
participate or remain a Participant hereunder and to receive benefits under the Plan;

(b) the authority to review and settle all claims against the Plan, including claims where the
settlement amount cannot be calculated or is not calculated in accordance with the Plan’s
benefit formula. This authority specifically permits the Administrator to settle disputed
claims for benefits and any other disputed claims made against the Plan;

(c) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee (or Insurer) with respect to the amount and the
kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be entitled hereunder;

(d) to authorize and direct the Trustee (or Insurer) with respect to all discretionary or
otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust Fund;

(e) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan;

(f) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and publish such rules for regulation
of the Plan that are consistent with the terms hereof;

(g) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased from any Insurer, and to
designate the Insurer from which such Contract shall be purchased;

(h) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee (or Insurer) from time to time
the sums of money necessary or desirable to be contributed to the Plan;

(i) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee (or Insurer) regarding the short and long-term
liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee (or Insurer) can exercise any investment
discretion (if the Trustee (or Insurer) has such discretion), in a manner designed to
accomplish specific objectives;

(j) to prepare and implement a procedure for notifying Participants and Beneficiaries of their
rights to elect Joint and Survivor Annuities and Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuities if required
by the Plan, Code and Regulations thereunder;

(k) to assist Participants regarding their rights, benefits, or elections available under the
Plan;

(l) to act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communicating with Participants as needed to
maintain Plan compliance with Act Section 404(c) (if the Employer intends to comply with Act
Section 404(c)) including, but not limited to, the receipt and transmission of Participants’
directions as to the investment of their accounts under the Plan and the formation of policies,
rules, and procedures pursuant to which Participants may give investment instructions with
respect to the investment of their accounts; and

(m) to determine the validity of, and take appropriate action with respect to, any qualified
domestic relations order received by it.

2.5 RECORDS AND REPORTS

     The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep all other books of
account, records, and other data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan and
shall be responsible for supplying all information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service,
Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

2.6 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

     The Administrator may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including nonfiduciary
agents) and other persons as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable in connection with the
administration of this Plan, including but not limited to agents and advisers to assist with the
administration and management of the Plan, and thereby to provide, among such other duties as the
Administrator may appoint, assistance with maintaining Plan records and the providing of investment
information to the Plan’s investment fiduciaries and, if applicable, to Plan Participants.

2.7 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

     The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all pertinent
facts as the Administrator may require in order to perform its functions hereunder and the
Administrator shall advise the Trustee (or Insurer) of such of the foregoing facts as may be

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

15

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

pertinent to the Trustee’s (or Insurer’s) duties under the Plan. The Administrator may rely upon
such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or responsibility to verify
such information.

2.8 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     All reasonable expenses of administration may be paid out of the Plan assets unless paid by
the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the
Administrator, or any person or persons retained or appointed by any named Fiduciary incident to
the exercise of their duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants,
counsel, Investment Managers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) appointed for the purpose of
assisting the Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer) in carrying out the instructions of
Participants as to the directed investment of their accounts (if permitted) and other specialists
and their agents, the costs of any bonds required pursuant to Act Section 412, and other costs of
administering the Plan. In addition, unless specifically prohibited under statute, regulation or
other guidance of general applicability, the Administrator may charge to the Account of an
individual Participant a reasonable charge to offset the cost of making a distribution to the
Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee. If liquid assets of the Plan are insufficient to
cover the fees of the Trustee (or Insurer) or the Plan Administrator, then Plan assets shall be
liquidated to the extent necessary for such fees. In the event any part of the Plan assets becomes
subject to tax, all taxes incurred will be paid from the Plan assets. Until paid, the expenses
shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund.

2.9 MAJORITY ACTIONS

     Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of administrative authority pursuant
to Section 2.3, if there is more than one Administrator, then they shall act by a majority of their
number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf.

2.10 CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Administrator. Written
notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within ninety (90) days (45
days if the claim involves disability benefits) after the application is filed, or such period as
is required by applicable law or Department of Labor regulation. In the event the claim is denied,
the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in the notice in language calculated to
be understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where
appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In
addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan’s claims review
procedure.

2.11 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

     Any Employee, former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a
decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be entitled to request the
Administrator to give further consideration to the claim by filing with the Administrator a written
request for a hearing. Such request, together with a written statement of the reasons why the
claimant believes such claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no later than
sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 2.10. The
Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next sixty (60) days, at which the claimant
may be represented by an attorney or any other representative of such claimant’s choosing and
expense and at which the claimant shall have an opportunity to submit written and oral evidence and
arguments in support of the claim. At the hearing, the claimant or the claimant’s representative
shall have an opportunity to review all documents in the possession of the Administrator which are
pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance. A final decision as to the allowance of the
claim shall be made by the Administrator within sixty (60) days (45 days if the claim involves
disability benefits) of receipt of the appeal (unless there has been an extension of sixty (60)
days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits) due to special circumstances, provided the
delay and the special circumstances occasioning it are communicated to the claimant within the
sixty (60) day period (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits)). Such communication
shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include specific
reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
decision is based. Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent any of the time periods specified
in this Section are amended by law or Department of Labor regulation, then the time frames
specified herein shall automatically be changed in accordance with such law or regulation.

     If the Administrator, pursuant to the claims review procedure, makes a final written
determination denying a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit claim, then in order to
preserve the claim, the Participant or Beneficiary must file an action with respect to the
denied claim not later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of the
Administrator’s final determination.

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

3.1 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

     Any Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the date such Employee has
satisfied the conditions of eligibility elected in the Adoption Agreement.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

16

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

3.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

(a) General rule. An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the conditions of eligibility pursuant
to Section 3.1 shall become a Participant effective as of the date elected in the Adoption
Agreement. If said Employee is not employed on such date, but is reemployed before a 1-Year
Break in Service has occurred, then such Employee shall become a Participant on the date of
reemployment or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had
the Employee not terminated employment. If such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, then
eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 3.5.

(b) Recognition of predecessor service. Unless specifically provided otherwise in the Adoption
Agreement, an Eligible Employee who satisfies the Plan’s eligibility requirement conditions by
reason of recognition of service with a predecessor employer will become a Participant as of
the day the Plan credits service with a predecessor employer or, if later, the date the
Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the service with the predecessor employer
been service with the Employer.

(c) Noneligible to eligible class. If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility
requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant, shall go from a classification of a
noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee shall become a Participant on the
date such Employee becomes an Eligible Employee or, if later, the date that the Employee would
have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee.

(d) Eligible to noneligible class. If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility
requirements and would otherwise become a Participant, shall go from a classification of an
Eligible Employee to a noneligible class of Employees, such Employee shall become a Participant
in the Plan on the date such Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee, or, if later, the
date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an
Eligible Employee. However, if such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, eligibility will
be determined under the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 3.5.

3.3 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     The Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in the
Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and
binding upon all persons, as long as the same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such
determination shall be subject to review pursuant to Section 2.11.

3.4 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an
ineligible Employee, such Participant shall continue to vest in the Plan for each Year of Service
(or Period of Service, if the Elapsed Time method is used) completed while an ineligible Employee,
until such time as the Participant’s Account is forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of
the Plan. Additionally, the Participant’s interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the
earnings of the Trust Fund in the same manner as Participants.

3.5 REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE

(a) Rehired Participant/immediate re-entry. If any Former Employee who had been a Participant
is reemployed by the Employer, then the Employee shall become a Participant as of the
reemployment date, unless the Employee is not an Eligible Employee or the Employee’s prior
service is disregarded pursuant to Section 3.5(d) below. If such prior service is disregarded,
then the rehired Eligible Employee shall be treated as a new hire.

(b) Rehired Eligible Employee who satisfied eligibility. If any Eligible Employee had satisfied
the Plan’s eligibility requirements but, due to a severance of employment, did not become a
Participant, then such Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the later of (1) the
entry date on which he or she would have entered the Plan had there been no severance of
employment, or (2) the date of his or her re-employment. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the
rehired Eligible Employee’s prior service is disregarded pursuant to Section 3.5(d) below, then
the rehired Eligible Employee shall be treated as a new hire.

(c) Rehired Eligible Employee who had not satisfied eligibility. If any Eligible Employee who
had not satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements is rehired after severance from
employment, then such Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan in accordance
with the eligibility requirements set forth in the Adoption
Agreement and the Plan. However, in applying any shift in an eligibility computation period,
the Eligible Employee is not treated as a new hire unless prior service is disregarded in
accordance with Section 3.5(d) below.

(d) Reemployed after 1-Year Break in Service (“rule of parity” provisions). If any Employee is
reemployed after a 1-Year Break in Service has occurred, Years of Service (or Periods of
Service if the Elapsed Time method is being used) shall include Years of Service (or Periods of
Service if the Elapsed Time method is being used) prior to the 1-Year Break in Service subject
to the rules set forth below. The Employer may elect in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement
(Other Permitted Elections) to make the provisions of this paragraph inapplicable for purposes
of eligibility and/or vesting.

(1) In the case of a Former Employee who under the Plan does not have a nonforfeitable
right to any interest in the Plan resulting from Employer contributions, Years of Service
(or Periods of Service) before a period of 1-Year Breaks in Service will

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

17

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

not be taken into account if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equals or
exceeds the greater of (A) five (5) or (B) the aggregate number of pre-break Years of
Service (or Periods of Service). Such aggregate number of Years of Service (or Periods of
Service) will not include any Years of Service (or Periods of Service) disregarded under
the preceding sentence by reason of prior 1-Year Breaks in Service;

(2) A Former Employee who has not had Years of Service (or Periods of Service) before a
1-Year Break in Service disregarded pursuant to (1) above, shall participate in the Plan as
of the date of reemployment, or if later, as of the date the Former Employee would
otherwise enter the Plan pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 taking into account all service
not disregarded.

(e) Vesting after 5 1-Year Breaks in Service. After a Participant who has severed employment
with the Employer incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, the Vested portion of
such Participant’s Account attributable to pre-break service shall not be increased as a result
of post-break service. In such case, separate accounts will be maintained as follows:

(1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break service; and

(2) one account representing the Participant’s Employer-derived account balance in the Plan
attributable to post-break service.

(f) Buyback provisions. If any Former Employee who had been a Participant is reemployed by the
Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Participant had
received a distribution of the entire Vested interest prior to reemployment, then the forfeited
account shall be reinstated only if the Participant repays the full amount which had been
distributed (including amounts from Accounts that were fully Vested such as the Elective
Deferral Account). Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five (5) years after the
first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or the close of
the first period of five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the
distribution. If a distribution occurs for any reason other than a severance of employment, the
time for repayment may not end earlier than five (5) years after the date of distribution. In
the event the Participant does repay the full amount distributed, the undistributed forfeited
portion of the Participant’s Account must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or
losses occurring subsequent to the Valuation Date preceding the distribution. The source for
such reinstatement may be Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year. If such source is
insufficient, then the Employer will contribute an amount which is sufficient to restore the
Participant’s Account, provided, however, that if a discretionary contribution is made for such
year, such contribution will first be applied to restore any such accounts and the remainder
shall be allocated in accordance with the terms of the Plan. If a non-Vested Participant was
deemed to have received a distribution and such Participant is reemployed by the Employer
before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, then such Participant will be deemed to
have repaid the deemed distribution as of the date of reemployment.

3.6 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

     An Employee is not permitted to elect not to participate in the Plan. Notwithstanding the
preceding, in case of a non-standardized Plan, any irrevocable elections not to participate in any
component of this Plan shall remain in effect provided such elections were made prior to the date
of the adoption of this restatement. An Employee who previously made such an election not to
participate under the Plan is treated as a nonbenefiting Employee for purposes of the minimum
coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b) and, if such irrevocable election applies to
Elective Deferrals, the Employee is not an eligible Participant for purposes of the Actual Deferral
Percentage test set forth in Section 12.4 or the Actual Contribution Percentage test set forth in
Section 12.6.

ARTICLE IV

CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION

     (a) For a Money Purchase Plan:

(1) The Employer will make contributions on the following basis. On behalf of each
Participant eligible to share in allocations, for each year of such Participant’s
participation in this Plan, the Employer will contribute the amount elected in the Adoption
Agreement. All contributions by the Employer will be made in cash. In the event a funding
waiver is obtained, this Plan shall be deemed to be an individually designed plan.

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Employer which is not a tax-exempt
entity, the Employer’s contribution for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount
allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code Section 404. However,
to the extent necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum allocations, the Employer shall
make a contribution even if it exceeds the amount that is deductible under Code Section
404.

     (b) For a Profit Sharing Plan:

(1) For each Plan Year, the Employer may (or will in the case of a Prevailing Wage
Contribution as set forth in the Formula for Determining Employer Profit Sharing
Contribution Section of the Adoption Agreement) contribute to the Plan such amount as
elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. In addition, the Employer may make a
discretionary “gateway contribution” pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(4).

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

18

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(2) Additionally, the Employer will contribute to the Plan the amount necessary, if any, to
provide the top-heavy minimum allocations even if it exceeds current or accumulated Net
Profit or the amount that is deductible under Code Section 404.

(3) Subject to the consent of the Trustee (or Insurer), the Employer may make its
contribution to the Plan in the form of property, provided such contribution does not
constitute a prohibited transaction under the Code or the Act. The decision to make a
contribution of property is subject to the general fiduciary rules under the Act.

(c) Frozen Plans. The Employer may designate that the Plan is a frozen Plan at the Contribution
Types Section of the Adoption Agreement. As a frozen Plan, the Employer will not make any
Employer contributions with respect to Compensation earned after the date identified in the
Adoption Agreement, and if the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, no Participant will be permitted to make
Elective Deferrals to the Plan for any period following the effective date identified in the
Adoption Agreement. In addition, once a Plan is frozen, no Eligible Employees shall become
Participants.

4.2 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION

     Unless otherwise provided by contract or law, the Employer may make its contribution to the
Plan for a particular Plan Year at such time as the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines.
However, if pursuant to Section 12.8, the “ADP test safe harbor contribution” being made to the
Plan is a matching contribution that is made on a basis other than the Plan Year quarter, then the
matching contributions with respect to any Elective Deferrals made during a Plan Year quarter must
be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the immediately following Plan Year quarter. If the
Employer makes a contribution for a particular Plan Year after the close of that Plan Year, the
Employer will designate to the Administrator the Plan Year for which the Employer is making its
contribution.

4.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

(a) Separate accounting. The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name
of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or
other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

(b) Allocation of contributions. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all
information required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer’s
contribution, if any, for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of
receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator shall allocate any
contributions as follows:

(1) Money Purchase allocation. For a Money Purchase Plan (other than a Money Purchase Plan
which is integrated by allocation):

(i) The Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the
manner set forth in Section 4.1 herein and as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

(ii) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall only be eligible to
share in the allocations of the
Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant is an Eligible Employee at any
time during the year and the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement are
satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.3(f). If
no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to
share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant
completes more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service
if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or
is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. Furthermore, with respect to a
non-standardized Adoption Agreement, regardless of any election in the Adoption
Agreement to the contrary, for the Plan Year in which this Plan terminates, a
Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s
contributions for the Plan Year if the Participant is employed at the end of the Plan
Year and has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time
method is elected).

(2) Permitted disparity allocation. For an integrated Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan allocation or a Money Purchase Plan which is integrated by allocation:

(i) Except as provided in Section 4.3(f) for top-heavy purposes and subject to the
“overall permitted disparity limits,” the Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to
each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to 5.7% of the sum of each
Participant’s Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not
contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be allocated a share
of the contribution in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Compensation
plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus the
total Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year. However, in the case of
any Participant who has exceeded the “cumulative permitted disparity limit,” the
allocation set forth in this paragraph shall be based on such Participant’s
Compensation rather than Compensation plus Excess Compensation.

Regardless of the preceding, 4.3% shall be substituted for 5.7% above if Excess
Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable
Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the
Taxable Wage Base, then 5.4% shall be substituted for 5.7% above.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

19

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(ii) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated above, if
any, shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the same proportion that each
such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of
all Participants for such year.

(iii) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall only be eligible to
share in the allocations of the
Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant is an Eligible Employee at any
time during the year and the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement are
satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.3(f). If
no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to
share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant
completes more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service
if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or
is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

(iv) The following “overall permitted disparity limits” (which consist of the “annual
overall permitted disparity limit” and the “cumulative permitted disparity limit”)
apply to the allocations set forth above.

(A) “Annual overall permitted disparity limit.” Notwithstanding the preceding
paragraphs, if in any Plan Year this Plan “benefits” any Participant who “benefits”
under another qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code
Section 408(k), maintained by the Employer that either provides for or imputes
permitted disparity (integrates), then such plans will be considered to be one plan
and will be considered to comply with the permitted disparity rules if the extent
of the permitted disparity of all such plans does not exceed 100%. For purposes of
the preceding sentence, the extent of the permitted disparity of a plan is the
ratio, expressed as a percentage, which the actual benefits, benefit rate, offset
rate, or employer contribution rate, whatever is applicable under the Plan, bears
to the limitation under Code Section 401(l) applicable to such Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer maintains two or more standardized
paired plans, only one plan may provide for permitted disparity.

(B) “Cumulative permitted disparity limit.” With respect to a Participant who
“benefits” or “has benefited” under a defined benefit or target benefit plan of the
Employer, the “cumulative permitted disparity limit” for the Participant is
thirty-five (35) total cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative
permitted disparity years means the number of years credited to the Participant for
allocation or accrual purposes under the Plan, any other qualified plan or
simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the
Employer, while such plan either provides for or imputes permitted disparity. For
purposes of determining the Participant’s “cumulative permitted disparity limit,”
all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the
Participant has not “benefited” under a defined benefit or target benefit plan
which neither provides for nor imputes permitted disparity for any year beginning
on or after January 1, 1994, then such Participant has no cumulative disparity
limit.

     For purposes of this Section, “benefiting” means benefiting under the Plan for any
Plan Year during which a Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in
accordance with Regulation Section 1.410(b)-3(a).

(3) Other profit sharing allocations. For a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan with a non-integrated allocation formula, a uniform points allocation formula, a
Prevailing Wage Contribution allocation formula, an “age-weighted method” allocation
formula, or a “grouping method” allocation formula as elected in the Formula for
Determining Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Section of the Adoption Agreement:

(i) The Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in
accordance with the allocation method below that corresponds to the elections in the
Adoption Agreement. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information
required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer’s
contribution for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of
receipt by the Administrator of such information, the allocation shall be made in
accordance with the provisions below. The “gateway contribution” for plans with a
cross-tested allocation formula shall be made in accordance with the provisions of
subsection (4) below.

(ii) If the Employer’s contribution is fixed, the Employer shall allocate the
contribution in a set percentage to each Participant. If the Employer elects to
contribute a uniform dollar amount for each Participant, the pro rata allocation shall
allocate that uniform dollar amount to each Participant.

(iii) If the Employer’s contribution is discretionary and non-integrated, the
contribution shall be allocated either in the same ratio as each Participant’s
Compensation bears to the total of such Compensation of all Participants, in the same
dollar amount to all Participants (per capita), or in the same dollar amount per Hour
of Service completed by each Participant.

(iv) If the Employer’s Contribution is allocated under a uniform points allocation
formula, the allocation for each Participant shall be determined based on the
Participant’s total points for the Plan Year, as determined under the Adoption
Agreement. A Participant’s allocation of the Employer Contribution is determined by
multiplying the Employer Contribution by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Participant’s total points for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of
the points for all Participants for the Plan Year. A Participant shall receive points
for each year(s) of age and/or each Year(s) of Service. In addition, a Participant also
may receive points based on his or her Compensation,

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

20

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(v) If the Employer’s contribution is a Prevailing Wage Contribution, it shall be
allocated to each Participant who performs services subject to the Service Contract
Act, Davis-Bacon Act or similar Federal, State, or Municipal Prevailing Wage statutes.
The Prevailing Wage Contribution shall be an amount equal to the balance of the fringe
benefit payment for health and welfare for each Participant (after deducting the cost
of cash differential payments for the Participant) based on the hourly contribution
rate for the Participant’s employment classification, as designated on Schedule A as
attached to the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, the Prevailing Wage Contribution shall be fully Vested. Furthermore, the
Prevailing Wage Contribution shall not be subject to any age, service or employment
condition requirements set forth in the Adoption Agreement and the Employer shall make
such contribution to the Plan as frequently as is required under applicable law.

(vi) If the Employer’s contribution is allocated according to a “grouping method,” the
Employer may contribute to the Plan on behalf of each of the classifications of
Participants set forth in the Adoption Agreement such amount as shall be determined by
the Employer. The Employer shall provide the Administrator, if other than the Employer,
with written notification of the amount of the contribution to be allocated to each
classification on or before the due date of the Employer’s tax return for the year of
allocation, through written instructions from the Employer to the Plan Administrator.
The Employer may elect to specify any number of classifications and a classification
may consist of any number of Participants. The Employer may elect at Question 31.g.1.
of the 401(k) Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement or 27.g.1.a. of the Profit Sharing
Adoption Agreement to put each Participant in his or her own classification.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, only a limited number of allocation rates (defined
below) is permitted, and the number of allocation rates cannot be greater than the
maximum allowable number of allocation rates. The maximum allowable number of
allocation rates is equal to the sum of the allowable number of allocation rates for
eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees (“NHCEs”) and the allowable number of
allocation rates for eligible Highly Compensated Employees (“HCEs”). The allowable
number of allocation rates for eligible “HCEs” is equal to the number of eligible
“HCEs,” limited to twenty-five (25). The allowable number of “NHCE” allocation rates
depends on the number of eligible “NHCEs,” limited to twenty-five (25). The allocation
shall be made as follows: first, the total amount of contributions is allocated among
the deemed aggregated allocation groups in portions determined by the Employer. A
deemed aggregated allocation group consists of all of the separate allocation groups
that have the same allocation rate. Second, within each deemed aggregated allocation
group, the allocated portion is allocated to each Participant in the ratio that such
Participant’s Compensation bears to the total compensation of all Participants in the
group. An allocation rate is the amount of contributions allocated to a Participant for
a Plan Year, expressed as a percentage of Compensation. The number of eligible “NHCEs”
to which a particular allocation rate applies must reflect a reasonable classification
of employees, and no Participant can be assigned to more than one deemed aggregated
allocation group for a Plan Year.

     For plans with only one or two (2) eligible “NHCEs,” the allowable number of
“NHCE” allocation rates is one. For plans with three (3) to eight (8) eligible “NHCEs,”
the allowable number of “NHCE” allocation rates cannot exceed two (2). For plans with
nine (9) to eleven (11) eligible “NHCEs,” the allowable number of “NHCE” allocation
rates cannot exceed three (3). For plans with twelve (12) to nineteen (19) eligible
“NHCEs,” the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed four (4). For
plans with twenty (20) to twenty-nine (29) eligible “NHCEs,” the allowable number of
“NHCE” allocation rates cannot exceed five (5). For plans with thirty (30) or more
eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed the number
of eligible “NHCEs” divided by five (5) (rounded down to the next whole number if the
result of dividing is not a whole number), but shall not exceed twenty-five (25).

(vii) If the Employer’s contribution is allocated according to an “age-weighting
method,” the Employer’s contribution for the Plan Year shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in the same proportion that each such Participant’s total points
with respect to such year, bear to the total points awarded to all Participants with
respect to such year. The conditional allocation provided for in the preceding sentence
shall become the final allocation for the year only if it is not a Top-Heavy Plan Year;
or if the minimum
allocation required for Top-Heavy Plan Years is provided to all Employees eligible to
receive such minimum allocation. If any such Employee does not receive the top-heavy
minimum allocation, then in lieu of the conditional allocation, the Employer’s
contribution shall instead be allocated first to the affected Employees in an amount
equal to their conditional allocation plus any additional amount necessary to provide
the top-heavy minimum allocation.

     The remainder of the Employer’s contribution shall then be allocated as provided
under the conditional allocation method, but for this purpose, those Employees who did
not receive the top-heavy minimum allocation under the initial conditional allocation
shall not be considered. If under the secondary allocation provided in the preceding
sentence, an Employee who received a top-heavy minimum contribution under the
conditional allocation no longer receives the same, then the steps outlined in the
preceding paragraph and sentence shall be repeated until such time as all affected
Employees have been allocated the top-heavy minimum contribution and the remaining
contribution has been allocated, at which time, the allocations for the year shall be
final.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

21

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

A Participant’s points
with respect to any Plan
Year shall be computed
as follows:

(A) Multiply the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year by 1%.

(B) Multiply the product for each Participant as determined in (a) above by the product of:

1. the factor in Table I in Exhibit A to the Adoption Agreement, such factor to be
determined by reference to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age, and

2. the factor in Table II of Exhibit A to the Adoption Agreement, such factor to be
determined by reference to the number of years remaining from the Participant’s
attained age as of the allocation date to his or her Normal Retirement Age.

     The Schedule of Age-Weighted Allocation Factors is set forth in Exhibit A to the
Adoption Agreement, (which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of the
Plan) and shall be based on the interest rate selected in the Adoption Agreement (if no
selection is made, 8.5% interest shall be deemed to have been elected).

3. The resulting number shall be the number of points allocated to the
Participant.

(viii)Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall only be eligible to share
in the allocations of the
Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant is an Eligible Employee at any time
during the year and the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement are satisfied, unless a
top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the
Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the
Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than five hundred (500)
Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the
Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

(4) Gateway contribution. The Employer may make an additional discretionary Employer
contribution (“gateway contribution”) as set forth below (i.e., the minimum allocation gateway
requirement described in Regulation Section
1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi)). In applying the provisions of this subsection (4), the term “Employer
contributions” shall also include any Forfeitures that are allocated to a Participant, other than
Forfeitures that are subject to Code Section 401(m) because they are allocated as a matching
contribution. Furthermore, in applying the provisions of this subsection (4) to a 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan, the term “Employer contributions” means any Employer Nonelective Contributions, safe
harbor Nonelective and, except as otherwise provided in subsections (4)(ii) and (iv) below,
Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and such term excludes any matching contributions.

(i) Any “gateway contribution” made pursuant to this subsection for a Plan Year will be
allocated to each Nonhighly Compensated Participant who receives an allocation of other
“Employer contributions,” for such Plan Year. The “gateway contribution” will be allocated
without regard to any allocation conditions otherwise applicable to “Employer
contributions” under the Plan. However, Participants who the Administrator disaggregates
pursuant to Regulation Section 1.410(b)-7(c)(3) because they have not satisfied the
greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a) shall
not be eligible to receive an allocation of any “gateway contribution” made pursuant to
this subsection unless such an allocation is necessary to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(4).

(ii) The “gateway contribution” will be allocated pro rata on the basis of Compensation (as
defined in (iii) or (iv) below, whichever is applicable) of each eligible Participant (as
described in subsection (i) above) but in no event will an allocation of the “gateway
contribution” exceed the lesser of: (A) five percent (5%) of Compensation or
(B) one-third (1/3) of the highest allocation rate for any Highly Compensated Participant for
the Plan Year. Any allocation under the prior sentence will be reduced by the amount of any
other “Employer contributions,” excluding any Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are used
to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth in Section 12.4 or the Actual
Contribution Percentage test set forth in Section 12.6, allocated for the same Plan Year to
such Participant, provided that if an eligible Participant is receiving only a Qualified
Nonelective Contribution and such contribution amount equals or exceeds the “gateway
contribution,” then the contribution satisfies the “gateway contribution” requirement as to
that Participant.

(iii) For allocation purposes under the 5% “gateway contribution” under (A) of subsection
(ii) above, Compensation means 415 Compensation except that it shall be determined for the
Plan Year (rather than the Limitation Year) and shall exclude 415 Compensation paid while
an Employee is not a Participant in the Plan.

(iv) For purposes of the 1/3 “gateway contribution” alternative under (B) of subsection (ii)
above, the Administrator will (a) determine the allocation rate, and (b) allocate the “gateway
contribution”, using a Participant’s Compensation, provided the definition of Compensation
satisfies Regulation Section 1.414(s). In addition, the allocation rate for any Participant is
determined by dividing the total “Employer contribution” made on behalf of such Participant by
the Participant’s Compensation (as defined in the preceding sentence). However, solely for
purposes of determining the allocation rate of any Nonhighly Compensated Participant, Qualified
Nonelective Contributions that are used to satisfy the Actual Deferral

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

22

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

Percentage test set forth in Section 12.4 or the Actual Contribution Percentage test
set forth in Section 12.6, shall not be taken into account.

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer may increase the “gateway contribution”
to satisfy the provisions of Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-9(b)(2)(v)(D) if the plan
(for nondiscrimination testing purposes) consists of one or more defined contribution
plans and one or more defined benefit plans.

(c) Gains or losses. Except as otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement or as provided in
Section 4.10 with respect to Participant Directed Accounts, as of each Valuation Date, before
allocation of any Employer contributions and Forfeitures, any earnings or losses (net
appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund (exclusive of assets segregated for
distribution) shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Participant’s nonsegregated
accounts bear to the total of all Participants’ nonsegregated accounts as of such date.

(d) Contracts. Participants’ Accounts shall be debited for any insurance or annuity premiums
paid, if any, and credited with any dividends or interest received on Contracts.

(e) Forfeitures. On or before each Anniversary Date, any amounts which became Forfeitures since
the last Anniversary Date may be made available to reinstate previously forfeited account
balances of Participants, if any, in accordance with Section 3.5(f), used to satisfy any
contribution that may be required pursuant to Section 6.10, or, if elected in the Adoption
Agreement, used to pay any Plan expenses. The remaining Forfeitures, if any, shall be treated
in accordance with the elections made in the Forfeiture Section of the Adoption Agreement. In
the event Forfeitures are used to reduce an Employer discretionary contribution and the
Forfeitures exceed such contribution, then the remaining Forfeitures will be allocated as an
additional discretionary contribution. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then
any remaining Forfeitures will be used to reduce any Employer contributions under the Plan.
However, if the Plan provides for an integrated allocation and no election is made in the
Adoption Agreement, then any remaining Forfeitures will be added to the Employer’s
contributions under the Plan. Furthermore, if the Plan provides for a “grouping method”
allocation and Forfeitures are added to, or used to reduce, the Employer’s contribution that is
to be allocated among the groups, then any remaining Forfeitures will be apportioned to each
group in proportion to the contribution made for each group, as made or determined by the
Employer. Regardless of the preceding sentences, in the event the allocation of Forfeitures
provided herein shall cause the “annual additions” (as defined in Section 4.4) to any
Participant’s Account to exceed the amount allowable by the Code, an adjustment shall be made
in accordance with Section 4.5. Except, however, a Participant shall only be eligible to share
in the allocations of Forfeitures for the year if the conditions set forth in the Adoption
Agreement are satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to Section
4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible
to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant
completes more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the
Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is employed on
the last day of the Plan Year.

(f) Minimum allocations required for Top-Heavy Plan Years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to
the Participant’s Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee or each Participant, if elected in
the Adoption Agreement, shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of such Employee’s 415
Compensation for the Plan Year or the calendar year ending within the Plan Year (reduced by
contributions and Forfeitures, if any, allocated to each such Employee in any defined
contribution plan included with this Plan in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in
Section 9.2(f)). However, if (i) the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures
allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top-Heavy Plan
Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee’s 415 Compensation and (ii) this Plan
is not required to be included in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in Section 9.2(f))
to enable a defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the
sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined
Account of each Employee entitled to the top-heavy minimum contribution shall be equal to the
largest percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee. The
minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section
416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

     However, for each Employee who is a Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan and a Money Purchase Plan, the minimum three percent (3%) allocation specified
above shall be provided in the Money Purchase Plan.

     If this is an integrated Plan, then for any Top-Heavy Plan Year the Employer’s
contribution shall be allocated as follows and shall still be required to satisfy the other
provisions of this subsection:

(1) An amount equal to three percent (3%) multiplied by each Participant’s Compensation for
the Plan Year shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account. If the Employer does not
contribute such amount for all Participants, the amount shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in the same proportion that such Participant’s total Compensation for
the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year.

(2) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated under subparagraph
(1) hereof shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to
three percent (3%) multiplied by a Participant’s Excess Compensation. If the Employer does
not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be allocated a share
of the contribution in the same proportion that such Participant’s Excess Compensation
bears to the total Excess Compensation of all Participants for

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

23

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

that year. For purposes of this paragraph, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded
the “cumulative permitted disparity limit” described in Section 4.3(b)(2), such
Participant’s total Compensation will be taken into account.

(3) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated under subparagraph
(2) hereof shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to
2.7% multiplied by the sum of each Participant’s total Compensation plus Excess
Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, each
Participant will be allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that such
Participant’s total Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
total Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year. For purposes
of this paragraph, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded the “cumulative
permitted disparity limit” described in Section 4.3(b)(2), such Participant’s total
Compensation rather than Compensation plus Excess Compensation will be taken into account.

     Regardless of the preceding, 1.3% shall be substituted for 2.7% above if Excess
Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base.
If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base,
then 2.4% shall be substituted for 2.7% above.

(4) The balance of the Employer’s contributions over the amount allocated above, if any,
shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the same proportion that such
Participant’s total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
Participants for such year.

     For each Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and another defined contribution plan
maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, the minimum three percent (3%) allocation
specified above shall be provided as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

(g) Top-Heavy contribution allocation. For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above,
the percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee shall be
equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated on
behalf of such Key Employee divided by the 415 Compensation for such Key Employee.

(h) Participants eligible for top-heavy allocation. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to
the contrary, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth in this Section
shall only be allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of all Non-Key Employees, and Key
Employees if elected in the Adoption Agreement, who are Participants and who are employed by
the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Employees who have (1) failed to
complete a Year of Service; (2) declined to make mandatory contributions (if required) or, in
the case of a cash or deferred arrangement, Elective Deferrals to the Plan; or (3) Compensation
less than a stated amount. In addition, pursuant to Code Section 416(g)(4), Participants whose
employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee
representatives under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining shall
not be eligible to receive the top-heavy minimum allocations.

(i) Top-Heavy allocation if DB and DC plans maintained. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, in any Plan Year in which the Employer maintains both this Plan and a non-frozen
defined benefit pension plan included in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in Section
9.2(f)) which is top-heavy, the Employer will not be required (unless otherwise elected in
Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections)) to provide Employees with
both the full separate minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full separate defined
contribution plan top-heavy minimum allocations. In such case, the top-heavy minimum benefits
will be provided as elected in the Adoption Agreement and, if applicable, as follows:

(1) If the 5% defined contribution minimum is elected in the Adoption Agreement:

(i) The requirements of Section 9.1 will apply except that each Employee
who accrues a benefit in the Profit Sharing Plan or Money Purchase Plan and who is
also a participant in the Defined Benefit Plan will receive a minimum allocation
of five percent (5%) of such Participant’s 415 Compensation from the applicable
defined contribution plan(s).

(ii) For each Employee who is a participant only in the Defined Benefit
Plan the Employer will provide a minimum non-integrated benefit equal to two
percent (2%) of such participant’s
highest five (5) consecutive year average 415 Compensation for each Year of
Service while a participant in the plan, in which the Plan is top-heavy, not to
exceed ten (10).

(iii) For each Employee who is a Participant only in this defined contribution plan,
the Employer will provide a minimum allocation equal to three percent (3%) of such
Participant’s 415 Compensation.

(2) If the 2% defined benefit minimum is elected in the Adoption Agreement, then for each
Employee who is a participant only in the defined benefit plan, the Employer will provide a
minimum non-integrated benefit equal to two percent (2%) of such participant’s highest five
(5) consecutive year average of 415 Compensation for each Year of Service while a
participant in the plan, in which the plan is top-heavy, not to exceed ten (10).

(j) Matching contributions used to satisfy top-heavy contribution. Unless otherwise specified
in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), effective with respect to
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Employer matching

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

24

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution
requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with
respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum
contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching
contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated
as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test and other requirements of Code Section
401(m).

(k) Contributions under other plans. The Employer may provide, in Appendix A to the Adoption
Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), that with respect to any Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 2001, the minimum benefit requirement shall be met in another plan (including
another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the
requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the
requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) apply). The Employer must specify the name of the other
plan, the minimum benefit that will be provided under such other plan, and the employees who
will receive the minimum benefit under such other plan.

(l) Delay in processing transactions. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary,
all information necessary to properly reflect a given transaction may not be available until
after the date specified herein for processing such transaction, in which case the transaction
will be reflected when such information is received and processed. Subject to express limits
that may be imposed under the Code, the processing of any contribution, distribution or other
transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to,
failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data,
force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and
correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The
processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan.

(m) 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to
the contrary, the provisions of this subsection apply for any Plan Year if, in the
non-standardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer elected to apply the 410(b) ratio percentage
fail-safe provisions and the Plan fails to satisfy the “ratio percentage test” due to a last
day of the Plan Year allocation condition or an Hours of Service (or months of service)
allocation condition. A plan satisfies the “ratio percentage test” if, on the last day of the
Plan Year, the “benefiting ratio” of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are “includible”
is at least 70% of the “benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees who are
“includible.” The “benefiting ratio” of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees is the number of
“includible” Nonhighly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the Plan divided by the number
of “includible” Employees who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The “benefiting ratio” of
the Highly Compensated Employees is the number of Highly Compensated Employees “benefiting”
under the Plan divided by the number of “includible” Highly Compensated Employees. “Includible”
Employees are all Employees other than: (1) those Employees excluded from participating in the
Plan for the entire Plan Year by reason of the collective bargaining unit exclusion or the
nonresident alien exclusion described in the Code or by reason of the age and service
requirements of Article III; and (2) any Employee who incurs a separation from service during
the Plan Year and fails to complete at least 501 Hours of Service (or three (3) months of
service if the Elapsed Time method is being used) during such Plan Year.

     For purposes of this subsection, an Employee is “benefiting” under the Plan on a
particular date if, under the Plan, the Employee is entitled to an Employer contribution or an
allocation of Forfeitures for the Plan Year.

     If this subsection applies and the Hours of Service method is used, then the Administrator
will suspend the allocation conditions and expand the group of the “includible” Nonhighly
Compensated Employees who are Participants by including the minimum number of Participants
eligible to share in the contribution, beginning first with the “includible” Employees employed
by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year who have completed the greatest number of
Hours of Service in the Plan Year, then the “includible” Employees who have completed the
greatest number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend the
allocation conditions for each “includible” Employee who completed Hours of Service, from the
greatest number of Hours of Service to the least, until the Plan satisfies the “ratio
percentage test” for the Plan Year. If two or more “includible” Employees have the same number
of Hours of Service, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation conditions for all such
“includible” Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy the “ratio percentage
test” by accruing benefits for fewer than all such “includible” Employees. If the Plan for any
Plan Year suspends the allocation conditions for an “includible” Employee, then that Employee
will share in the allocation for that Plan Year of the Employer contribution and Forfeitures,
if any, without regard to whether the Employee has satisfied the other allocation conditions
set forth in this Section.

     If this subsection applies and the Elapsed Time method is used, then the Administrator
will suspend the allocation conditions for the “includible” Nonhighly Compensated Employees who
are Participants, beginning first with the “includible” Employees employed by the Employer on
the last day of the Plan Year, then the “includible” Employees who have the latest separation
from service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend the allocation conditions for each
“includible” Employee who incurred an earlier separation from service, from the latest to the
earliest separation from service date, until the Plan satisfies the “ratio percentage test” for
the Plan Year. If two or more “includible” Employees have a separation from service on the same
day, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation conditions for all such “includible”
Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy the “ratio percentage test” by accruing
benefits for fewer than all such “includible” Employees. If the Plan for any Plan Year suspends
the allocation conditions for an “includible” Employee, then that Employee will share in the
allocation for that Plan Year of the Employer contribution and Forfeitures, if any, without
regard to whether the Employee has satisfied the other allocation conditions set forth in this
Section.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the portion of the Plan which is not a Code Section
401(k) or 401(m) plan would fail to satisfy Code Section 410(b) if the coverage tests were
applied by treating those Participants whose only allocation would otherwise be

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

25

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

provided under the top-heavy formula as if they were not currently benefiting under the Plan,
then, for purposes of applying this subsection (m), such Participants shall be treated as not
benefiting.

4.4 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

     (a) Calculation of “annual additions.”

(1) If a Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another
qualified plan maintained by the “employer,” or a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code
Section 419(e)) maintained by the “employer,” or an individual medical benefit account (as
defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)) maintained by the “employer,” or a simplified employee
pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)) maintained by the “employer” which provides
“annual additions,” the amount of “annual additions” which may be credited to the
Participant’s Accounts for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the “maximum
permissible amount” or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the “employer”
contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Accounts
would cause the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed the “maximum
permissible amount,” the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
“annual additions” for the Limitation Year will equal the “maximum permissible amount,” and
any amount in excess of the “maximum permissible amount” which would have been allocated to
such Participant may be allocated to other Participants.

(2) Prior to determining the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year,
the “employer” may determine the “maximum permissible amount” for a Participant on the
basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation
Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

(3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year the
“maximum permissible amount” for such Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of
the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for such Limitation Year.

     (b) “Annual additions” if a Participant is in more than one plan.

(1) This subsection applies if, in addition to this Plan, a Participant is covered under
another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the “employer” that is a “master
or prototype plan,” a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained
by the “employer,” an individual medical benefit account (as defined in Code Section
415(l)(2)) maintained by the “employer,” or a simplified employee pension (as defined in
Code Section 408(k)) maintained by the “employer,” which provides “annual additions,”
during any Limitation Year. The “annual additions” which may be credited to a Participant’s
accounts under this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall not exceed the “maximum
permissible amount” reduced by the “annual additions” credited to a Participant’s accounts
under the other plans and welfare benefit funds, individual medical benefit accounts, and
simplified employee pensions for the same Limitation Year. If the “annual additions” with
respect to the Participant under other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds
maintained by the “employer” are less than the “maximum permissible amount” and the
“employer” contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the
Participant’s accounts under this Plan would cause the “annual additions” for the
Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be
reduced so that the “annual additions” under all such plans and welfare benefit funds for
the Limitation Year will equal the “maximum permissible amount,” and any amount in excess
of the “maximum permissible amount” which would have been allocated to such Participant may
be allocated to other Participants. If the “annual additions” with respect to the
Participant under such other defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual
medical benefit accounts and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to or
greater than the “maximum permissible amount,” no amount will be contributed or allocated
to the Participant’s account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

(2) Prior to determining the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year,
the “employer” may determine the “maximum permissible amount” for a Participant on the
basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation
Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

(3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the
“maximum permissible amount” for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the
Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.

(4) If, pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(2) or Section 4.5, a Participant’s “annual additions”
under this Plan and such other plans would result in an “excess amount” for a Limitation
Year, the “excess amount” will be deemed to consist of the “annual additions” last
allocated, except that “annual additions” attributable to a simplified employee pension
will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by “annual additions” to a welfare
benefit fund or individual medical benefit account, and then by “annual additions” to a
plan subject to Code Section 412, regardless of the actual allocation date.

(5) If an “excess amount” was allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan
which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the “excess amount” attributed to
this Plan will be the product of:

     (i) the total “excess amount” allocated as of such date, times

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

26

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(ii) the ratio of (1) the “annual additions” allocated to the Participant for the
Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (2) the total “annual additions”
allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all
the other qualified defined contribution plans.

(6) Any “excess amount” attributed to this Plan will be disposed of in the manner described
in Section 4.5.

(c) Coverage under another plan that is not a Master or Prototype Plan. If the Participant is
covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the “employer” which is
not a “master or prototype plan,” “annual additions” which may be credited to the Participant’s
Combined Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with
Section 4.4(b), unless the “employer” provides other limitations in Appendix A to the Adoption
Agreement (Other Permitted Elections).

(d) Certain amounts are not “annual additions.” For purposes of applying the limitations of
Code Section 415, the transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an “annual
addition.” In addition, the following are not Employee contributions for the purposes of
Section 4.4(e)(1)(b): (1) rollover contributions (as defined in Code Sections 402(c),
403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3) and 457(e)(16)); (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant
from the Plan; (3) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section
411(a)(7)(B) (cash-outs); (4) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to
Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions); (5) Catch-Up Contributions; and (6)
Employee contributions to a simplified employee pension excludable from gross income under Code
Section 408(k)(6).

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

(1) “Annual additions” means the sum credited to a Participant’s accounts for any
Limitation Year of (a) “employer” contributions, (b) Employee contributions (except as
provided below), (c) Forfeitures, (d) amounts allocated to an individual medical benefit
account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan
maintained by the “employer,” (e) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued which
are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a
key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as
defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the “employer” and (f) allocations under a
simplified employee pension. Except, however, the Compensation percentage limitation
referred to in paragraph (e)(7)(ii) shall not apply to: (1) any contribution for medical
benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 419A(f)(2)) after separation from service
which is otherwise treated as an “annual addition,” or (2) any amount otherwise treated as
an “annual addition” under Code Section 415(l)(1).

     For this purpose, any “excess amount” applied under Section 4.5 in the Limitation Year
to reduce “employer” contributions shall be considered “annual additions” for such
Limitation Year.

(2) “Defined contribution dollar limitation” means, effective with respect to Limitation
Years beginning after December 31, 2001, $40,000 as adjusted under Code Section 415(d).

(3) “Employer” means, for purposes of this Section and Section 4.5, the Employer that
adopts this Plan and all Affiliated Employers, except that for purposes of this Section,
the determination of whether an entity is an Affiliated Employer shall be made by applying
Code Section 415(h).

(4) “Excess amount” means the excess of the Participant’s “annual additions” for the
Limitation Year over the “maximum permissible amount.”

(5) “Highest average compensation” means the average Compensation for the three (3)
consecutive Years of Service with the “employer” while a Participant in the Plan that
produces the highest average. A Year of Service with the “employer” is the twelve (12)
consecutive month period ending on the last day of the Limitation Year.

(6) “Master or prototype plan” means a plan the form of which is the subject of a favorable
opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

(7) “Maximum permissible amount” means, except to the extent permitted under this Plan and
Code Section 414(v), effective with respect to Limitation Years beginning after December
31, 2001, the maximum “annual
addition” that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s accounts under the Plan
for any Limitation Year, which shall not exceed the lesser of:

(i) the “defined contribution dollar limitation,” or

(ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for
the Limitation Year.

     The 415 Compensation Limitation referred to in (ii) shall not apply to any
contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of
Code Sections 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an “annual addition.”

     If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the
Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the “maximum
permissible amount” will not exceed the “defined contribution dollar limitation”

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

27

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short
Limitation Year and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

4.5 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

     Allocation of “annual additions” (as defined in Section 4.4) to a Participant’s Combined
Account for a Limitation Year generally will cease once the limits of Section 4.4 have been reached
for such Limitation Year. However, if as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable
error in estimating a Participant’s annual 415 Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the
amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with
respect to any Participant under the limits of Section 4.4, or other facts and circumstances to
which Regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the “annual additions” under this Plan
would cause the maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded, the “excess amount” will be
disposed of in one of the following manners, as uniformly determined by the Plan Administrator for
all Participants similarly situated:

(a) Any after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (plus attributable gains), to the extent
they would reduce the “excess amount,” will be distributed to the Participant;

(b) If, after the application of subparagraph (a), an “excess amount” still exists, any
unmatched Elective Deferrals, and any gains attributable to such Elective Deferrals, to the
extent they would reduce the “excess amount,” will be distributed to the Participant;

(c) To the extent necessary, matched Elective Deferrals and “employer” matching contributions
will be proportionately reduced from the Participant’s Account. The Elective Deferrals, and any
gains attributable to such Elective Deferrals, will be distributed to the Participant and the
“employer” matching contributions, and any gains attributable to such matching contributions,
will be used to reduce the “employer’s” contributions in the next Limitation Year;

(d) If, after the application of subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), an “excess amount” still
exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the
“excess amount” in the Participant’s Account will be used to reduce “employer” contributions
(including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and
each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

(e) If, after the application of subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), an “excess amount” still
exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the
“excess amount” will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be
applied to reduce future “employer” contributions (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for
all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if
necessary; and

(f) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this
Section, no investment gains and losses shall be allocated to such suspense account. If a
suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts
in the suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to Participants’ Accounts before any
“employer” contributions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for that
Limitation Year. Except as provided in (a), (b) and (c) above, “excess amounts” may not be
distributed to Participants.

4.6 ROLLOVERS

(a) Acceptance of “rollovers” into the Plan. If elected in the Adoption Agreement and with the
consent of the Administrator (such consent must be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner and
applied uniformly to all Participants), the Plan may accept a “rollover,” provided the
“rollover” will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax
consequences for the Employer. The amounts rolled over shall be separately accounted for in a
“Participant’s Rollover Account.” Furthermore, any Roth Elective Deferrals that are accepted as
“rollovers” in this Plan on or after January 1, 2006 shall be separately accounted for. A
Participant’s Rollover Account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to
forfeiture for any reason. For purposes of this Section, the term Participant shall include any
Eligible Employee who is not yet a Participant, if, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement,
“rollovers” are permitted to be accepted from Eligible Employees. In addition, for purposes of
this Section the term Participant shall also include former Employees if the Employer and
Administrator consent to accept “rollovers” of distributions made to former Employees from any
plan of the Employer.

(b) Treatment of “rollovers” under the Plan. Amounts in a Participant’s Rollover Account shall
be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be
withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as elected in the
Adoption Agreement and subsection (c) below. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall have no duty or
responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets
transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however,
that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) under the terms
of this Plan.

(c) Distribution of “rollovers.” At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
Participant or Eligible Employee or such Participant’s or Eligible Employee’s Beneficiary shall
be entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s Rollover Account shall be used to provide
additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Any distribution of
amounts held in a Participant’s Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent
with and satisfies the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all
notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations
thereunder.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

28

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

Furthermore, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, such amounts shall be considered to be part
of a Participant’s benefit in determining whether an involuntary cash-out of benefits may be
made without Participant consent.

(d) “Rollovers” maintained in a separate account. The Administrator may direct that “rollovers”
made after a Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until
such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may
remain segregated, invested as part of the general Trust Fund or, if elected in the Adoption
Agreement, directed by the Participant.

(e) Limits on accepting “rollovers.” Prior to accepting any “rollovers” to which this Section
applies, the Administrator may require the Employee to establish (by providing opinion of
counsel or otherwise) that the amounts to be rolled over to this Plan meet the requirements of
this Section. The Employer may instruct the Administrator, operationally and on a
nondiscriminatory basis, to limit the source of rollover contributions that may be accepted by
the Plan.

(f) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) A “rollover” means: (i) amounts transferred to this Plan directly from another
“eligible retirement plan;”
(ii) distributions received by an Employee from other “eligible retirement plans” which are
eligible for tax-free rollover to an “eligible retirement plan” and which are transferred
by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days following receipt thereof; and (iii)
any other amounts which are eligible to be rolled over to this Plan pursuant to the Code or
any other federally enacted legislation.

(2) An “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account described in Code
Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other
than an endowment contract), a qualified trust (an employees’ trust described in Code
Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a)), an annuity plan
described in Code Section 403(a), an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code
Section 457(b) which is maintained by an eligible employer described in Code Section
457(e)(1)(A), and an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b).

4.7 PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

(a) Transfers into this Plan. With the consent of the Administrator, amounts may be transferred
(within the meaning of Code Section 414(l)) to this Plan from other tax qualified plans under
Code Section 401(a), provided the plan from which such funds are transferred permits the
transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan or
Trust or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any transfers to
which this Section applies, the Administrator may require an opinion of counsel that the
amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this Section. The amounts transferred shall
be set up in a separate account herein referred to as a “Participant’s Transfer Account.”
Furthermore, for Vesting purposes, the Participant’s Transfer Account shall be treated as a
separate “Participant’s Account.”

(b) Accounting of transfers. Amounts in a Participant’s Transfer Account shall be held by the
Trustee (or Insurer) pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or
distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as elected in the Adoption
Agreement and subsection (d) below, provided the restrictions of subsection (c) below and
Section 6.16 are satisfied. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall have no duty or responsibility to
inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct
any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are
otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) under the terms of this Plan.

(c) Restrictions on Elective Deferrals. Except as permitted by Regulations (including
Regulation Section 1.411(d)-4), amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in
Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6), including amounts treated as elective contributions, which are
transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan transfer (other than a direct
rollover) shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided for in the Code Section
401(k) Regulations.

(d) Distribution of plan-to-plan transfer amounts. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other
date when the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive
benefits, the Participant’s Transfer Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to
the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Any distribution of amounts held in a
Participant’s Transfer Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies
the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent
requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore,
such amounts shall be considered to be part of a Participant’s benefit in determining whether
an involuntary cash-out of benefits may be made without Participant consent.

(e) Segregation. The Administrator may direct that Employee transfers made after a Valuation
Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the
allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain segregated,
invested as part of the general Trust Fund or, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, directed
by the Participant.

(f) Protected benefits. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer directly to
this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having the effect of such a transfer)
shall only be permitted if it will not result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section
411(d)(6) protected benefit” as described in Section 8.1(e).

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

29

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

4.8 AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

(a) Not permitted in Money Purchase, Target Benefit, or Profit Sharing Plan. Except as provided
in subsection 4.8(b) below, this Plan will not accept after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions. If this is an amendment to a Plan that had previously allowed after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions, then this Plan will not accept after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which this Plan is adopted by the
Employer.

(b) After-tax voluntary Employee contributions allowed in 401(k) Plans. For 401(k) Plans, if
elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals
may, in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures established by the Administrator, elect to
make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions to this Plan. Such contributions must generally
be paid to the Trustee (or Insurer) within a reasonable period of time after being received by
the Employer. An after-tax voluntary Employee contribution is any contribution (other than Roth
Elective Deferrals) made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the
Participant’s gross income in the year in which made and that is separately accounted for under
the Plan.

(c) Full Vesting. The balance in each Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account shall be
fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

(d) Distribution at any time. A Participant may elect at any time to withdraw after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions from such Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account and the
actual earnings thereon in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code
Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. If the Administrator maintains
sub-accounts with respect to after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (and earnings thereon)
which were made on or before a specified date, a Participant shall be permitted to designate
which sub-account shall be the source for the withdrawal. Forfeitures of Employer contributions
shall not occur solely as a result of an Employee’s withdrawal of after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions.

     In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution under the safe harbor
hardship provisions of the Code Section 401(k) Regulations from any plan maintained by the
Employer, then the Participant shall be barred from making any after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions for a period of twelve (12) months after receipt of the hardship distribution.
However, with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after December 31, 2002, the suspension
period shall be six (6) months rather than twelve (12) months.

(e) Used to provide benefits. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s
Voluntary Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant
or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

(f) Prior mandatory contributions. To the extent a Participant has previously made mandatory
Employee contributions under prior provisions of this Plan, such contributions will be treated
as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, except that the provisions of subsection (d)
above permitting a distribution at any time shall not apply to mandatory Employee
contributions.

4.9 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

(a) Maintenance of existing QVEC accounts. If this is an amendment to a Plan that previously
permitted deductible voluntary Employee contributions, then each Participant who made
“qualified voluntary Employee contributions” within the meaning of Code Section 219(e)(2) as it
existed prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, shall have such contributions
held in a separate Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account which shall be fully
Vested at all times. Such contributions, however, shall not be permitted for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 1986.

(b) Distribution from QVEC account. A Participant may, upon written request delivered to the
Administrator, make withdrawals from such Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee
Contribution Account. Any distribution shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and
satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent
requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

(c) Used to provide benefits. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits, the Qualified
Voluntary Employee Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the
Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

4.10 PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS

(a) Directed Investment Options allowed. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants
may direct the Trustee (or Insurer) as to the investment of all or a portion of their
individual account balances as set forth in the Adoption Agreement and within limits set by the
Employer. Participants may direct the Trustee (or Insurer), in writing (or in such other form
which is acceptable to the Trustee (or Insurer)), to invest their accounts in specific assets,
specific funds or other investments permitted under the Plan and the Participant Direction
Procedures. That portion of the account of any Participant that is subject to investment
direction of such Participant will be considered a Participant Directed Account.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

30

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(b) Establishment of Participant Direction Procedures. The Administrator will establish
Participant Direction Procedures, to be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner,
setting forth the permissible investment options under this Section, how often changes between
investments may be made, and any other limitations and provisions that the Administrator may
impose on a Participant’s right to direct investments.

(c) Administrative discretion. The Administrator may, in its discretion, include or exclude by
amendment or other action from the Participant Direction Procedures such instructions,
guidelines or policies as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure proper administration of
the Plan, and may interpret the same accordingly.

(d) Allocation of gains or losses. As of each Valuation Date, all Participant Directed Accounts
shall be charged or credited with the net earnings, gains, losses and expenses as well as any
appreciation or depreciation in the market value using publicly listed fair market values when
available or appropriate as follows:

(1) to the extent the assets in a Participant Directed Account are accounted for as pooled
assets or investments, the allocation of earnings, gains and losses of each Participant’s
Account shall be based upon the total amount of funds so invested in a manner proportionate
to the Participant’s share of such pooled investment; and

(2) to the extent the assets in a Participant Directed Account are accounted for as
segregated assets, the allocation of earnings, gains on and losses from such assets shall
be made on a separate and distinct basis.

(e) Plan will follow investment directions. Investment directions will be processed as soon as
administratively practicable after proper investment directions are received from the
Participant. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Employer, Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer)
that investment directions will be processed on a daily basis, and no guarantee is made in any
respect regarding the processing time of an investment direction. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, the Employer, Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer) reserves the right
to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate
by the Employer, Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer). Furthermore, the processing of any
investment transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not
limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission
of data, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction
for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider) or force majeure.
The processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan and
considered the applicable Valuation Date for an investment transaction.

(f) Section 404(c) provisions. If the Employer intends to operate any portion of this Plan as
an Act Section 404(c) plan, the Participant Direction Procedures should provide an explanation
of the circumstances under which Participants and their Beneficiaries may give investment
instructions, including but not limited to, the following to the extent required under DOL
regulations or guidance:

(1) the conveyance of instructions by the Participants and their Beneficiaries to invest
Participant Directed Accounts in a Directed Investment Option;

(2) the name, address and phone number of the Fiduciary (and, if applicable, the person or
persons designated by the Fiduciary to act on its behalf) responsible for providing
information to the Participant or a Beneficiary upon request relating to the Directed
Investment Options;

(3) applicable restrictions on transfers to and from any Designated Investment Alternative;

(4) any restrictions on the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights related to a
Directed Investment Option by the Participants or their Beneficiaries;

(5) a description of any transaction fees and expenses which affect the balances in
Participant Directed Accounts in connection with the purchase or sale of a Directed
Investment Option; and

(6) general procedures for the dissemination of investment and other information relating
to the Designated Investment Alternatives as deemed necessary or appropriate, including but
not limited to a description of the following:

(i) the investment vehicles available under the Plan, including specific
information regarding any Designated Investment Alternative;

(ii) any designated Investment Managers; and

(iii) a description of the additional information that may be obtained upon request
from the Fiduciary designated to provide such information.

(g) Other documents required by Directed Investments. Any information regarding investments
available under the Plan, to the extent not required to be described in the Participant
Direction Procedures, may be provided to Participants in one or more documents

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

31

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(or in any other form, including, but not limited to, electronic media) which are separate from
the Participant Direction Procedures and are not thereby incorporated by reference into this
Plan.

4.11 INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN

     If the Employer maintains qualified retirement plans that provide for permitted disparity
(integration), the provisions of
Section 4.3(b)(2) will apply. Furthermore, if the Employer maintains two or more standardized
paired plans, only one plan may provide for permitted disparity.

4.12 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE

     Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and
service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code
Section 414(u). Furthermore, loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under
Code Section 414(u)(4).

ARTICLE V

VALUATIONS

5.1 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

     The Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer), as of each Valuation Date, to
determine the net worth of the assets comprising the Trust Fund as it exists on the Valuation Date.
In determining such net worth, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall value the assets comprising the Trust
Fund at their fair market value as of the Valuation Date and may deduct all expenses for which the
Trustee (or Insurer) has not yet been paid by the Employer or the Trust Fund. The Trustee (or
Insurer), when determining the net worth of the assets, may update the value of any shares held in
a Participant Directed Account by reference to the number of shares held on behalf of the
Participant, priced at the market value as of the Valuation Date.

5.2 METHOD OF VALUATION

     In determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund which are listed on
a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to value the
same at the prices they were last traded on such exchange preceding the close of business on the
Valuation Date. If such securities were not traded on the Valuation Date, or if the exchange on
which they are traded was not open for business on the Valuation Date, then the securities shall be
valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior to the Valuation Date. Any unlisted
security held in the Trust Fund shall be valued at its bid price next preceding the close of
business on the Valuation Date, which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or an
investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than securities for which
trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee (or Insurer) may appraise such assets itself
(assuming it has the appropriate expertise), or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or appraisers.

ARTICLE VI

DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

     Every Participant may terminate employment with the Employer and retire for purposes hereof on
the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date. However, a Participant may
postpone the termination of employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the
participation of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations pursuant
to Section 4.3, shall continue until such Participant’s Retirement Date. Upon a Participant’s
Retirement Date, or if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the attainment of Normal Retirement Date
without termination of employment with the Employer (subject to Section 12.2(d)), or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, the Administrator shall direct the distribution, at the election of
the Participant, of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the Plan in accordance with Section
6.5.

6.2 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

(a) 100% Vesting on death. Upon the death of a Participant before the Participant’s Retirement
Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined
Account shall, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, become fully Vested. The Administrator
shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of
the deceased Participant’s Vested accounts to the Participant’s Beneficiary.

(b) Distribution upon death. Upon the death of a Participant, the Administrator shall direct,
in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of any remaining
Vested amounts credited to the accounts of such deceased Participant to such Participant’s
Beneficiary.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

32

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(c) Determination of death benefit by Administrator. The Administrator may require such proper
proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of
the account of a deceased Participant as the Administrator may deem desirable. The
Administrator’s determination of death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall
be conclusive.

(d) Beneficiary designation. Unless otherwise elected in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6,
the Beneficiary of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be the Participant’s surviving
spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than the spouse for
the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity if:

(1) the Participant and the Participant’s spouse have validly waived the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6, and the spouse has waived the
right to be the Participant’s Beneficiary,

(2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local
law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect (and there is no “qualified
domestic relations order” as defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise),

(3) the Participant has no spouse, or

(4) the spouse cannot be located.

     In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form satisfactory to
the Administrator. A Participant may at any time revoke a designation of a Beneficiary or
change a Beneficiary by filing written (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) notice
of such revocation or change with the Administrator. However, the Participant’s spouse must
again consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to any change in
Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the spouse had the right to limit
consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish
such right.

(e) Beneficiary if no Beneficiary elected by Participant. A Participant may, at any time,
designate a Beneficiary for death benefits, if any, payable under the Plan that are in excess
of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity without the waiver or consent of the Participant’s
spouse. In the event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists, or if the Beneficiary with
respect to a portion of a Participant’s death benefit is not alive at the time of the
Participant’s death and no contingent Beneficiary has been designated, then such portion of the
death benefit will be paid in the following order of priority, unless the Employer specifies a
different order of priority in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted
Elections), to:

     (1) The Participant’s surviving spouse;

     (2) The Participant’s children, including adopted
children, per stirpes;

     (3) The Participant’s surviving parents, in equal shares;
or

     (4) The Participant’s estate.

     If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior to distribution
of the death benefit, the death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary’s “designated
Beneficiary” (or if there is no “designated Beneficiary,” to the Beneficiary’s estate).

(f) Divorce revokes spousal Beneficiary designation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section
to the contrary, if a Participant has designated the spouse as a Beneficiary, then a divorce
decree or a legal separation that relates to such spouse shall revoke the Participant’s
designation of the spouse as a Beneficiary unless the decree or a “qualified domestic relations
order” (within the meaning of Code Section 414(p)) provides otherwise or a subsequent
Beneficiary designation is made.

(g) Insured death benefit. If the Plan provides an insured death benefit and a Participant dies
before any insurance coverage to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan is effected,
the death benefit from such insurance coverage shall be limited to the premium which was or
otherwise would have been used for such purpose.

(h) Plan terms control. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the
terms of any Contract issued hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

6.3 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

     In the event of a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability prior to the Participant’s
Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s
Combined Account shall, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, become fully Vested. In the event of
a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator, in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the distribution to such Participant of the entire
Vested interest in the Plan.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

33

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

6.4 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

(a) Payment on termination of employment. If a Participant’s employment with the Employer
is terminated for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or
retirement, then such Participant shall be entitled to such benefits as are provided
herein.

     Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on the occurrence of
an event which would result in the distribution had the Terminated Participant remained in the
employ of the Employer (upon the Participant’s death, Total and Permanent Disability, Early or
Normal Retirement). However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator shall direct
that the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account be payable to such
Terminated Participant provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have
been satisfied. Any distribution under this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent
with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including but not limited to, all notice and
consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

     Regardless of whether distributions in kind are permitted, in the event the amount of the
Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account equals or exceeds the fair market
value of any insurance Contracts, the Trustee (or Insurer), when so directed by the Administrator
and agreed to by the Terminated Participant, shall assign, transfer, and set over to such
Terminated Participant all Contracts on such Terminated Participant’s life in such form or with
such endorsements, so that the settlement options and forms of payment are consistent with the
provisions of Section 6.5. In the event that the Terminated Participant’s Vested portion does not
at least equal the fair market value of the Contracts, if any, the Terminated Participant may pay
over to the Trustee (or Insurer) the sum needed to make the distribution equal to the value of the
Contracts being assigned or transferred, or the Trustee (or Insurer), pursuant to the Participant’s
election, may borrow the cash value of the Contracts from the Insurer so that the value of the
Contracts is equal to the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account and then
assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant.

     Notwithstanding the above, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if the value of
a Terminated Participant’s Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not
exceed $5,000 (or such lower amount as elected in the Adoption Agreement), the Administrator shall
direct that the entire Vested benefit be paid to such Participant in a single lump-sum as soon as
practical without regard to the consent of the Participant, provided the conditions, if any, set
forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied. A Participant’s Vested benefit shall not
include (1) Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions within the meaning of Code Section
72(o)(5)(B) and (2) if selected in the Conditions for Distributions Upon Termination of Employment
Section of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant’s Rollover Account. Effective with respect to
distributions made on or after March 28, 2005, or such later date as elected in the Adoption
Agreement, if a mandatory distribution is made pursuant to this paragraph and such distribution is
greater than $1,000 and the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to
an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the Participant in a “direct rollover” in accordance
with Section 6.15 or to receive the distribution directly, then the Administrator shall transfer
such amount to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual
retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) designated by the Administrator. However, if
the Participant elects to receive or make a “direct rollover” of such amount, then the
Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to cause the entire Vested benefit to be paid
to such Participant in a single lump sum, or make a “direct rollover” pursuant to Section 6.15,
provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied.

(b) Vesting schedule. The Vested portion of any Participant’s Account shall be a percentage of
such Participant’s Account determined on the basis of the Participant’s number of Years of
Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time method is elected) according to the vesting
schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement. However, a Participant’s entire interest in the
Plan shall be non-forfeitable upon the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age (if the Participant
is employed by the Employer on or after such date).

(c) EGTRRA matching vesting schedule. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, if the
Employer maintained a vesting schedule for matching contributions that did not comply with Code
Section 411(a)(2), then the matching contribution vesting schedule selected in the Adoption
Agreement shall apply to Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 2001, unless a provision was adopted to have the vesting schedule apply to
all Participants. However, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, the matching contribution
vesting schedule set forth in the Adoption Agreement shall only apply to the portion of the
Participant’s Account attributable to matching contributions made after December 31, 2001 and
matching
contributions made prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31,
2001 will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule then in effect.

(d) Top-Heavy vesting schedule. For any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the minimum top-heavy vesting
schedule elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the
Plan. The minimum top-heavy vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code
Section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits
accrued before the effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan
became top-heavy. Further, no decrease in a Participant’s Vested percentage shall occur in the
event the Plan’s status as top-heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this Section does not
apply to the account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the
Plan has initially become top-heavy and the Vested percentage of such Employee’s Participant’s
Account shall be determined without regard to this Section 6.4(d).

     If in any subsequent Plan Year the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, then unless a
specific Plan amendment is made to provide otherwise, the Administrator will continue to use
the vesting schedule in effect while the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

34

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(e) 100% Vesting on partial or full Plan termination. Upon the complete discontinuance of the
Employer’s contributions to the Plan (if this is a profit sharing plan) or upon any full or
partial termination of the Plan, all amounts then credited to the account of any affected
Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture.

(f) No reduction in Vested percentage due to change in vesting schedule. If this is an amended
or restated Plan, then notwithstanding the vesting schedule specified in the Adoption
Agreement, the Vested percentage of a Participant’s Account shall not be less than the Vested
percentage attained as of the later of the Effective Date or adoption date of this amendment
and restatement. The computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of such
Participant’s interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or indirect
amendment to this Article, or due to changes in the Plan’s status as a Top-Heavy Plan.
Furthermore, if the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended (including a change in the calculation
of Years of Service or Periods or Service), then the amended schedule will only apply to those
Participants who complete an Hour of Service after the effective date of the amendment.

(g) Continuation of old schedule if 3 Years of Service. If the Plan’s vesting schedule is
amended, or if the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the
computation of the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by
an automatic change to a top-heavy vesting schedule, then each Participant with at least three
(3) Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time method is elected) as of the
expiration date of the election period may elect to have such Participant’s nonforfeitable
percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. If a Participant
fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting
schedule. The Participant’s election period shall commence on the adoption date of the
amendment, or deemed adoption date, and shall end sixty (60) days after the latest of:

(1) the adoption date, or deemed adoption date, of the amendment,

(2) the effective date of the amendment, or

(3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Employer or
Administrator.

(h) Excludable service for Vesting. In determining Years of Service or Periods of Service for
purposes of vesting under the Plan, Years of Service or Periods of Service shall be excluded as
elected in the Adoption Agreement.

6.5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

(a)   Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

(1) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Participant who is married on the Annuity
Starting Date and who does not die before the Annuity Starting Date shall receive the value
of all Plan benefits in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Joint and Survivor
Annuity is an annuity that commences immediately and shall be equal in value to a single
life annuity. Such joint and survivor benefits following the Participant’s death shall
continue to the “spouse” during the “spouse’s” lifetime at a rate equal to either fifty
percent (50%), seventy-five percent (75%) (or, sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%)
if the Insurer used to provide the annuity does not offer a joint and seventy-five percent
(75%) annuity), or one hundred percent (100%) of the rate at which such benefits were
payable to the Participant. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, a joint and
fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity shall be considered the designated qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity and the normal form of payment for the purposes of this Plan. However, the
Participant may, without spousal consent, elect an alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity,
which alternative shall be equal in value to the designated qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity. An unmarried Participant shall receive the value of such Participant’s benefit in
the form of a life annuity. Such unmarried Participant, however, may elect to waive the
life annuity. The election must comply with the provisions of this Section as if it were an
election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity by a married Participant, but without
fulfilling the spousal consent requirement. The Participant may elect to have any annuity
provided for in this Section distributed upon the attainment of the “earliest retirement
age” under the Plan. The “earliest retirement age” is the earliest date on which, under the
Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.

(2) Any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity must be made by the Participant in
writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) during the election period and be
consented to in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) by the
Participant’s “spouse.” If the “spouse” is legally incompetent to give consent, the
“spouse’s” legal guardian, even if such guardian is the Participant, may give consent. Such
election shall designate a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits) that may not be changed
without spousal consent (unless the consent of the “spouse” expressly permits designations
by the Participant without the requirement of further consent by the “spouse”). Such
“spouse’s” consent shall be irrevocable and must acknowledge the effect of such election
and be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. Such consent shall not be
required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the required
consent cannot be obtained because there is no “spouse,” the “spouse” cannot be located, or
other circumstances that may be prescribed by Regulations. The election made by the
Participant and consented to by such Participant’s “spouse” may be revoked by the
Participant in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) without the consent
of the “spouse” at any time during the election period. A revocation of a prior election
shall cause the Participant’s benefits to be distributed as a Joint and Survivor Annuity.
The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any new election must comply with the
requirements of this paragraph. A former “spouse’s” waiver shall not be binding on a new
“spouse.”

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

35

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(3) The election period to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be the ninety (90) day
period ending on the Annuity Starting Date.

(4) For purposes of this Section and Section 6.6, “spouse” or “surviving spouse” means the spouse
or surviving spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the spouse
or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to
the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order” as described in Code Section
414(p).

(5) With regard to the election, except as otherwise provided herein, the Administrator shall
provide to the Participant no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days before
the Annuity Starting Date a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) explanation of:

(i) the terms and conditions of the Joint and Survivor Annuity,

(ii) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Joint and Survivor
Annuity,

(iii) the right of the Participant’s “spouse” to consent to any election to waive the Joint and
Survivor Annuity, and

(iv) the right of the Participant to revoke such election, and the effect of such revocation.

(6) Any distribution provided for in this Section may commence less than thirty (30) days after the
notice required by Code Section 417(a)(3) is given provided the following requirements are
satisfied:

(i) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period
of thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider whether to waive the Joint and Survivor
Annuity and to elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a Joint and Survivor
Annuity;

(ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until
the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the seven (7) day
period that begins the day after the explanation of the Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to
the Participant;

(iii) the Annuity Starting Date is after the time that the explanation of the Joint and Survivor
Annuity is provided to the Participant. However, the Annuity Starting Date may be before the date
that any affirmative distribution election is made by the Participant and before the date that the
distribution is permitted to commence under (iv) below; and

(iv) distribution in accordance with the affirmative election does not commence before the
expiration of the seven (7) day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Joint and
Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.

(b) Alternative forms of distributions. In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant
to paragraph (a)(2) above not to receive the benefit in the form of a Joint and Survivor
Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a life annuity, the
Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the distribution to a
Participant or Beneficiary any amount to which the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled under
the Plan in one or more of the following methods which are permitted pursuant to the Adoption
Agreement.

(1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property, provided that if a distribution of
property is permitted, it shall be limited to property that is specifically allocated and
identifiable with respect to such Participant.

(2) Partial withdrawals.

(3) Payments over a period certain in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash
installments. The period over which such payment is to be made shall not extend beyond the
earlier of the Participant’s life expectancy (or the joint life expectancy of the
Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary).

(4) Purchase of or providing an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that
will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant
(or the lives of the Participant and
the Participant’s designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the
life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary).

(c) Consent to distributions. Benefits may not be paid without the Participant’s and the
Participant’s “spouse’s” consent if the present value of the Participant’s Joint and Survivor
Annuity derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds $5,000 and the benefit is
“immediately distributable.” However, spousal consent is not required if the distribution will
be made in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the benefit is “immediately
distributable.” A benefit is “immediately distributable” if any part of the benefit could be
distributed to the Participant (or “surviving spouse”) before the Participant attains (or would
have attained if not deceased) the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

36

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of the Participant’s benefit derived from
Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000, then the Administrator will
distribute such benefit in a lump-sum. No distribution may be made under the preceding sentence
after the Annuity Starting Date unless the Participant and the Participant’s “spouse” consent
in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to such distribution. Any consent
required under this paragraph must be obtained not more than ninety (90) days before
commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section
6.5(a)(2).

     For purposes of this subsection, the Participant’s benefit derived from Employer and
Employee contributions shall not include: (1) the Participant’s Qualified Voluntary
Contribution Account, and (2) if selected in the Conditions for Distributions Upon Termination
of Employment Section of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant’s Rollover Account.

(d) Obtaining consent. The following rules will apply with respect to the consent requirements
set forth in subsection (c):

(1) No consent shall be valid unless the Participant has received a general description of
the material features and an explanation of the relative values of the optional forms of
benefit available under the Plan that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section
417;

(2) The Participant must be informed of the right to defer receipt of the distribution. If
a Participant fails to consent, it shall be deemed an election to defer the commencement of
payment of any benefit. However, any election to defer the receipt of benefits shall not
apply with respect to distributions that are required under Section 6.8;

(3) Notice of the rights specified under this paragraph shall be provided no less than
thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity Starting Date;

(4) Written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) consent of the Participant to the
distribution must not be made before the Participant receives the notice and must not be
made more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity Starting Date; and

(5) No consent shall be valid if a significant detriment is imposed under the Plan on any
Participant who does not consent to the distribution.

(e) Required minimum distributions (Code Section 401(a)(9)). Notwithstanding any provision in
the Plan to the contrary, the distribution of a Participant’s benefits, whether under the Plan
or through the purchase of an annuity Contract, shall be made in accordance with the
requirements of Section 6.8.

(f) Annuity Contracts. All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be non-transferable when
distributed. Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased and distributed to a
Participant or “spouse” shall comply with all of the requirements of this Plan.

(g) TEFRA 242(b)(2) election. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to distributions
made in accordance with Plan Section 6.8(a)(5).

(h) Distribution from partially Vested account. If a distribution is made to a Participant who
has not severed employment and who is not fully Vested in the Participant’s Account, and the
Participant may increase the Vested
percentage in such account, then at any relevant time the Participant’s Vested portion of the
account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by the formula:

X equals P (AB plus D) — D

     For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at the relevant time, AB
is the account balance at the relevant time, D is the amount of distribution, and the relevant
time is the time at which, under the Plan, the Vested percentage in the account cannot
increase.

     However, the Employer may elect, in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted
Elections), to provide that a separate account shall be established for the Participant’s
interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and at any relevant time the
Participant’s Vested portion of the separate account will be equal to an amount determined as
follows: P (AB plus (R x D)) — (R x D) where R is the ratio of the account balance at the
relevant time to the account balance after distribution and the other terms have the same
meaning as in the preceding paragraph.

(i) Transition rules.

(1) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise
not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous subsections of this Section must be
given the opportunity to elect to have such prior subsections apply if such participant is
credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a plan
year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least ten (10)
years of vesting service when he or she separated from service.

(2) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with
at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2,
1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a plan year

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

37

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or her
benefits paid in accordance with Subsection (4) below.

(3) The respective opportunities to elect (as described in Subsections (1) and (2) above)
must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period commencing on August 23,
1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.

(4) Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Subsection (2) above and any Participant
who does not elect under Subsection (1) or who meets the requirements of Subsection (1)
except that such Participant does not have at least ten (10) years of vesting service when
he or she separates from service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in accordance
with all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a
life annuity:

(a) If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married
Participant who:

(1) begins to receive payments under the plan on or after Normal Retirement
Age; or

(2) dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for
the Employer; or

(3) begins to receive payments on or after the “qualified
early retirement age”; or

(4) separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the
“qualified early retirement age”) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements
for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to
receive such benefits;

then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity, unless the
Participant has elected otherwise during the election period. The election period must
begin at least six (6) months before the Participant attains “qualified early
retirement age” and end not more than ninety (90) days before the commencement of
benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by the
Participant at any time.

(b) A Participant who is employed after attaining the “qualified early retirement age”
will be given the opportunity to elect, during the election period, to have a survivor
annuity payable on death. If the
Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less
than the payments which would have been made to the “spouse” under the Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day before his or her death.
Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the
Participant at any time. The election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day
before the Participant attains the “qualified early retirement age,” or (2) the date on
which Participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment.

(c) For purposes of this Subsection, the “qualified early retirement age” means the
latest of: (i) the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to
receive retirement benefits, (ii) the first day of the 120th month beginning before the
Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or (iii) the date the Participant begins
participation.

6.6 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

(a) Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA). Unless otherwise elected as provided
below, a Vested Participant who dies before the Annuity Starting Date and who has a “surviving
spouse” shall have the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to the “surviving spouse.” The
Participant’s “spouse” may direct that payment of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commence
within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death. If the “spouse” does not so direct,
payment of such benefit will commence at the time the Participant would have attained the later
of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. However, the “spouse” may elect a later commencement date.
Any distribution to the Participant’s “spouse” shall be subject to the rules specified in
Section 6.8.

(b) Election to waive QPSA. Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity before
the Participant’s death must be made by the Participant in writing (or in such other form as
permitted by the IRS) during the election period and shall require the “spouse’s” irrevocable
consent in the same manner provided for in Section 6.5(a)(2). Further, the “spouse’s” consent
must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
nonspouse Beneficiary need not be acknowledged, provided the consent of the “spouse”
acknowledges that the “spouse” has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary
and that the “spouse” voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.

(c) Time to waive QPSA. The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall
begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and end on the
date of the Participant’s death. An earlier waiver (with “spousal” consent) may be made
provided a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) explanation of the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is given to the Participant and such waiver becomes invalid at
the beginning of the Plan Year in which the Participant turns age 35. In the event a
Participant separates from service prior to the beginning of the election period, the election
period shall begin on the date of such separation from service.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

38

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(d) QPSA notice. With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide each
Participant within the applicable election period, with respect to such Participant (and
consistent with Regulations), a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS)
explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that
required pursuant to Section 6.5(a)(5). For the purposes of this paragraph, the term
“applicable period” means, with respect to a Participant, whichever of the following periods
ends last:

(1) The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which
the Participant attains age 35;

(2) A reasonable period after the individual becomes a Participant;

(3) A reasonable period ending after the Plan no longer fully subsidizes the cost of the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity with respect to the Participant; or

(4) A reasonable period ending after Code Section 401(a)(11) applies to the Participant.

     For purposes of applying this subsection, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated
events described in (2), (3) and (4) is the end of the two (2) year period beginning one (1)
year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1) year after that date. In
the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is
attained, notice shall be provided within the two (2) year period beginning one (1)
year prior to separation and ending one (1) year after separation. If such a Participant
thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the “applicable period” for such
Participant shall be redetermined.

(e) Pre-REA. The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity provided for in this Section shall apply only
to Participants who are credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984.
Participants who are not credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, shall be
provided with rights to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in accordance with Section
303(e)(2) of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

(f) Consent. If the value of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity derived from Employer and
Employee contributions does not exceed, and has never exceeded at the time of any prior
distribution, $5,000, the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such amount to the
Participant’s “spouse” in a single lump-sum as soon as practicable. No distribution may be made
under the preceding sentence after the Annuity Starting Date unless the “spouse” consents in
writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS). If the value exceeds $5,000, an
immediate distribution of the entire amount may be made to the “surviving spouse,” provided
such “surviving spouse” consents in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to
such distribution. Any consent required under this paragraph must be obtained not more than
ninety (90) days before commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner
consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

(g) Alternative forms of distribution. Death benefits may be paid to a Participant’s
Beneficiary in one of the following optional forms of benefits subject to the rules specified
in Section 6.8 and the elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Such optional forms of
distributions may be elected by the Participant in the event there is an election to waive the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, and for any death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity. However, if no optional form of distribution was elected by the Participant
prior to death, then the Participant’s Beneficiary may elect the form of distribution.

(1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property that is allocated to the accounts of the
Participant at the time of the distribution.

(2) Partial withdrawals.

(3) Payment in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash installments over a period
to be determined by the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. In order to provide
such installment payments, the Administrator may (A) segregate the aggregate amount thereof
in a separate, federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or
savings and loan association, money market certificate or other liquid short-term security
or (B) purchase a nontransferable annuity Contract for a term certain (with no life
contingencies) providing for such payment. After periodic installments commence, the
Beneficiary shall have the right to reduce the period over which such periodic installments
shall be made, and the cash amount of such periodic installments shall be adjusted
accordingly.

(4) In the form of an annuity over the life expectancy of the Beneficiary.

(5) If death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity are to be paid to
the “surviving spouse,” such benefits may be paid pursuant to (1), (2) or (3) above, or
used to purchase an annuity so as to increase the payments made pursuant to the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

(h) Required minimum distributions (Code Section 401(a)(9)). Notwithstanding any provision in
the Plan to the contrary, distributions upon the death of a Participant shall comply with the
requirements of Section 6.8.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

39

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(i) Payment to a child. For purposes of this Section, any amount paid to a child of the
Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the “surviving spouse” if the amount
becomes payable to the “surviving spouse” when the child reaches the age of majority.

(j) Voluntary Contribution Account. In the event that less than one hundred percent (100%) of a
Participant’s interest in the Plan is distributed to such Participant’s “spouse,” the portion
of the distribution attributable to the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account shall be
in the same proportion that the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account bears to the
Participant’s total interest in the Plan.

(k) TEFRA 242(b)(2) election. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to distributions
made in accordance with Plan Section 6.8(a)(5).

6.7 TIME OF DISTRIBUTION

     Except as limited by Section 6.8, whenever a distribution is to be made, or a series of
payments are to commence, the distribution or series of payments may be made or begun as soon as
practicable. However, unless a Participant elects in writing to defer the receipt of benefits (such
election may not result in a death benefit that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits
shall begin not later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the Plan Year in which the
latest of the following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of
age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein; (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year
in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (c) the date the Participant
terminates service with the Employer.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and, if applicable, the
Participant’s spouse, to consent to a distribution that is “immediately distributable” (within the
meaning of Section 6.5(c)), shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of payment
of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

6.8 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

     (a) General rules

(1) Effective Date. Subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements set forth in
Plan Section 6.5, the requirements of this Section shall apply to any distribution of a
Participant’s interest in the Plan and will take precedence over any inconsistent
provisions of this Plan. Unless a later effective date is specified in the Adoption
Agreement, the provisions of this Section will apply for purposes of determining required
minimum distributions for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2001.

(2) Coordination with minimum distribution requirements previously in effect. If the
“effective date” of this amendment is earlier than calendar years beginning with the 2003
calendar year, required minimum distributions for 2002 under this Section will be
determined as follows. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the
Plan made to the distributee prior to the “effective date” of this Section equals or
exceeds the required minimum distributions determined under this Section, then no
additional distributions will be required to be made for 2002 on or after such date to the
distributee. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made
to the distributee prior to the “effective date” of this Section is less than the amount
determined under this amendment, then required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after
such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for
2002 made to the distributee will be the amount determined under this Section.

(3) Requirements of Treasury Regulations incorporated. All distributions required under
this Section will be determined and made in accordance with the Regulations under Code
Section 401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code
Section 401(a)(9)(G).

(4) Limits on distribution periods. As of the first distribution calendar year,
distributions to a Participant may only be made in accordance with the selections made in
the Form of Distributions Section of the Adoption Agreement. If such distributions are not
made in a single-sum, then they may only be made over one of the following periods: (i) the
life of the Participant, (ii) the joint lives of the Participant and a “designated
Beneficiary,” (iii) a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
Participant, or (iv) a period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor
expectancy of the Participant and a “designated Beneficiary.”

(5) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) elections.

(i) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, other than the spouse’s right
of consent afforded under the Plan, distributions may be made on behalf of any
Participant, including a five percent (5%) owner, who has made a designation in
accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act
(TEFRA) and in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when
such distribution commences):

(I) The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have disqualified such plan
under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit
Reduction Act of 1984.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

40

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(II) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated
by the Participant whose interest in the plan is being distributed or, if the
Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

(III) Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or the
Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

(IV) The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983.

(V) The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary
specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which
distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the
Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of
priority.

(ii) A distribution upon death will not be covered by the transitional rule of this
Subsection unless the information in the designation contains the required information
described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the
Participant.

(iii) For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after
December 31, 1983, the Participant, or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is
being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which
the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing
and the distribution satisfies the requirements in (i)(I) and (i)(V) of this
Subsection.

(iv) If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. If a designation
is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must
distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required
to have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations
thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after
December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental
benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a
revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another
Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be
considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or
addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the
designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring
life).

(v) In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to
another plan, the rules in Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-8, Q&A-14 and Q&A-15, shall
apply.

     (b) Time and manner of distribution

(1) Required beginning date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or
begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s “required
beginning date.”

(2) Death of Participant before distributions begin. If the Participant dies before
distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be
distributed, no later than as follows as elected in the Distributions Upon Death Section of
the Adoption Agreement (or if no election is made, then the Beneficiary may elect which
provision shall apply):

(i) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” then, except as otherwise provided herein, distributions to the surviving
spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in
which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.

(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” then, except as provided in Section 6.8(b)(3) below, distributions to the
“designated Beneficiary” will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(iii) If there is no “designated Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year following
the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be
distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant’s death.

(iv) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary” and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before
distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 6.8(b)(2), other than Section
6.8(b)(2)(i), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

     For purposes of this Section 6.8(b)(2) and Section 6.8(b)(3), unless Section
6.8(b)(2)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s “required
beginning date.” If Section 6.8(b)(2)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on
the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section
6.8(b)(2)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company
irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s “required beginning date”

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

41

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to
begin to the surviving spouse under Section 6.8(b)(2)(i)), the date distributions are
considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

(3) Forms of distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of
an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the
“required beginning date,” as of the first “distribution calendar year” distributions will
be made in accordance with Sections 6.8(c) and 6.8(d). If the Participant’s interest is
distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions
thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and
the Regulations thereunder.

(c) Required minimum distributions during Participant’s lifetime

(1) Amount of required minimum distribution for each “distribution calendar year.” During
the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
“distribution calendar year” is the lesser of the following, as elected in the Form of
Distributions Section of the Adoption Agreement:

(i) the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the
distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Regulation Section
1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the
“distribution calendar year”; or

(ii) if the Participant’s sole “designated Beneficiary” for the “distribution calendar
year” is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s
account balance” by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in
Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as
of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the “distribution calendar year.”

(2) Lifetime required minimum distributions continue through year of Participant’s death.
Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 6.8(c) beginning with
the first “distribution calendar year” and up to and including the “distribution calendar
year” that includes the Participant’s date of death.

(d) Required minimum distributions after Participant’s death

(1) Death on or after date distributions begin.

(i) Participant survived by “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies on or
after the date distributions begin and there is a “designated Beneficiary,” the minimum
amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of
the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account
balance” by the longer of the remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant or the
remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary,” determined
as follows:

(A) The Participant’s remaining “life expectancy” is calculated using the age of
the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” the remaining “life expectancy” of the surviving spouse is calculated
for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s death
using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For
“distribution calendar years” after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the
remaining “life expectancy” of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of
the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the
spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

(C) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” the “designated Beneficiary’s” remaining “life expectancy” is
calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the
Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(ii) No “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies on or after the date
distributions begin and there is no “designated Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the
year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be
distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s
death is the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the
Participant’s remaining “life expectancy” calculated using the age of the Participant
in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(2) Death before date distributions begin.

(i) Participant survived by “designated Beneficiary.” Except as provided in Section
6.8(b)(3), if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a
“designated Beneficiary,” the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
“distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient
obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the remaining “life
expectancy” of the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary,” determined as provided in
Section 6.8(d)(1).

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

42

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(ii) No “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies before the date
distributions begin and there is no “designated Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the
year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s
entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the
fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

(iii) Death of surviving spouse before distributions to surviving spouse are required
to begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the
Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated Beneficiary,” and
the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving
spouse under Section 6.8(b)(2)(i), this Section 6.8(d)(2) will apply as if the
surviving spouse were the Participant.

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Designated Beneficiary” means the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary
under the Plan and is the “designated Beneficiary” under Code Section 401(a)(9) and
Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-4.

(2) “Distribution calendar year” means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is
required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first
“distribution calendar year” is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year
which contains the Participant’s “required beginning date.” For distributions beginning
after the Participant’s death, the first “distribution calendar year” is the calendar year
in which distributions are required to begin under Section 6.8(b). The required minimum
distribution for the Participant’s first “distribution calendar year” will be made on or
before the Participant’s “required beginning date.” The required minimum distribution for
other “distribution calendar years,” including the required minimum distribution for the
“distribution calendar year” in which the Participant’s “required beginning date” occurs,
will be made on or before December 31 of that “distribution calendar year.”

(3) “Life expectancy” means the life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table
in Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9.

(4) “Participant’s account balance” means the Participant’s account balance as of the last
Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the “distribution calendar year”
(valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated
or Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of the dates in the valuation calendar
year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar
year after the Valuation Date. For this purpose, the Administrator may exclude
contributions that are allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation
calendar year after the Valuation Date, but that are not actually made during the valuation
calendar year. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts
rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the
“distribution calendar year” if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

(5) “Required beginning date” means, except as otherwise elected in Appendix A to the
Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), with respect to any Participant, April 1 of
the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires, except that benefit
distributions to a “5-percent owner” must commence by April 1 of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

(6) “5-percent owner” means a Participant who is a 5-percent owner as defined in Code
Section 416 at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in
which such owner attains age 70 1/2. Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent owner
under this Section they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to
be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

(f) Transition rules.

(1) For plans in existence before 2003. Required minimum distributions before 2003 were
made pursuant to Section (e), if applicable, and Sections 6.8(f)(2) through (4) below.

(2) 2000 and Before. Required minimum distributions for calendar years after 1984 and
before 2001 were made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the proposed
Regulations thereunder published in the Federal Register on July 27, 1987 (the “1987
Proposed Regulations”).

(3) 2001. Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2001 were made in accordance
with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the 1987 Proposed Regulations, unless the Adoption
Agreement provides that required minimum distributions for 2001 were made pursuant to the
proposed Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) published in the Federal Register on
January 17, 2001 (the “2001 Proposed Regulations”). If distributions were made in 2001
under the 1987 Proposed Regulations prior to the date in 2001 the Plan began operating
under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, the special transition rule in Announcement 2001-82,
2001-2 C.B. 123, applied.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

43

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(4) 2002. Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2002 were made in accordance
with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the 1987 Proposed Regulations unless either (i) or (ii)
below applies.

(i) The Adoption Agreement provides that required minimum distributions for 2002 were
made pursuant to the 2001 Proposed Regulations.

(ii) The Adoption Agreement provides that required minimum distributions for 2002 were
made pursuant to the Final and Temporary Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9)
published in the Federal Register on April 17, 2002, (the “2002 Final and Temporary
Regulations”) which are described in Sections (b) through (e) of this Section. If
distributions were made in 2002 under either the 1987 Proposed Regulations or the 2001
Proposed Regulations prior to the date in 2002 the Plan began operating under the 2002
Final and Temporary Regulations, the special transition rule in Section 1.2 of the
model amendment in Revenue Procedure 2002-29, 2002-1 C.B. 1176, applied.

6.9 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT INDIVIDUAL

     In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor or incompetent individual, then the
Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the court appointed legal guardian or
any other person authorized under state law to receive such distribution, or if none, then in the
case of a minor individual, to a parent of such individual, or to the custodian for such individual
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the
state in which said individual resides. Such a payment to the guardian, custodian or parent of a
minor or incompetent individual shall fully discharge the Trustee (or Insurer), Employer, and Plan
from further liability on account thereof.

6.10 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

     In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or
Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the Participant’s attainment of age 62 or Normal
Retirement Age, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator, after sending
a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address, and after further
diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so
distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
effective with respect to distributions made after March 28, 2005, if the Plan provides for
mandatory distributions and the amount to be distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary does not
exceed $1,000, then the amount distributable may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator,
either be treated as a Forfeiture, or be paid directly to an individual retirement account
described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section
408(b) at the time it is determined that the whereabouts of the Participant or the Participant’s
Beneficiary cannot be ascertained. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent
to the Forfeiture, such benefit shall be restored, first from Forfeitures, if any, and then from an
additional Employer contribution if necessary. Upon Plan termination, the portion of the
distributable amount that is an “eligible rollover distribution” as defined in Plan Section
6.15(b)(1) may be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code Section
408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b). However, regardless of
the preceding, a benefit that is lost by reason of escheat under applicable state law is not
treated as a Forfeiture for purposes of this Section nor as an impermissible forfeiture under the
Code.

6.11 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION

     If elected in the Adoption Agreement, at such time as the conditions set forth in the Adoption
Agreement have been satisfied, then the Administrator, at the election of a Participant who has not
severed employment with the Employer, shall direct the distribution of up to the entire Vested
amount then credited to the accounts as elected in the Adoption Agreement maintained on behalf of
such Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall include an Employee who has an
Account balance in the Plan. In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution, the
Participant shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other
Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent with
Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections
411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, if an in-service distribution is
permitted from more than one account type, the Administrator may determine any ordering of a
Participant’s in-service distribution from such accounts.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

44

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

6.12 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

(a) Hardship events. For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Plans (except to the extent Section
12.9 applies), if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of the
Participant, shall direct the distribution to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the
lesser of 100% of the Vested interest of the Accounts selected in the Adoption Agreement,
valued as of the last Valuation Date or the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy
financial need of the Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall include an
Employee who has an Account balance in the Plan. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section
shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation
Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the Account from which the
distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section shall be
authorized only if the distribution is for an immediate and heavy financial need. The
Administrator will determine whether there is an immediate and heavy financial need based on
the facts and circumstances. An immediate and heavy financial need includes, but is not limited
to, a distribution for one of the following:

(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code
Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted
gross income);

(2) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
residence for the Participant;

(3) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse,
children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable years beginning on
or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B));

(4) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to
the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the
Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for
taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section
152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B));

(5) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s
principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence; or

(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would
qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to
whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

(b) Other limits and conditions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, no distribution shall be
made pursuant to this Section from the Participant’s Account until such Account has become
fully Vested. Furthermore, if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one Account,
the Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s hardship distribution from such
Accounts.

(c) Distribution rules apply. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a
manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not
limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
Regulations thereunder.

6.13 SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PROFIT SHARING PLANS

(a) The provisions of this Section apply to a Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan to the extent elected in the Adoption Agreement. However, this Section
shall not apply with respect to amounts that are transferred directly or indirectly (i.e.,
other than by a rollover) to this Plan from a defined benefit plan, money purchase pension
plan, target benefit plan, or stock bonus or profit sharing plan which is subject to the
survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417.

(b) If an election is made to not offer life annuities as a form of distribution, then a
Participant shall be prohibited from electing benefits in the form of a life annuity and the
Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of Section 6.5 shall not apply.

(c) If an election is made to offer life annuities as a form of distribution but not as the
normal form of distribution, then the Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of Section 6.5
shall not apply if a Participant does not elect an annuity form of distribution. Furthermore,
subsection (e) shall not apply if a Participant elects an annuity form of distribution.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Sections 6.2 and 6.6 to the contrary, upon the death of a
Participant, the automatic form of distribution will be a lump-sum rather than a Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Furthermore, the Participant’s spouse will be the Beneficiary
of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the Plan unless an election is made to waive the
spouse as Beneficiary. The other provisions in Section 6.2 shall be applied by treating the
death benefit in this subsection as though it is a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

(e) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section, the provisions of Sections 6.2,
6.5 and 6.6 regarding spousal consent shall be inoperative with respect to this Plan.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

45

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(f) If a distribution is one to which Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such
distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Regulation
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that:

(1) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right
to a period of at least thirty (30) days after the notice to consider the decision of
whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution
option), and

(2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

6.14 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION

     All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in this Plan shall be
subject to the rights afforded to any “alternate payee” under a “qualified domestic relations order.” Furthermore, a distribution to an
“alternate payee” shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a “qualified domestic
relations order,” even if the affected Participant has not reached the “earliest retirement age”
under the Plan. For the purposes of this Section, “alternate payee,” “qualified domestic relations
order” and “earliest retirement age” shall have the meanings set forth under Code Section 414(p).

6.15 DIRECT ROLLOVERS

(a) Right to direct rollover. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that
would otherwise limit a “distributee’s” election under this Section effective with respect to
distributions made after December 31, 2001, a “distributee” may elect, at the time and in the
manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have an “eligible rollover distribution” paid
directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee” in a “direct rollover.”
However, if less than the entire amount of the “eligible rollover distribution” is being paid
directly to an “eligible retirement plan,” then the Administrator may require that the amount
paid directly to such plan be at least $500. Furthermore, the Administrator may apply this
Section by treating a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account separately from the
Participant’s other Accounts.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) An “eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution described in Code Section
402(c)(4) and generally includes any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to
the credit of the “distributee,” except that an “eligible rollover distribution” does not
include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments
(not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
“distributee” or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the “distributee” and the
“distributee’s” “designated Beneficiary,” or for a specified period of ten (10) years or
more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section
401(a)(9); any hardship distribution; the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not
includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other distribution reasonably
expected to total less than $200 during a year.

     Notwithstanding the above, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an
“eligible rollover distribution” merely because the portion consists of after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may
be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section
408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a)
or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately
accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the
portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

(2) An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code
Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), (other
than an endowment contract), a qualified trust (an employees’ trust) described in Code
Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a), an annuity plan described
in Code Section 403(a), an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a
state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or
political subdivision and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into
such plan from this Plan, and an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), that
accepts the “distributee’s” “eligible rollover distribution.” However, in the case of an
“eligible rollover distribution” to the surviving spouse, an “eligible retirement plan” is
an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. The definition of
“eligible retirement plan” shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving
spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified
domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). If any portion of an “eligible
rollover distribution” is attributable to payments or distributions from a designated Roth
account, an “eligible retirement plan” with respect to such portion shall include only
another designated Roth account of the individual from whose account the payments or
distributions were made, or a Roth IRA of such individual.

(3) A “distributee” includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or
former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former
spouse who is the alternate payee under a “qualified domestic relations order,” as defined
in Code Section 414(p), are “distributees” with regard to the interest of the spouse or
former spouse.

(4) A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the “eligible retirement plan” specified
by the “distributee.”

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

46

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(c) Participant notice. A Participant entitled to an “eligible rollover distribution” must
receive a written explanation of the right to a “direct rollover,” the tax consequences of not
making a “direct rollover,” and, if applicable, any available special income tax elections. The
notice must be provided within the same 30 — 90 day timeframe applicable to the Participant
consent notice. The “direct rollover” notice must be provided to all Participants, unless the
total amount the Participant will receive as a distribution during the calendar year is expected
to be less than $200.

6.16 TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN

     Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional
form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death,
disability, or severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of
benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the
post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code
Section 414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a)
(other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions or to a direct or indirect rollover contribution).

6.17 CORRECTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS

     Nothing in this Article shall preclude the Administrator from making a distribution to a
Participant, to the extent such distribution is made to correct a qualification defect in
accordance with the corrective procedures under the IRS’ Employee Plans Compliance Resolution
System or any other voluntary compliance programs.

     ARTICLE
VII 
TRUSTEE
AND CUSTODIAN

7.1 BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

(a) The provisions of this Article, other than Section 7.6, shall not apply to this Plan if a
separate trust agreement is being used. Furthermore, the provisions of this Article, other than
Sections 7.5 and 7.6, shall not apply if the Plan is fully insured.

(b) The Trustee is accountable to the Employer for the funds contributed to the Plan by the
Employer, but the Trustee does not have any duty to see that the contributions received comply
with the provisions of the Plan. The Trustee is not obligated to collect any contributions from
the Employer, nor is it under a duty to see that funds deposited with it are deposited in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

(c) The Trustee will credit and distribute the Trust Fund as directed by the Administrator. The
Trustee is not obligated to inquire as to whether any payee or distributee is entitled to any
payment or whether the distribution is proper or within the terms of the Plan, or whether the
manner of making any payment or distribution is proper. The Trustee is accountable only to the
Administrator for any payment or distribution made by it in good faith on the order or direction
of the Administrator.

(d) In the event that the Trustee shall be directed by a Participant (pursuant to the
Participant Direction Procedures if the Plan permits Participant directed investments), the
Employer, or an Investment Manager or other agent appointed by the Employer with respect to the
investment of any or all Plan assets, the Trustee shall have no liability with respect to the
investment of such assets, but shall be responsible only to execute such investment instructions
as so directed.

(1) The Trustee shall be entitled to rely fully on the written (or other form acceptable to
the Administrator and the Trustee, including but not limited to, voice recorded)
instructions of a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures), the
Employer, or any Fiduciary or nonfiduciary agent of the Employer, in the discharge of such
duties, and shall not be liable for any loss or other liability resulting from such
direction (or lack of direction) of the investment of any part of the Plan assets.

(2) The Trustee may delegate the duty of executing such instructions to any nonfiduciary
agent, which may be an affiliate of the Trustee or any Plan representative.

(3) The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event
the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems such direction improper by virtue of
applicable law. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense that
may result from the Trustee’s refusal or failure to comply with any direction from the
Participant.

(4) Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant’s directions shall be
borne by the Participant’s Directed Account, unless paid by the Employer.

(5) Notwithstanding anything herein above to the contrary, the Trustee shall not invest any
portion of a Participant’s Directed Account in “collectibles” within the meaning of Code
Section 408(m).

(e) The Trustee will maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to the Employer
and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual report pursuant to Section 7.9.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

47

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(f) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the terms of its usual and
customary bank agency agreement, under which the duties of such bank or trust company shall be
of a custodial, clerical and record-keeping nature.

(g) The Trustee may employ and pay from the Trust Fund reasonable compensation to agents,
attorneys, accountants and other persons to advise the Trustee as in its opinion may be
necessary. The Trustee may delegate to any agent, attorney, accountant or other person selected
by it any non-Trustee power or duty vested in it by the Plan, and the Trustee may act or refrain
from acting on the advice or opinion of any such person.

7.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE

(a) This Section applies if the Employer, in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon
by the Employer and the Trustee, designates the Trustee to administer all or a portion of the
trust as a Discretionary Trustee. If so designated, then the Trustee has the discretion and
authority to invest, manage, and control those Plan assets except, however, with respect to
those assets which are subject to the investment direction of a Participant (if Participant
directed investments are permitted), or an Investment Manager, the Administrator, or other agent
appointed by the Employer. The exercise of any investment discretion hereunder shall be
consistent with the “funding policy and method” determined by the Employer.

(b) The Trustee shall, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, invest and reinvest the Trust
Fund to keep the Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income and in
such securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem
advisable, including, but not limited to, common or preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end
mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any
interest therein. The Trustee shall at all times in making investments of the Trust Fund
consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs of the Plan on the basis
of information furnished by the Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be
restricted to securities or other property of the character expressly authorized by the
applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to any
limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times this Plan may qualify as a
qualified Plan and Trust. The Trustee shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely
in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and
diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like
capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character and with like aims.

(c) The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory
authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall have the following powers
and authorities to be exercised in the Trustee’s sole discretion:

(1) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same.
In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and
maintained;

(2) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of
any securities or other property held by the Trustee, by private contract or at public
auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the
purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or
other disposition, with or without advertisement;

(3) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies
or powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion
privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental
thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations
or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and
to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of
the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property;

(4) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, or
in the name of a nominee or in a street name provided such securities or other property are
held on behalf of the Plan by (i) a bank or trust company, (ii) a broker or dealer
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer,
or (iii) a clearing agency as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934;

(5) To invest in a common, collective, or pooled trust fund (the provisions of which are
incorporated herein by reference) maintained by any Trustee (or any affiliate of such
Trustee) hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust Fund as
the Trustee may deem advisable, and the part of the Trust Fund so transferred shall be
subject to all the terms and provisions of the common, collective, or pooled trust fund
which contemplate the commingling for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust
assets of other trusts. The name of the trust fund may be specified in Appendix A to the
Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections). The Trustee may withdraw from such common, collective, or pooled trust fund all or such part of
the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable;

(6) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such
terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to
issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or
any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to
see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or
propriety of any borrowing;

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

48

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(7) To accept and retain for such time as it may deem advisable any securities or other
property received or acquired by it as Trustee hereunder, whether or not such securities or
other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;

(8) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and
conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry
out the powers herein granted;

(9) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration (provided such arbitration does not
apply to Participants or Beneficiaries) any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or
from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to
represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

(10) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and
compensation, and such agents or counsel may or may not be an agent or counsel for the
Employer;

(11) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the Trust Fund any
annuity or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or in the case of a Profit
Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of any person in whom a Participant has
an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in whom the
Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise,
at any time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such
annuity, or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such
annuity, or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof;

(12) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable
rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon,
including the specific authority to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a
financial institution related to the Trustee);

(13) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;

(14) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and
purchased through a national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities
exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of
whether such options are covered;

(15) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in
banks or savings and loan associations including the specific authority to make deposit into
any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of the Trustee (or a financial institution
related to the Trustee);

(16) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any
other qualified employee pension benefit trust created by the Employer or any Affiliated
Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint
accounts on behalf of this Plan and Trust and such other trust or trusts, allocating
undivided shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the
two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests; and

(17) To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges, although not
specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out the purposes
of the Plan.

(d) The Trustee may appoint, at its option, an Investment Manager, investment adviser, or other
agent to provide direction to the Trustee with respect to the investment of any or all of the
Plan assets. Such appointment shall be in writing and shall specifically identify the Plan
assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have the authority to
direct the investment.

7.3 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF NONDISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE

(a) This Section applies if the Employer, in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon
by the Employer and the Trustee, designates the Trustee to administer all or a portion of the
trust as a nondiscretionary Trustee. If so designated, then the Trustee shall have no
discretionary authority to invest, manage, or control those Plan assets, but must act solely as
a Directed Trustee of those Plan assets. A nondiscretionary Trustee, as Directed Trustee of the
Plan funds it holds, is authorized and empowered, by way of limitation, with the powers, rights
and duties set forth herein and in Section 7.14, each of which the nondiscretionary Trustee
exercises solely as Directed Trustee in accordance with the direction of the party which has the
authority to manage and control the investment of the Plan assets. If no directions are provided
to the Trustee, the Employer will provide necessary direction. Furthermore, the Employer and the
nondiscretionary Trustee may, in writing, limit the powers of the nondiscretionary Trustee to
any combination of powers listed within this Section. The party which has the authority to
manage and control the investment of the Plan assets shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and
Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then
prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would
use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

49

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(b) The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory
authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall have the following powers
and authorities:

(1) To invest the assets, without distinction between principal and income, in securities or
property, real or personal, wherever situated, including, but not limited to, common or
preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of
indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. In making such
investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or other property of the
character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the
Trustee shall give due regard to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at
all times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust;

(2) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same.
In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and
maintained;

(3) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of
any securities or other property held by the Trustee, by private contract or at public
auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the
purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or
other disposition, with or without advertisement;

(4) At the direction of the party which has the authority or discretion, to vote upon any
stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers of attorney
with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription
rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to
consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other changes
affecting corporate securities, and to delegate powers, and pay any assessments or charges
in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with
respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property;

(5) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, or
in the name of a nominee or in a street name provided such securities or other property are
held on behalf of the Plan by (i) a bank or trust company, (ii) a broker or dealer
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer,
or (iii) a clearing agency as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934;

(6) To invest in a common, collective, or pooled trust fund (the provisions of which are
incorporated herein by reference) maintained by any Trustee (or any affiliate of such
Trustee) hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust Fund as
the party which has the authority to manage and control the investment of the assets shall
deem advisable, and the part of the Trust Fund so transferred shall be subject to all the
terms and provisions of the common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the
commingling for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust assets of other trusts.
The name of the trust fund may be specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other
Permitted Elections);

(7) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such
terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to
issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or
any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to
see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or
propriety of any borrowing;

(8) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and
conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry
out the powers herein granted;

(9) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration (provided such arbitration does not
apply to Participants or Beneficiaries) any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or
from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to
represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

(10) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and
compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be an agent or counsel for the
Employer;

(11) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the Trust Fund any
annuity or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or in the case of a Profit
Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of any person in whom a Participant has
an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in whom the
Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise,
at the direction of the person with the authority to do so, whatever rights and privileges
may be granted under such annuity or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for
the proceeds of all such annuity or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the
provisions thereof;

(12) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable
rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon,
including the specific authority to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a
financial institution related to the Trustee);

(13) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

50

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(14) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and
purchased through a national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities
exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of
whether such options are covered;

(15) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in
banks or savings and loan associations including the specific authority to make deposit into
any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of the Trustee (or a financial institution
related to the Trustee); and

(16) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any
other qualified employee pension benefit trust created by the Employer or any Affiliated
Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint
accounts on behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided shares
or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts
in accordance with their respective interests.

7.4 POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN

     The Employer may appoint a custodian of the Plan assets. A custodian has the same powers,
rights and duties as a nondiscretionary Trustee. Any reference in the Plan to a Trustee also is a
reference to a custodian unless the context of the Plan indicates otherwise. A limitation of the
Trustee’s liability by Plan provision also acts as a limitation of the Custodian’s liability. The
Custodian will be protected from any liability with respect to actions taken pursuant to the
direction of the Trustee, Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager, a named
Fiduciary or other third party with authority to provide direction to the Custodian. The
resignation or removal of the Custodian shall be made in accordance with Section 7.11 as though the
Custodian were a Trustee.

7.5 LIFE INSURANCE

(a) Permitted insurance. The Trustee (or Insurer), in accordance with nondiscriminatory
operational procedures of the Administrator, shall ratably apply for, own, and pay all premiums
on Contracts on the lives of the Participants or, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan
(including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of a member of the Participant’s family or on the joint
lives of a Participant and a member of the Participant’s family. Any initial or additional
Contract purchased on behalf of a Participant shall have a face amount of not less than $1,000,
an amount set forth in the Administrator’s procedures, or the limitation of the Insurer,
whichever is greater. If a life insurance Contract is to be purchased for a Participant, then
the aggregate premium for ordinary life insurance for each Participant must be less than 50% of
the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account. For
purposes of this limitation, ordinary life insurance Contracts are Contracts with both
non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing premiums. If term insurance or universal life
insurance is purchased, then the aggregate premium must be 25% or less of the aggregate
contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account. If both term
insurance and ordinary life insurance are purchased, then the premium for term insurance plus
one-half of the premium for ordinary life insurance may not in the aggregate exceed 25% of the
aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined
Account. Notwithstanding the preceding, the limitations imposed herein with respect to the
purchase of life insurance shall not apply, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (including a
401(k) Plan), to the portion of the Participant’s Account that has accumulated for at least two
(2) Plan Years or to the entire Participant’s Account if the Participant has been a Participant
in the Plan for at least five (5) years. In addition, amounts transferred to this Plan in
accordance with Section 4.6(f)(1)(ii) or (iii) and a Participant’s Voluntary Contribution
Account may be used to purchase Contracts without limitation. Thus, amounts that are not subject
to the limitations contained herein may be used to purchase life insurance on any person in whom
a Participant has an insurable interest or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in
whom the Participant has an insurable interest, and without regard to the amount of premiums
paid to purchase any life insurance hereunder.

(b) Contract conversion at retirement. Subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Sections
6.5 and 6.6 (if applicable), the Trustee (or Insurer) must distribute the Contracts to the
Participant or convert the entire value of the Contracts at or before retirement into cash or
provide for a periodic income so that no portion of such value may be used to continue life
insurance protection beyond the date on which benefits commence. Furthermore, if a Contract is
purchased on the joint lives of the Participant and another person and such other person
predeceases the Participant, then the Contract may not be maintained under this Plan.

(c) Limitations on purchase. Notwithstanding anything herein above to the contrary, amounts
credited to a Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account pursuant to
Section 4.9, shall not be applied to the purchase of life insurance Contracts. Furthermore, no
life insurance Contracts shall be required to be obtained on an individual’s life if, for any
reason (other than the nonpayment of premiums) the Insurer will not issue a Contract on such
individual’s life.

(d) Proceeds payable to plan. The Trustee (or Insurer) will be the owner of any life insurance
Contract purchased under the terms of this Plan. The Contract must provide that the proceeds
will be payable to the Trustee (or Insurer); however, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall be required
to pay over all proceeds of the Contract to the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary” in
accordance with the distribution provisions of Article VI. A Participant’s spouse will be the
“designated Beneficiary” pursuant to Section 6.2, unless a qualified election has been made in
accordance with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the Plan, if applicable. Under no circumstances shall
the Trust retain any part of the proceeds that are in excess of the cash surrender value
immediately prior to death. However, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall not pay the proceeds in a
method that would violate the requirements of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984, as stated

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

51

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

in Article VI of the Plan, or Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. In the
event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any insurance Contract
purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

(e) No responsibility for Act of Insurer. The Employer, the Administrator and the Trustee shall
not be responsible for the validity of the provisions under a Contract issued hereunder or for
the failure or refusal by the Insurer to provide benefits under such Contract. The Employer,
Plan Administrator and the Trustee are also not responsible for any action or failure to act by
the Insurer or any other person which results in the delay of a payment under the Contract or
which renders the Contract invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

7.6 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

(a) Permitted Loans. The Trustee (or the Administrator if the Trustee is a nondiscretionary
Trustee or if loans are treated as Participant directed investments) may, in the Trustee’s (or,
if applicable, the Administrator’s) sole discretion, make loans to Participants or
Beneficiaries. If loans are permitted, then the following shall apply: (1) loans shall be made
available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans
shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount
made available to other Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest; (4)
loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) loans shall provide for periodic repayment over a
reasonable period of time. Furthermore, no Participant loan shall exceed the Participant’s
Vested interest in the Plan.

(b) Plan loans for Owner-Employees or Shareholder-Employees. Effective for Plan loans made after
December 31, 2001, the Plan provisions prohibiting loans to any Owner-Employee or
Shareholder-Employee shall cease to apply.

(c) Prohibited assignment or pledge. An assignment or pledge of any portion of a Participant’s
interest in the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance Contract
purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a loan under this Section.

(d) Spousal consent. If the Vested interest of a Participant is used to secure any loan made
pursuant to this Section, then the written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) consent
of the Participant’s spouse shall be required in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a),
provided the spousal consent requirements of such Section apply to the Plan. Such consent must
be obtained within the 90-day period prior to the date the loan is made. A new consent shall be
required if the Vested interest of a Participant is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal
or other revision of the loan. However, unless the loan program established pursuant to this
Section provides otherwise, no spousal consent shall be required under this paragraph if the
total interest subject to the security is not in excess of $5,000. If a valid spousal consent
has been obtained in accordance with this Subsection, then, notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan, the portion of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance used as a security
interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into
account for purposes of determining the amount of the Account balance payable at the time of
death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than
100% of the Participant’s Vested Account balance (determined without regard to the preceding
sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse, then the Account balance shall be adjusted by
first reducing the Vested Account balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of the
loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

(e) Loan program. The Administrator shall be authorized to establish a participant loan program
to provide for loans under the Plan. The loan program shall be established in accordance with
Department of Labor regulation Section 2550.408(b)-1(d)(2) providing for loans by the Plan to
parties-in-interest under said Plan, such as Participants or Beneficiaries. In order for the
Administrator to implement such loan program, a separate written document forming a part of this
Plan must be adopted, which document shall specifically include, but need not be limited to, the
following:

(1) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the
Participant loan program;

(2) a procedure for applying for loans;

(3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

(4) limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered;

(5) the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest;

(6) the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and

(7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets
in the event such default.

(f) Loan default. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant or
Beneficiary defaults on a loan made pursuant to this Section that is secured by the
Participant’s interest in the Plan, then a Participant’s interest may be offset by the amount
subject to the security to the extent there is a distributable event permitted by the Code or
Regulations.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

52

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(g) Loans subject to Plan terms. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if
this is an amendment and restatement of an existing Plan, any loans made prior to the date this
amendment and restatement is adopted shall be subject to the terms of the Plan in effect at the
time such loan was made.

7.7 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

     If there is more than one Trustee, then the responsibilities of each Trustee may be specified
by the Employer and accepted in writing by each Trustee. If no such delegation is made by the
Employer, then the Trustees may allocate the responsibilities among themselves, in which event the
Trustees shall notify the Employer and the Administrator in writing of such action and specify the
responsibilities of each Trustee. Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of
powers, if there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number, but
may authorize one or more of them to sign papers on their behalf.

7.8 TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

     The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the Trustee’s fee
schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the
Trustee. However, an individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time compensation from
the Employer shall not receive compensation from this Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be
reimbursed for any reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as
Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced
by the Employer. All taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or
future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the
Trust Fund.

7.9 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

(a) Annual report. Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date
or receipt of the Employer’s contribution for each Plan Year, the Trustee, or its agent, shall
furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the
Plan Year for which such contribution was made setting forth:

	 	(1)	 	the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;
	 
	 	(2)	 	the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or other
disposition of the assets;
	 
	 	(3)	 	the increase, or decrease, in the value of the
Trust Fund;
	 
	 	(4)	 	all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and
	 
	 	(5)	 	such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems appropriate.

(b) Employer approval of report. The Employer, promptly upon its receipt of each such statement
of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing and advise the Trustee and/or
Administrator of its approval or disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any
such statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed an
approval thereof. The approval by the Employer of any statement of account shall be binding on
the Employer and the Trustee as to all matters contained in the statement to the same extent as
if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree in an action for a
judicial settlement of its account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee,
the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest in the Plan were parties. However,
nothing contained in this Section shall deprive the Trustee of its right to have its accounts
judicially settled if the Trustee so desires.

7.10 AUDIT

(a) Duty to engage accountant. If an audit of the Plan’s records shall be required by the Act
and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator shall engage on behalf of
all Participants an independent qualified public accountant for that purpose. Such accountant
shall, after an audit of the books and records of the Plan in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards, within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year,
furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a report of the audit setting forth the
accountant’s opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists, that are required by Act
Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan’s annual report, are presented
fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently.

(b) Payment of fees. All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and may, at the
election of the Employer, be paid from the Trust Fund.

(c) Information to be provided to Administrator. If some or all of the information necessary to
enable the Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank, insurance
company, or similar institution, regulated, supervised, and subject to periodic examination by
a state or federal agency, then it shall transmit and certify the accuracy of that information
to the Administrator as provided in Act Section 103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days
after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of the
Secretary of Labor.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

53

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

7.11 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

(a) Trustee resignation. Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, a
Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer, at least thirty (30) days before
its effective date, a written notice of resignation.

(b) Trustee removal. Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, the
Employer may remove a Trustee at any time by delivering to the Trustee, at least thirty (30)
days before its effective date, a written notice of such Trustee’s removal.

(c) Appointment of successor. Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any
Trustee, a successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such successor, upon accepting such
appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer, shall, without further act, become
vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had
been originally named as a Trustee herein. Until such a successor is appointed, any remaining
Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan.

(d) Appointment of successor prior to removal of predecessor. The Employer may designate one or
more successors prior to the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the
event a successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation, the successor
shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the
predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as Trustee herein immediately upon
the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of the predecessor.

(e) Trustee’s statement upon cessation of being Trustee. Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases
to serve as such, the Trustee shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written
statement of account with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual
or entity served as Trustee. This statement shall be either (i) included as part of the annual
statement of account for the Plan Year required under Section 7.9 or (ii) set forth in a
special statement. Any such special statement of account should be rendered to the Employer no
later than the due date of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year. The procedures
set forth in Section 7.9 for the approval by the Employer of annual statements of account shall
apply to any special statement of account rendered hereunder and approval by the Employer of
any such special statement in the manner provided in Section 7.9 shall have the same effect
upon the statement as the Employer’s approval of an annual statement of account. No successor
to the Trustee shall have any duty or responsibility to investigate the acts or transactions of
any predecessor who has rendered all statements of account required by Section 7.9 and this
subparagraph.

7.12 TRANSFER OF INTEREST

     Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at the direction of
the Administrator shall transfer the interest, if any, of a Participant to another trust forming
part of a pension, profit sharing, or stock bonus plan that meets the requirements of Code Section
401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made.

7.13 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

     The Employer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all claims,
losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur in the exercise and performance of
the Trustee’s powers and duties hereunder, unless the same are determined to be due to gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

7.14 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

     The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold “qualifying employer securities” and
“qualifying employer real property,” as those terms are defined in the Act. However, no more than
one hundred percent (100%), in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Plan, or ten percent
(10%), in the case of a Money Purchase Plan, of the fair market value of all the assets in the
Trust Fund may be invested in “qualifying employer securities” and “qualifying employer real
property.”

     Any such investment shall only be made upon written direction of the Employer who shall be
solely responsible for the propriety of such investment, except to the extent Participants direct
the investment of their Accounts in such investment. Additional directives regarding the purchase,
sale, or retention of such securities may be addressed in a
funding policy, statement of investment policy, or other separate procedures or documents
governing the investment of Plan assets. In the event of any conflicts between the Plan document
and a separate investment trust agreement, the Plan document shall prevail.

     Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Plan does not permit Participants to direct the
investment of their Elective Deferral Accounts, then the Trustee shall only be permitted to acquire
or hold “qualifying employer securities” and “qualifying employer real property” to the extent
permitted under Act Section 407.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

54

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS

8.1 AMENDMENT

(a) General rule on Employer amendment. The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend
this Plan subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment that affects the
rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee (or Insurer) or Administrator may only be
made with the Trustee’s (or Insurer’s) or Administrator’s written consent. Any such amendment
shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall
not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment affects the duties of the
Trustee (or Insurer) hereunder.

(b) Permissible amendments. The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption
Agreement, (2) add any appendix to the Adoption Agreement that is specifically permitted
pursuant to the terms of the Plan (e.g., Appendix A (Special Effective Dates and Other
Permitted Elections); (3) amend administrative trust or custodial provisions in the case of a
non-standardized Plan and make more limited amendments in the case of a standardized Plan such
as the name of the Plan, Employer, Trustee or Custodian, (4) add certain sample or model
amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service or other required good-faith amendments
which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an
individually designed plan, (5) add or change provisions permitted under the Plan and/or
specify or change the effective date of a provision as permitted under the Plan and correct
obvious and unambiguous typographical errors and/or cross-references that merely correct a
reference but that do not in any way change the original intended meaning of the provisions and
(6) add a list of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which must be preserved shall not
be considered an amendment to the Plan. An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason,
including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code Section 412(d), will no longer
participate in this Prototype Plan and this Plan will be considered to be an individually
designed plan.

(c) Sponsoring organization amendments. The Employer (and every Participating Employer)
expressly delegates authority to the sponsoring organization of this Prototype Plan, the right
to amend the Plan by submitting a copy of the amendment to each Employer (and Participating
Employer) who has adopted this Prototype Plan, after first having received a ruling or
favorable determination from the Internal Revenue Service that the Prototype Plan as amended
qualifies under Code Section 401(a) (unless a ruling or determination is not required by the
IRS). For purposes of this Section, the mass submitter shall be recognized as the agent of the
sponsor. If the sponsor does not adopt any amendment made by the mass submitter, it will no
longer be identical to, or a minor modifier of, the mass submitter plan.

(d) Impermissible amendments. No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or
permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is required to pay taxes and
administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive
benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction in the
amount credited to the account of any Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the
Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer.

(e) Anti-cutback restrictions. Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation Section
1.411(d)-4) or other IRS guidance, no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan
amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective if it
eliminates or reduces any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” or adds or modifies conditions
relating to “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which results in a further restriction on
such benefits unless such “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are preserved with respect to
benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment.
“Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are benefits described in Code Section 411(d)(6) (A),
early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit. The
preceding shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a
Participant to receive payment of his or her Account under a particular optional form of
benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to
the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose, a single-sum
distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single-sum distribution form is identical
in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical
except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of
payments after commencement.

8.2 TERMINATION

(a) Termination of Plan. The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan by
delivering to the Trustee (or Insurer) and Administrator written notice of such termination.
Upon any full or partial termination or upon the complete discontinuance of the Employer’s
Contributions to the Plan (in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan), all amounts credited to the
affected Participants’ Combined Accounts shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be
subject to forfeiture.

(b) Distribution of assets. Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct
the distribution of the assets to
Participants in a manner that is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5,
except that no Participant or spousal consent is required. Distributions to a Participant shall
be made in cash (or in property if permitted in the Adoption Agreement) or through the purchase
of irrevocable nontransferable deferred commitments from the Insurer. Except as permitted by
Regulations, the termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of “Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e).

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

55

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(c) Abandoned plan. If the Employer, in accordance with DOL guidance, abandons the Plan, then
the Trustee (or Insurer) or other party permitted to take action as a qualified terminal
administrator (QTA), may terminate the Plan in accordance with applicable DOL and IRS
regulations and other guidance.

8.3 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS

     This Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be
transferred to any other plan only if the benefits which would be received by a Participant of this
Plan, in the event of a termination of the plan immediately after such transfer, merger or
consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan
had terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation and such transfer, merger
or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e).

ARTICLE IX 

TOP-HEAVY
PROVISIONS

9.1 TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

     Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the Plan
shall provide the special vesting requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of
the Plan and the special minimum allocation requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to Section
4.3(f) of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the minimum allocation shall be an
Employer Nonelective Contribution and, if no vesting schedule has been selected in the Adoption
Agreement or the selection is invalid, shall be subject to the 6 Year Graded vesting schedule
described in the Adoption Agreement.

     Notwithstanding the above, the Top-Heavy Plan Year requirements of this Article and Code
Section 416 shall not apply in any Plan Year in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or
deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and matching
contributions meet the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11).

9.2 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS

     (a) Definition of Top-Heavy Plan. This Plan shall be a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following
conditions exists:

(1) if the “top-heavy ratio” for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not
part of any “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group”;

(2) if this Plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” but not part of a “permissive
aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio” for the group of plans exceeds sixty percent
(60%); or

(3) if this Plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” and part of a “permissive
aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio” for the “permissive aggregation group” exceeds
sixty percent (60%).

(b) Top-heavy ratio. “Top-heavy ratio” means, with respect to a “determination date”:

(1) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any
simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section 408(k))) and the Employer has
not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the
“determination date” has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan
alone or for the “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group” as
appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all
Key Employees as of the “determination date” (including any part of any account balance
distributed in the 1-year period ending on the “determination date”) (5-year period ending
on the “determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than
severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is
top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), and the denominator of which is
the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in
the 1-year period ending on the “determination date”) (5-year period ending on the
“determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance
from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for
Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), both computed in accordance with Code Section
416 and the Regulations thereunder.

     Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any
contribution not actually made as of the “determination date,” but which is required to be
taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder.

(2) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any
simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more
defined benefit plans which during the 1-year period ending on the “determination date” has
or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any “required aggregation group”
or “permissive aggregation group” as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is
the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all
Key Employees, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the “present value” of accrued
benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the
“determination date,” and the

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

56

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined
contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (1) above,
and the “present value” of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all
participants as of the “determination date,” all determined in accordance with Code Section
416 and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in
both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any
distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 1-year period ending on the “determination
date” (5-year period ending on the “determination date” in the case of a distribution made
for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining
whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002).

(3) For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and the “present
value” of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that
falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the “determination date,” except as
provided in Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan
years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant
(i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (ii) who has
not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the plan
at any time during the 1-year period (5-year period in determining whether the Plan is
top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the “determination
date” will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which
distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance
with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. Deductible Employee contributions
will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When
aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated
with reference to the “determination dates” that fall within the same calendar year.

     The accrued benefit of a participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined
under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined
benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such
benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the
fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

(c) Determination date. “Determination date” means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first
Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan,
“determination date” means the last day of that Plan Year.

(d) Permissive aggregation group. “Permissive aggregation group” means the “required
aggregation group” of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer or any Affiliated
Employer which, when considered as a group with the “required aggregation group,” would
continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

(e) Present value. “Present value” means the present value based only on the interest and
mortality rates specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement.

(f) Required aggregation group. “Required aggregation group” means: (1) each qualified plan of
the Employer or any Affiliated Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or
participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the “determination date” or any of the
four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (2) any other
qualified plan of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer which enables a plan described in (l)
to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.

(g) Valuation Date. “Valuation date” means the date elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement as of which account balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of
calculating the “top-heavy ratio.”

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS

(a) Method of adoption. Any organization may become the Employer hereunder by executing the
Adoption Agreement in a form satisfactory to the Trustee (or Insurer), and it shall provide
such additional information as the Trustee (or Insurer) may require. The consent of the Trustee
(or Insurer) to act as such shall be signified by its
execution of the Adoption Agreement or a separate agreement (including, if elected in the
Adoption Agreement, a separate trust agreement).

(b) Separate affiliation. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation of the
Employer and the participation of its Participants shall be separate and apart from that of any
other employer and its participants hereunder.

10.2 PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS

     This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any
Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Participant or
Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant or Employee the
right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer
to discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge
shall have upon the Employee as a Participant of this Plan.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

57

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

10.3 ALIENATION

(a) General rule. Subject to the exceptions provided below and as otherwise permitted by the
Code and the Act, no benefit which shall be payable to any person (including a Participant or
the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation,
sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate,
alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no
such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts,
liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or
legal process for or against such person, and the same shall not be recognized except to such
extent as may be required by law.

(b) Exception for loans. Subsection (a) shall not apply to the extent a Participant or
Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan by reason of a loan made pursuant to Section 7.6. At the
time a distribution is to be made to or for a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit, such
portion of the amount to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid to the
Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a payment, however, the
Participant or Beneficiary must be given notice by the Administrator that such indebtedness is
to be so paid in whole or part from the Participant’s interest in the Plan. If the Participant
or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against the Participant’s
interest in the Plan, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to a review of the
validity of the claim in accordance with procedures provided in Sections 2.10 and 2.11.

(c) Exception for QDRO. Subsection (a) shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations
order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations orders permitted to
be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.
The Administrator shall establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of
domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. Further,
to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former spouse of a
Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

(d) Exception for certain debts to Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the
contrary, an offset to a Participant’s accrued benefit against an amount that the Participant
is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree issued, or
a settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, shall be permitted in accordance with
Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D).

10.4 CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

     This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Code, the Act and the
laws of the state or commonwealth in which the Employer’s (or if there is a corporate Trustee, the
Trustee’s, or if the Plan is fully insured, the Insurer’s) principal office is located (unless
otherwise designated in the Adoption Agreement), other than its laws respecting choice of law, to
the extent not pre-empted by the Act.

10.5 GENDER AND NUMBER

     Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be
construed as though they were also used in another gender in all cases where they would so apply,
and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as
though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.

10.6 LEGAL ACTION

     In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust and/or Plan
established hereunder to which the Trustee (or Insurer), the Employer or the Administrator may be a
party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee (or Insurer), the
Employer or the Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any
and all costs, attorney’s fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which
they shall have become liable.

10.7 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

(a) General rule. Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law, it
shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust, by termination of either, by
power of revocation or amendment, by the happening of any contingency, by collateral
arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or
income of any Trust Fund maintained pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be
used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their
Beneficiaries.

(b) Mistake of fact. In the event the Employer shall make a contribution under a mistake of
fact pursuant to Act Section 403(c)(2)(A), the Employer may demand repayment of such contribution at any time within
one (1) year following the time of payment and the Trustee (or Insurer) shall return such
amount to the Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the
contributions may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto must
reduce the amount so returned.

(c) Contribution conditioned on deductibility. Except as specifically stated in the Plan, any
contribution made by the Employer to the Plan (if the Employer is not tax-exempt) is
conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to
the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may, within one (1) year following a
final determination of the

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

58

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

disallowance, whether by agreement with the Internal Revenue Service or by final decision of a
court of competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the
Trustee (or Insurer) shall return such contribution within one (1) year following the
disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contribution may not be returned to the
Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.

10.8 EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     The Employer, Administrator and Trustee, and their successors, shall not be responsible for
the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or for the failure on the part of the Insurer to make
payments provided by any such Contract, or for the action of any person which may delay payment or
render a Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

10.9 INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     Except as otherwise agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the Insurer, an Insurer
which issues any Contracts hereunder shall not have any responsibility for the validity of this
Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of this Plan. The Insurer shall be protected and held harmless
in acting in accordance with any written direction of the Administrator or Trustee, and shall have
no duty to see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to question any
actions directed by the Administrator or Trustee. Regardless of any provision of this Plan, the
Insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action or allow any benefit or privilege
contrary to the terms of any Contract which it issues hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer.

10.10 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

     Any payment to any Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any
guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the
provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims
hereunder against the Trustee (or Insurer) and the Employer.

10.11 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

     Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or perform
any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized by its
legally constituted authority.

10.12 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

     The “named Fiduciaries” of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2) the Administrator, (3) the
Trustee (if the Trustee has discretionary authority as elected in the Adoption Agreement or as
otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee), and (4) any Investment Manager appointed
hereunder. The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities,
and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan including, but not limited to, any
agreement allocating or delegating their responsibilities, the terms of which are incorporated
herein by reference. In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the
contributions provided for under the Plan; and shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove
the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan’s “funding policy and method”; and to
amend the elective provisions of the Adoption Agreement or terminate, in whole or in part, the
Plan. The Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan,
which responsibility is specifically described in the Plan. If the Trustee has discretionary
authority, it shall have the sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the Trust,
except those assets, the management of which has been assigned to an Investment Manager or
Administrator, who shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets assigned to it, all
as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named Fiduciary warrants that any directions given,
information furnished, or action taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. Furthermore, each named
Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another named Fiduciary as
being proper under the Plan, and is not required under the Plan to inquire into the propriety of
any such direction, information or action. It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary
shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and
obligations under the Plan. No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against
investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may serve in more than one
Fiduciary capacity.

10.13 HEADINGS

     The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and
are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

10.14 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to an application for
qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the
taxable year in which the Plan or an amendment to the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the
Secretary of Treasury may prescribe, the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service or the
Commissioner’s delegate should determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt
plan under Code Sections 401 and 501, and such determination is not contested, or if contested, is
finally upheld, then if the Plan is a new plan, it shall be void ab initio and all amounts
contributed to the Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one (1) year
and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee (or Insurer) shall be discharged from all further
obligations. If the disqualification relates to a Plan amendment, then the Plan shall operate as if
it had not been

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

59

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

amended. If the Employer’s Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer
participate in this prototype plan and will be considered an individually designed plan.

10.15 UNIFORMITY

All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory
manner.

10.16 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

     Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, benefits under this Plan shall be paid, subject to
Sections 6.11, 6.12 and 12.9, only upon death, Total and Permanent Disability, normal or early
retirement, termination of employment, or termination of the Plan.

10.17 ELECTRONIC MEDIA

     The Plan Administrator may use telephonic or electronic media to satisfy any notice
requirements required by this Plan, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally
applicable guidance). In addition, a Participant’s consent to immediate distribution may be
provided through telephonic or electronic means, to the extent permissible under regulations (or
other generally applicable guidance). The Plan Administrator also may use telephonic or electronic
media to conduct plan transactions such as enrolling Participants, making (and changing) salary
reduction elections, electing (and changing) investment allocations, applying for Plan loans, and
other transactions, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable
guidance).

10.18 PLAN CORRECTION

     The Administrator in conjunction with the Employer may undertake such correction of Plan
errors as the Administrator deems necessary, including correction to preserve tax qualification of
the Plan under Code Section 401(a) or to correct a fiduciary breach under the Act. Without limiting
the Administrator’s authority under the prior sentence, the Administrator, as it determines to be
reasonable and appropriate, may undertake correction of Plan document, operational, demographic and
employer eligibility failures under a method described in the Plan or under the IRS Employee Plans
Compliance Resolution System (“EPCRS”) or any successor program to EPCRS. The Administrator, as it
determines to be reasonable and appropriate, also may undertake or assist the appropriate fiduciary
or plan official in undertaking correction of a fiduciary breach, including correction under the
DOL Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program (“VFC”) or any successor program to VFC. If the Plan is
a 401(k) Plan, to correct an operational error, the Plan Administrator may require the Trustee (or
Insurer) to distribute from the Plan Elective Deferrals or Vested matching contributions, including
earnings, where such amounts result from an operational error other than a failure of Code Section
415, Code Section 402(g), or a failure of the ADP or ACP tests.

10.19 NONTRUSTEED PLANS

     If the Plan is funded solely with Contracts, then notwithstanding Sections 10.7 and 10.14, no
Contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such Contract or a separate definite written
agreement between the Employer and the Insurer provides that: (1) no value under Contracts
providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined by the Insurer (on account of dividends,
earnings, or other experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect to
such Contracts may be paid or returned to the Employer or diverted to or used for other than the
exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the
Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the
contribution.

     If this Plan is funded by individual Contracts that provide a Participant’s benefit under the
Plan, such individual Contracts shall constitute the Participant’s account balance. If this Plan is
funded by group Contracts, under the group annuity or group insurance Contract, premiums or other
consideration received by the Insurer must be allocated to Participants’ accounts under the Plan.

ARTICLE XI

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

11.1 ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the Employer and Trustee
(or Insurer), any Affiliated Employer may adopt the Employer’s Plan and all of the provisions
hereof, and participate herein and be known as a Participating Employer, by a properly executed
document evidencing said intent and will of such Participating Employer. Regardless of the
preceding, an entity that ceases to be an Affiliated Employer may continue to be a Participating
Employer through the end of the transition period for certain dispositions set forth in Code
Section 410(b)(6)(C). In the event a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer and the
transition period in the preceding sentence, if applicable, has expired, then this Plan will be
considered an individually designed plan.

11.2 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

(a) Provisions may not vary. Each Participating Employer shall be required to select the same
Adoption Agreement provisions as those selected by the Employer other than the Fiscal Year and
such other items that must, by necessity, vary among employers.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

60

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(b) Holding and investing assets. The Trustee (or Insurer) may, but shall not be required to,
commingle, hold and invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating Employers,
as well as all increments thereof. However, the assets of the Plan shall, on an ongoing basis,
be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan without
regard to the Employer or Participating Employer who contributed such assets.

(c) Payment of expenses. Unless the Employer otherwise directs, any expenses of the Plan which
are to be paid by the Employer or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating
Employer in the same proportion that the total amount standing to the credit of all
Participants employed by such Employer bears to the total standing to the credit of all
Participants.

11.3 DESIGNATION OF AGENT

     Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to be a part of this Plan; provided, however, that
with respect to all of its relations with the Trustee (or Insurer) and Administrator for purposes
of this Plan, each Participating Employer shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably the
Employer as its agent. Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates otherwise, the word
“Employer” shall be deemed to include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the
Plan.

11.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

     In the event an Employee is transferred between Participating Employers, accumulated service
and eligibility shall be carried with the Employee involved. No such transfer shall effect a
termination of employment hereunder, and the Participating Employer to which the Employee is
transferred shall thereupon become obligated hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same
manner as was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

11.5 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES

     For non-standardized Adoption Agreements, if elected by a Participating Employer in its
participation agreement, then to the extent permitted under Code Section 411(d)(6), effective with
respect to Plan Years beginning in and after the Plan Year in which the provisions of this Plan are
adopted, any contribution and/or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan Year shall be
determined and allocated separately by each Participating Employer, and shall be allocated only
among the Participants eligible to share in the contribution and forfeiture allocation of the
Employer or Participating Employer making the contribution or by which the forfeiting Participant
was employed. Alternatively (if so elected), and with respect to standardized Adoption Agreements,
any contribution or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan Year shall be allocated among
all Participants of all Participating Employers in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.
However, if a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer (due to the transition rule for
certain dispositions set forth in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)) then any contributions made by such
Participating Employer will only be allocated among the Participants eligible to share in the
contribution and forfeiture allocation of the Participating Employer.

     On the basis of the information furnished by the Administrator, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall
keep separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and
as to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The Trustee (or
Insurer) may, but need not, register Contracts so as to evidence that a particular Participating
Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in the event of an Employee transfer from one
Participating Employer to another, the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee (or
Insurer) thereof.

11.6 AMENDMENT

     Any Participating Employer that is an Affiliated Employer hereby authorizes the Employer to
make amendments on its behalf, unless otherwise agreed among all affected parties. If a
Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer (due to the transition period under Code
Section 410(b)(6)(C)), then amendment of this Plan by the Employer at any time when there shall be
a Participating Employer shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the affected parties, only be by the
written action of each and every Participating Employer and with the consent of the Trustee (or
Insurer) where such consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

11.7 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

(a) Voluntary discontinuation. Except in the case of a standardized Plan, any Participating
Employer that is an Affiliated Employer shall be permitted to discontinue or revoke its
participation in the Plan at any time. At the time of any such discontinuance or revocation,
satisfactory evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be delivered to
the Trustee (or Insurer). The Trustee (or Insurer) shall thereafter transfer, deliver and
assign Contracts and other Trust Fund assets allocable to the Participants of such
Participating Employer to such new trustee (or insurer) or custodian as shall have been
designated by such Participating Employer, in the event that it has established a separate
qualified retirement plan for its employees provided, however, that no such transfer shall be
made if the result is the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected
benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e). If no successor is designated, the Trustee (or
Insurer) shall retain such assets for the Employees of said Participating Employer pursuant to
the provisions of Article VII hereof. In no such event shall any part of the corpus or income
of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating Employer be used for or diverted to
purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the employees of such Participating Employer.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

61

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(b) Participating Employer no longer an Affiliated Employer. If a Participating Employer is no
longer an Affiliated Employer because of an acquisition or disposition of stock or assets, a
merger, or similar transaction, the Participating Employer will cease to participate in the
Plan as soon as administratively feasible. If the transition rule under Code Section
410(b)(6)(C) applies, the Participating Employer will cease to participate in the Plan as soon
as administratively feasible after the end of the transition period described in Code Section
410(b)(6)(C). If a Participating Employer ceases to be an Affiliated Employer under the
preceding provisions, then the following procedures may be followed to discontinue the
Participating Employer’s participation in the Plan.

(1) Manner of discontinuing participation. To document the cessation of participation by a
former Participating Employer, the former Participating Employer may discontinue its
participation as follows: (1) the former Participating Employer adopts a resolution that
formally terminates active participation in the Plan as of a specified date, (2) the former
Participating Employer reexecutes the Participation Agreement indicating cessation of
participation, and (3) the former Participating Employer provides any notices to its
Employees that are required by law. Discontinuance of participation means that no further
benefits accrue after the effective date of such discontinuance with respect to employment
with the former Related Employer. The portion of the Plan attributable to the former
Participating Employer may continue as a separate plan, under which benefits may continue
to accrue, through the adoption by the former Participating Employer of a successor plan
(which may be created through the execution of a separate Agreement by the former
Participating Employer) or by spin-off of that portion of the Plan followed by a merger or
transfer into another existing plan, as specified in a merger or transfer agreement.

(2) Multiple employer plan. If, after a Participating Employer becomes a former
Participating Employer, its Employees continue to accrue benefits under this Plan, the Plan
will be treated as a multiple employer plan to the extent required by law. So long as the
discontinuance procedures of this Section are satisfied, such treatment as a multiple
employer plan will not affect reliance on the favorable IRS letter issued to the Prototype
Sponsor or any determination letter issued on the Plan.

11.8 ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY

     The Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary rules or regulations,
binding upon all Participating Employers and all Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this
Article.

11.9 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE

     If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from making a contribution
which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by reason of having no current or accumulated
earnings or profits, or because such earnings or profits are less than the contribution which it
would otherwise have made, then, pursuant to Code Section 404(a)(3)(B), so much of the contribution
which such Participating Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for the benefit of the
participating employees of such Participating Employer, by other Participating Employers who are
members of the same affiliated group within the meaning of Code Section 1504 to the extent of their
current or accumulated earnings or profits, except that such contribution by each such other
Participating Employer shall be limited to the proportion of its total current and accumulated
earnings or profits remaining after adjustment for its contribution to the Plan made without regard
to this paragraph which the total prevented contribution bears to the total current and accumulated
earnings or profits of all the Participating Employers remaining after adjustment for all
contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph.

     A Participating Employer on behalf of whose employees a contribution is made under this
paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the contributing Participating Employers.

ARTICLE XII

CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS

     Except as specifically provided elsewhere in this Plan, the provisions of this Article shall
apply with respect to any 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan regardless of any provisions in the Plan to
the contrary.

12.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION

(a) Permitted contributions. For each Plan Year, the Employer will (or may with respect to any
discretionary contributions) contribute to the Plan:

(1) The amount of the total salary reduction elections of all Participants made pursuant to
Section 12.2(a), which amount shall be deemed Elective Deferrals, plus

(2) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a matching contribution equal to the percentage,
if any, specified in the Adoption Agreement of the Elective Deferrals of each Participant
eligible to share in the allocations of the matching contribution, which amount shall be
deemed an Employer matching contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution as elected in
the Adoption Agreement, plus

(3) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a discretionary amount determined each year by
the Employer, which amount if any, shall be deemed an Employer Nonelective Contribution, or
a Prevailing Wage Contribution as set forth in the Adoption

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

62

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

Agreement, which amount shall be an Employer Nonelective Contribution or an Elective
Contribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement, plus

(4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution in a discretionary amount determined by the
Employer.

(b) Timing and form of contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer is not a
tax-exempt entity, then the Employer’s contributions for any Fiscal Year may generally not
exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code
Section 404. However, to the extent necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum allocations, the
Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the
amount that is deductible under Code Section 404. All contributions by the Employer shall be
made in cash or in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee (or Insurer).

12.2 PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

(a) Deferral elections. Each Participant may elect to defer a portion of Compensation
which would have been received in the Plan Year, but for the salary reduction election,
subject to the limitations of this Section and the Adoption Agreement. A salary reduction
election (or modification of an earlier election) may not be made with respect to
Compensation which is currently available on or before the date the Participant executed
such election, or if later, the later of the date the Employer adopts this cash or
deferred arrangement or the date such arrangement first became effective. Any elections
made pursuant to this Section, including a modification or termination of an election,
shall become effective as soon as is administratively feasible following the receipt of
such election by the Administrator. Furthermore, if the Employer elects in the Adoption
Agreement to apply the automatic deferral provisions, then in the event a Participant
fails to make a salary deferral election and does not affirmatively elect to receive cash,
such Participant shall be deemed to have made a salary deferral election in accordance
with the provisions selected in the Adoption Agreement and such other procedures that the
Administrator may establish and apply in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

     Additionally, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may elect to defer a
different percentage or amount of any cash bonus to be paid by the Employer during the Plan
Year. A deferral election may not be made with respect to cash bonuses which are currently
available on or before the date the Participant executes such election.

     If elected in the Adoption Agreement, effective as of the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant may make a salary reduction election to have Roth Elective Deferrals
contributed to the Plan. Roth Elective Deferrals are includible in the Participant’s gross
income at the time deferred and must be irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals by
the Participant in the Salary Reduction Agreement (or if applicable, in the automatic deferral
provisions of the Plan).

     The amount by which Compensation and/or cash bonuses are reduced shall be that
Participant’s Elective Deferrals and shall be treated as an Employer contribution and allocated
to that Participant’s Elective Deferral Account. If the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferral
contributions, then a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals shall be allocated to the
Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account and a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals
shall be allocated to the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account. Elective Deferrals
contributed to the Plan as one type, either Roth Elective Deferrals or Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals, may not later be reclassified as the other type.

     For purposes of this Section, the annual dollar limitation of Code Section 401(a)(17)
($200,000 as adjusted) shall not apply except that the Administrator may elect to apply such
limit as part of the deferral election procedures established hereunder.

     Once made, a Participant’s election to reduce Compensation shall remain in effect until
modified or terminated. The Administrator shall establish procedures setting forth the conditions on modifications of an
election. However, Participants must be permitted to modify elections at least once each Plan
Year. Furthermore, terminations may be made at any time.

(b) Catch-Up Contributions. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, effective for calendar years
beginning after December 31, 2001, all Employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals
under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the taxable year shall be
eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the dollar
limitations of, Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch-Up
Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002,
increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006
and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury
for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C). Such Catch-Up Contributions shall
not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required
limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to
satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3),
401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such
Catch-Up Contributions (but Catch-Up Contributions made in prior years are counted in
determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan). If selected in the Adoption Agreement,
Catch-Up Contributions shall not be treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of applying any
Employer matching contributions. Such option cannot be selected if the Plan elects to follow
the safe harbor provisions of Section 12.8.

(c) Full vesting. The balance in each Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified
Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall be fully
Vested at all times and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall not be subject to
Forfeiture for any reason.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

63

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(d) Distribution restrictions. Effective with respect to distributions and transactions made
after December 31, 2001, amounts held in a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified
Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account may only be
distributable as provided in (4) below or as provided under the other provisions of this Plan,
but in no event prior to the earlier of the following events or any other events permitted by
the Code or Regulations:

(1) the Participant’s severance of employment (regardless of when the severance of
employment occurred), Total and Permanent Disability, or death;

(2) the Participant’s attainment of age 59 1/2;

(3) the proven financial hardship of the Participant, subject to the limitations of Section
12.9; or

(4) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time of Plan termination of
another defined contribution plan or the establishment of a successor defined contribution
plan by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within the period ending twelve months after
distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, a
defined contribution plan does not include an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in
Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code
Section 408(k)), or a SIMPLE individual retirement account plan (as defined in Code Section
408(p)). A distribution that is made because of this paragraph must be made in a lump-sum.

(e) Code Section 402(g) dollar limit. A Participant’s Elective Deferrals made under this Plan
and all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan during any
calendar year shall not exceed the dollar limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in
effect at the beginning of such calendar year, except to the extent permitted under Section
12.2(b) and Code Section 414(v), if applicable. The dollar limitation contained in Code Section
402(g) is $10,500 for taxable years beginning in 2000 and 2001 increasing to $11,000 for
taxable years beginning in 2002 and increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $15,000
for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $15,000 limit will be
adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section
402(g)(4). For this purpose, “elective deferrals” means, with respect to a calendar year, the
sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to
defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 401(k), any
salary reduction simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)(6)), any SIMPLE
IRA plan described in Code Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code
Section 457, any plans described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions
made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section
403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. “Elective deferrals” shall not include any
deferrals properly distributed as excess “annual additions” pursuant to Section 4.5.

(f) Excess Deferrals. If a Participant has Excess Deferrals for a taxable year, the Participant
may, not later than March 1st following the close of such taxable year, notify the
Administrator in writing of such excess and request that the Participant’s Elective Deferrals
under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the Participant. In such event, the
Administrator shall direct the distribution of such excess amount (and any “income” allocable
to such excess amount) to the Participant not later than the first April 15th following the
close of the Participant’s taxable year. Any distribution of less than the entire amount of
Excess Deferrals and “income” shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferrals
and “income.” The amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant’s Elective Deferrals
under the Plan for the taxable year. Any distribution on or before the last day of the
Participant’s taxable year must satisfy each of the following conditions:

	 	(1)	 	the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess Deferrals;
	 
	 	(2)	 	the distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess
Deferrals; and
	 
	 	(3)	 	the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferrals.

     Regardless of the preceding, if a Participant has Excess Deferrals solely from elective
deferrals made under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer, a Participant will
be deemed to have notified the Administrator of such excess amount and the Administrator shall
direct the distribution of such Excess Deferrals in a manner consistent with the provisions of
this subsection.

     For the purpose of this subsection, “income” means the amount of income or loss allocable
to a Participant’s Excess Deferrals, which amount shall be allocated in the same manner as
income or losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(c). However, “income” for the period
between the end of the taxable year of the Participant and the date of the distribution (the
“gap period”) is not required to be distributed for Excess Deferrals attributable to taxable
years beginning prior to 2007.

     Notwithstanding the above, for any years in which a Participant makes both Roth Elective
Deferrals and Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals, the distribution of any Excess Deferrals for such
year shall be made from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account before the
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, to the extent Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals were
made for the year, unless the Participant elects otherwise. Matching contributions which relate
to Excess Elective Deferrals (regardless of whether such Excess Elective Deferrals are Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals) shall be treated as a Forfeiture.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

64

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

     Any distribution of Excess Deferrals made pursuant to this subsection shall be made first
from unmatched Elective Deferrals (regardless of whether they are attributable to Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals) and, thereafter, from Elective Deferrals which
are matched. Matching contributions which relate to Excess Deferrals that are distributed
pursuant to this Section 12.2(f) shall be treated as a Forfeiture to the extent required
pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder.

(g) Coordination with ADP test. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant’s Excess Deferrals
shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess
Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.5(b) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable
year of the Participant.

(h) Suspension due to hardship. Effective with respect to distributions made on or after
December 31, 2001, in the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution pursuant to
Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) from any other plan maintained by the Employer or from the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account pursuant to Section 12.9, then such Participant shall
not be permitted to elect to have Elective Deferrals contributed to the Plan for a period of
six (6) months following the receipt of the distribution.
Furthermore, any provisions of the Plan providing for the reduction of the dollar limitation
under Code Section 402(g) for the Participant’s taxable year following the taxable year in
which the hardship distribution was made shall no longer apply.

(i) Distributable based on other terms of Plan. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date
when the Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall be used to provide benefits to the Participant or
the Participant’s Beneficiary.

(j) Adjustment due to anticipated failure of ADP test. If during a Plan Year, it is projected
that the aggregate amount of Elective Deferrals to be allocated to all Highly Compensated
Participants under this Plan would cause the Plan to fail the tests set forth in Section 12.4,
then the Administrator may automatically reduce the deferral amount of affected Highly
Compensated Participants, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant who has the highest
actual deferral ratio until it is anticipated the Plan will pass the tests or until the actual
deferral ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated Participant having
the next highest actual deferral ratio. This process may continue until it is anticipated that
the Plan will satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Alternatively, the Employer
may specify a maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deferred by Highly Compensated
Participants.

(k) Procedures must be established. The Employer and the Administrator shall establish
procedures necessary to implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein. Such
procedures may contain limits on salary deferral elections such as limiting elections to whole
percentages of Compensation or to equal dollar amounts per pay period that an election is in
effect.

12.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

(a) Separate accounting. The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name
of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or
other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

(b) Contributions. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information required
by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of Employer contributions for each Plan Year.
Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such
information, the Administrator shall allocate contributions as follows:

(1) With respect to Elective Deferrals made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(1), to each
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account in an amount equal to each such Participant’s
Elective Deferrals for the year.

(2) With respect to the Employer matching contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2),
to each Participant’s Account, or Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution Account, as
elected in the Adoption Agreement, in accordance with Section 12.1(a)(2).

     Except, however, in order to be entitled to receive any Employer matching
contribution, a Participant must satisfy the conditions for sharing in the Employer
matching contribution as set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

(3) With respect to the Employer Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to Section
12.1(a)(3), to each Participant’s Account in accordance with the provisions of Section
4.3(b)(2) or (3) (including the “gateway contribution” pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(4)),
whichever is applicable.

(4) With respect to the Employer Qualified Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to
Section 12.1(a)(4), to each Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account in the
same ratio as each Participant’s Compensation bears to the total of such Compensation of
all Participants.

(c) Deferrals not taken into account for Non-Key Employees. Notwithstanding anything in the
Plan to the contrary, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the required
minimum allocation pursuant to Section 4.3(f) such Non-Key Employee’s Elective Deferrals shall
not be taken into account. In addition, unless otherwise specified in Appendix A to the
Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), effective with respect to Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2001, Employer matching

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

65

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution
requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with
respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum
contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching
contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated
as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test and other requirements of Code Section
401(m).

(d) Deferrals not conditioned on service during a year. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, Participants who terminated employment during the Plan Year shall share in the salary
deferral contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination without regard to the
Hours of Service credited.

(e) Conditions for sharing in contributions/allocations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary (other than Sections 4.3(f) and 12.3(f)), Participants shall only share in the
allocations of the Employer matching contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2), the
Employer Nonelective Contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3), the Employer Qualified
Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(4), and Forfeitures as provided in
the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant
shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the
Participant completes more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the
Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is employed on
the last day of the Plan Year.

(f) Code Section 410(b) fail-safe. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary,
if, in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer elected to apply the 410(b) ratio
percentage fail-safe provisions, then the provisions of subsection 4.3(m) shall apply.
Furthermore, if the Plan includes Employer matching contributions subject to ACP testing, then
subsection 4.3(m) shall be applied separately to the Code Section 401(m) portion of the Plan.

12.4 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) ADP test. Except as otherwise provided herein, this subsection applies if the prior year
testing method is elected in the Adoption Agreement. The “Actual Deferral Percentage”
(hereinafter ADP) for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
(hereinafter “HCEs”) for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were
Nonhighly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “NHCEs”) for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one
of the following tests:

(1) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not
exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year
multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not
exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year
multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for Participants who are “HCEs” does not exceed
the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were “NHCEs” in the prior Plan Year by more than
two (2) percentage points.

     Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of applying the foregoing tests
with respect to the first Plan Year (as defined in Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(c)(2)) in which the Plan
permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals, the ADP for the prior year’s “NHCEs” shall
be deemed to be three percent (3%) unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to
use the current Plan Year’s ADP for these Participants. However, the provisions of this
paragraph may not be used if the Plan is a successor plan or is otherwise prohibited from using
such provisions pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(c)(2).

(b) Current year testing method. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the current year testing
method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP tests in (a)(1) and (a)(2) above shall be
applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are “HCEs” with the
current Plan Year’s ADP (rather than the prior Plan Year’s ADP) for Participants who are
“NHCEs” for the current Plan Year. Once made, the Employer can elect prior year testing for a
Plan Year only if the Plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years
(or if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a
merger or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a
plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made
within the transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

(c) Determination of “HCEs” and “NHCEs.” A Participant is an “HCE” for a particular Plan Year
if the Participant meets the definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a
Participant is an “NHCE” for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the
definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year.

(d) Calculation of ADP. For the purposes of this Section and Section 12.5, ADP means, for a
specific group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated
separately for each Participant in such group) of (1) the amount of Employer contributions
actually paid over to the Plan on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for such Plan Year. Employer contributions on behalf of any
Participant shall include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant’s
deferral election (including Excess Deferrals of “HCEs”), but excluding (i) Excess Deferrals of
“NHCEs” that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under the plan or plans of this Employer
and (ii) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the ACP tests set forth in Section
12.6 (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective
Deferrals); and (2) except as provided in subsections (f) and (g), at the election of the
Employer, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions to the
extent such contributions are not used to satisfy the ACP test.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

66

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

     The actual deferral ratio for each Participant and the ADP for each group shall be
calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. Furthermore, Elective Deferrals
allocated to each Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall not be
reduced by Excess Deferrals to the extent such excess amounts are made under this Plan or any
other plan maintained by the Employer.

(e) Participants taken into account. For purposes of this Section and Section 12.5, a Highly
Compensated Participant and a Nonhighly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee
eligible to make salary deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 for the Plan Year. Such Participants
who fail to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated for ADP purposes as Participants on whose
behalf no Elective Deferrals are made. If a Participant has no 414(s) Compensation for the Plan
Year, then such Participant is disregarded for purposes of calculating the ADP test.

(f) Timing of allocations. For purposes of determining the ADP and the amount of Excess
Contributions pursuant to Section 12.5, only Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions contributed to the Plan prior to the end of
the twelve (12) month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions
relate shall be considered.

(g) Targeted contributions. Notwithstanding the preceding, for Plan Years beginning in 2006 (or
if earlier, the date the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan),
Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account in determining the ADP for a
Plan Year for an “NHCE” to the extent such contributions exceed the product of that “NHCE’s”
414(s) Compensation and the greater of five percent (5%) or two (2) times the Plan’s
“representative contribution rate.” Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution taken into account
under an ACP test under Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the
representative contribution rate for purposes of Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v)(B)), is
not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of this paragraph (including the
determination of the “representative contribution rate” under this Section). For purposes of
this subsection:

(1) The Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest applicable contribution
rate of any eligible “NHCE” among a group of eligible “NHCEs” that consists of half of all
eligible “NHCEs” for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “applicable contribution
rate” of any eligible “NHCE” in the group of all eligible “NHCEs” for the Plan Year and who
is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year), and

(2) The “applicable contribution rate” for an eligible “NHCE” is the sum of the Qualified
Matching Contributions taken into account under subsection (d) for the eligible “NHCE” for
the Plan Year and the Qualified Nonelective Contributions made for the eligible “NHCE” for
the Plan Year, divided by the eligible “NHCE’s” 414(s) Compensation for the same period.

     Notwithstanding the above, Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are made in connection
with an employer’s obligation to pay prevailing wages under the Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat.
1494), Public Law 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79 Stat. 1965), Public Law 89-286, or
similar legislation can be taken into account for a Plan Year for an “NHCE” to the extent such
contributions do not exceed 10 percent (10%) of that “NHCE’s” 414(s) Compensation.

     Qualified Matching Contributions may only be used to calculate the ADP to the extent that
such Qualified Matching Contributions are matching contributions that are not precluded
from being taken into account under the ACP test for the Plan Year under the rules of
Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii).

     Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken
into account to determine the ADP to the extent such contributions are taken into account for
purposes of satisfying any other ADP test, any ACP test, or the requirements of Regulation
Section 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. Thus, for example, matching contributions that
are made pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-3(c) cannot be taken into account under the
ADP test. Similarly, if a plan switches from the current year testing method to the prior year
testing method pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(c), Qualified Nonelective
Contributions that are taken into account under the current year testing method for a year may
not be taken into account under the prior year testing method for the next year.

(h) Aggregation with other plans. In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code
Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if
aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ADP of
Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent (10%) of the
Employer’s “NHCEs” are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation Section
1.401(k)-2(c)(4),
then any adjustments to the “NHCEs” ADP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such
Regulations, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year
testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they
have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method.

(i) ADP if multiple plans. The ADP for any Participant who is an “HCE” for the Plan Year and
who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the
ADP test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more arrangements described
in Code Section 401(k), that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if such
Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement for purposes of
determining such “HCE’s” actual deferral ratio. If an “HCE” participates in two or more
arrangements described in Code

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

67

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

Section 401(k) of the Employer that have different plan years, all Elective Deferrals made
during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning
before 2006 (or if earlier, the Plan Year prior to the date the final 401(k) Regulations are
effective with respect to the Plan), if the plans have different Plan Years, then all such
arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single
arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if
mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under Code Section 401(k).

(j) Disaggregation and otherwise excludable employees. Notwithstanding anything in this Section
to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 12.5 may be applied separately (or
will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan” within the
meaning of Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6. Furthermore, the provisions of Code Section
401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who
have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). For
purposes of applying this provision, the Administrator may use any effective date of
participation that is permitted under Code Section 410(b) provided such date is applied on a
consistent and uniform basis to all Participants.

(k) “HCEs” as sole eligible employees. If, for the applicable year for determining the ADP of
the “NHCEs” for a Plan Year, there are no eligible “NHCEs,” then the Plan is deemed to satisfy
the ADP test for the Plan Year.

(l) Repeal of multiple use test. The multiple use test described in Regulation Section
1.401(m)-2 in effect prior to the enactment of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation
Act of 2001 shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

12.5 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) Authority to correct. In the event the Plan does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions or, if the current year
testing method is being used, the Employer shall make contributions pursuant to the options set
forth below or any combination thereof.

(b) Corrective distribution and/or recharacterization. On or before the close of the following
Plan Year (or with respect to recharacterization as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions,
on or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of each Plan Year), the
Highly Compensated Participant allocated the largest amount of Elective Deferrals shall have a
portion of such Elective Deferrals (and “income” allocable to such amounts) distributed (and/or,
at the Participant’s election, recharacterized as an after-tax voluntary Employee contribution
pursuant to Section 4.8) until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed, or
until the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals equals the Elective Deferrals of the
Highly Compensated Participant having the next largest amount of Elective Deferrals allocated.
This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed.
However, in the event the Plan permits Catch-Up Contributions, then any “HCE” who is eligible to
make Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 12.2(b) shall have any amount that would have
otherwise been distributed pursuant to this Section recharacterized as a Catch-Up Contribution
(up to the maximum catch-up dollar limitation). Any distribution and/or recharacterization of
Excess Contributions shall be made in the following order:

(1) With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions, such distribution:

(i) shall be made first from unmatched Elective Deferrals used in the ADP and,
thereafter, simultaneously from such Elective Deferrals which are matched and matching
contributions which relate to such Elective Deferrals (if the matching contributions are
used in the ADP). Matching contributions which are not used in the ADP but which relate
to Elective Deferrals that are distributed pursuant to this Subsection shall be
forfeited unless the related matching contributions are distributed as Excess Aggregate
Contributions pursuant to Section 12.7;

(ii) shall be made from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account before the
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, to the extent Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals
were made for the Plan Year, unless the Participant elects otherwise;

(iii) shall be adjusted for “income”; and

(iv) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Contributions (and
“income”).

(2) With respect to the recharacterization of Excess Contributions as after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions pursuant to (a) above, such recharacterized amounts:

(i) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which the last of those Highly
Compensated Participants with Excess Contributions to be recharacterized is notified of
the recharacterization and the tax consequences of such recharacterization;

(ii) shall not exceed the amount of Elective Deferrals on behalf of any Highly
Compensated Participant for any Plan Year;

(iii) shall be treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for purposes of
Code Section 401(a)(4) and Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b). However, for purposes of
Sections 4.3(f) and 9.2 (top-heavy rules), recharacterized Excess Contributions continue
to be treated as Employer contributions that are Elective Deferrals. Excess
Contributions (and “income” attributable to such amounts) recharacterized as after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions shall continue to be nonforfeitable and subject to the
same distribution rules provided for in Section 12.2(d); and

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

68

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(iv) are not permitted if the amount recharacterized plus after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions actually made by such Highly Compensated Participant exceed the maximum
amount of after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (determined prior to application of
Section 12.6) that such Highly Compensated Participant is permitted to make under the
Plan in the absence of recharacterization.

(3) Any distribution and/or recharacterization of less than the entire amount of Excess
Contributions shall be treated as a pro rata distribution and/or recharacterization of
Excess Contributions and “income.”

(4) For the purpose of this Section, “income” means the income or losses allocable to Excess
Contributions, which amount shall be determined and allocated, at the discretion of the
Administrator, using any of the methods set forth below. The method must be used
consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for
the Plan Year. However, effective for Plan Years beginning in 2006 (or if earlier, the date
the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan), “income” for the
period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”)
is required to be distributed.

(i) Method of allocating “income.” The Administrator may use any reasonable method for
computing the “income” allocable to Excess Contributions, provided that the method does
not violate Code Section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for
all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan
for allocating “income” to Participant’s Accounts. A Plan will not fail to use a
reasonable method for computing the “income” allocable to Excess Contributions merely
because the “income” allocable to Excess Contributions is determined on a date that is
no more than seven (7) days before the distribution.

(ii) Alternative method of allocating Plan Year income. The Administrator may allocate
“income” to Excess
Contributions for the Plan Year by multiplying the “income” for the Plan Year allocable
to the Elective Deferrals and other amounts taken into account under this Section
(including contributions made for the Plan Year), by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Excess Contributions for the Employee for the Plan Year, and the denominator of
which is the sum of the:

(1) Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals and other contributions taken
into account under this Section as of the beginning of the Plan Year, and

(2) Any additional amount of such contributions made for the Plan Year.

(iii) Safe harbor method of allocating gap period income. The Administrator may use the
safe harbor method in this paragraph to determine “income” on Excess Contributions for
the gap period. Under this safe harbor method, “income” on Excess Contributions for the
gap period is equal to ten percent (10%) of the “income” allocable to Excess
Contributions for the Plan Year that would be determined under paragraph (ii) above,
multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan
Year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under
the safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the
fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a
distribution made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day
of the month.

(iv) Alternative method for allocating Plan Year and gap period income. The
Administrator may determine the allocable gain or loss for the aggregate of the Plan
Year and the gap period by applying the alternative method provided by paragraph (ii)
above to this aggregate period. This is accomplished by substituting the “income” for
the Plan Year and the gap period for the “income” for the Plan Year and by substituting
the contributions taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year and the gap
period for the contributions taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year in
determining the fraction that is multiplied by that “income.”

(5) Excess Contributions shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code
Sections 404 and 415 even if distributed from the Plan.

(c) Corrective contributions. Notwithstanding the above, if the current year testing method is
used, then within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a
special Qualified Nonelective Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution in accordance with
one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified
Nonelective Contribution Account or Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Nonhighly
Compensated Participant eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision.
If the prior year testing method is used, then a Qualified Nonelective Contribution and a
Qualified Matching Contribution may not be made to correct the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the
contribution being made and to which provision it relates.

(1) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

69

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(2) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year. However, for purposes of this
contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan
Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of
Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time method is selected in
the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the
allocation and shall be disregarded.

(3) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).

(4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of
this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the
Plan Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of
Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time method is selected in
the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the
allocation and shall be disregarded.

(5) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of
the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated
Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ADP test pursuant to Section 12.4(g)
(Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4 is satisfied.

(6) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of
the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated
Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ADP test pursuant to Section 12.4(g)
(Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4 is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated
Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year and, if this is a standardized
Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive
calendar months if the Elapsed Time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during
such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(7) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each
Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants.

(8) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each
Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly
Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year and, if this is a
standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3)
consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time method is selected in the Adoption
Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall
be disregarded.

(d) Excise tax after 2 1/2 months. Any Excess Contributions (and “income”) which are distributed
after 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%)
Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979.

12.6 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) ACP test. Except as otherwise provided herein, this subsection applies if the prior year
testing method is elected in the Adoption Agreement. The “Actual Contribution Percentage”
(hereinafter ACP) for Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees (hereinafter “HCEs”) for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ACP for
Participants who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “NHCEs”) for the prior Plan
Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(1) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not
exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year
multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not
exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year
multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for Participants who are

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

70

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

“HCEs” does not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were “NHCEs” in the prior
Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points.

     Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of applying the foregoing tests with respect to the
first Plan Year (as defined in Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(2)) in which the Plan permits
any Participant to make Employee contributions, provides for matching contributions, or both,
the ACP for the prior year’s “NHCEs” shall be deemed to be three percent (3%) unless the
Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current Plan Year’s ACP for these
Participants. However, the provisions of this paragraph may not be used if the Plan is a
successor plan or is otherwise prohibited from using such provisions pursuant to Regulation
Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(2).

(b) Current year testing method. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the current year testing
method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP tests in (a)(1) and (a)(2) above shall be
applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are “HCEs” with the
current Plan Year’s ACP (rather than the prior Plan Year’s ACP) for Participants who are “NHCEs”
for the current Plan Year. Once made, the Employer can elect prior year testing for a Plan Year
only if the Plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if
lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger
or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan
using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the
transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

(c) Determination of “HCEs” and “NHCEs.” A Participant is an “HCE” for a particular Plan Year if
the Participant meets the definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a
Participant is an “NHCE” for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the
definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year.

(d) Calculation of ACP. For the purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, ACP for a specific
group of Participants for a Plan Year means the average of the “contribution percentages”
(calculated separately for each Participant in such group). For this purpose, “contribution
percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Participant’s “contribution
percentage amounts” to the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation. The actual contribution ratio for
each Participant and the ACP for each group, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of
one percent of the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation.

(e) Amounts included in ACP. “Contribution percentage amounts” means the sum of (i) after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions, (ii) Employer “matching contributions” made pursuant to
Section 12.1(a)(2) (including Qualified Matching Contributions to the extent such Qualified
Matching Contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 12.4), (iii)
Excess Contributions recharacterized as nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions pursuant
to Section 12.5, and (iv) Qualified Nonelective Contributions, to the extent the Qualified
Nonelective Contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 12.4 and do not
exceed the limitations of the targeted contribution limitation of Section 12.4(g). However,
“contribution percentage amounts” shall not include “matching contributions” that are forfeited
either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or due to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the
Regulations thereunder because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals,
Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. In addition, “contribution percentage
amounts” may include Elective Deferrals provided the ADP test in Section 12.4 is met before the
Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test and continues to be met following the exclusion of
those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test.

(f) Participants taken into account. For purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, a Highly
Compensated Participant and a Nonhighly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee
eligible to have “matching contributions” made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2) (whether or not a
deferral election was made or suspended pursuant to Section 12.2(g)) allocated to such
Participant’s account for the Plan Year or to make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions
pursuant to Section 4.7 (whether or not after-tax voluntary Employee contributions are made)
allocated to the Participant’s account for the Plan Year.

(g) Timing of allocations. For purposes of determining the ACP test, Employee contributions are
considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Plan. “Matching
contributions” and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year
if made no later the end of the twelve (12) month period beginning on the date after the close
of the Plan Year.

(h) Definition of “matching contribution” and “employee contribution.” For purposes of this
Section and Section 12.7, “matching contribution” means an Employer contribution made to the
Plan, or to a contract described in Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a Participant on account
of a nondeductible voluntary “employee contribution” made by such Participant, or on account of
a Participant’s elective deferrals under a plan maintained by the Employer. “Employee
contribution” means any contribution (other than Roth Elective Deferrals) made to the Plan by or
on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant’s gross income in the year in
which made and that is maintained under separate account to which earnings and losses are
allocated.

(i) Targeted matching contributions. Notwithstanding the preceding, for Plan Years beginning in
2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401(m) Regulations are effective with respect to the
Plan), a “matching contribution” with respect to an Elective Deferral for a year is not taken
into account in determining the ACP for “NHCEs” to the extent it exceeds the greatest of:

(1) five percent (5%) of the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year;

(2) the Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the year; or

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

71

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(3) the product of two (2) times the Plan’s “representative matching rate” and the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year.

     For purposes of this subsection, the Plan’s “representative matching rate” is the lowest
“matching rate” for any eligible “NHCE” among a group of “NHCEs” that consists of half of all
eligible “NHCEs” in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year
(or, if greater, the lowest “matching rate” for all eligible “NHCEs” in the Plan who are
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Elective Deferrals for
the Plan Year).

     For purposes of this subsection, the “matching rate” for an Employee generally is the
“matching contributions” made for such Employee divided by the Employee’s Elective Deferrals for
the year. If the “matching rate” is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferrals for an
Employee, the Employee’s “matching rate” is determined assuming that an Employee’s Elective
Deferrals are equal to six percent (6%) of 414(s) Compensation.

     If the Plan provides a match with respect to the sum of the Employee’s after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions and Elective Deferrals, then for purposes of this subsection, that sum is
substituted for the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals and Employees who make either
after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or Elective Deferrals are taken into account in
determining the Plan’s “representative matching rate.” Similarly, if the Plan provides a match
with respect to the Employee’s after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, but not Elective
Deferrals, then for purposes of this subsection, the Employee’s after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions are substituted for the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals and Employees
who make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions are taken into account in determining the
Plan’s “representative matching rate.”

(j) Aggregation with other plans. In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code
Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one
or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated
with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ACP of Employees as if all
such plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent (10%) of the Employer’s “NHCEs” are
involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any
adjustments to the “NHCE’s” ACP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such
Regulations, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year
testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they
have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method.

(k) ACP if multiple plans. For the purposes of this Section, if an HCE is a Participant under
two (2) or more plans (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section
4975(e)(7)) which are maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which “matching
contributions,” nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such
contributions on behalf of such HCE shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such HCP’s
actual contribution ratio. However, if the plans have different plan years, then for purposes of
Plan Years beginning prior to 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401(m) Regulations are
effective with respect to the Plan), this paragraph shall be applied by treating all plans
ending with or within the same calendar year as a single plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under
Code Section 401(m).

(l) Disaggregation and otherwise excludable employees. Notwithstanding anything in this Section
to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 12.7 may be applied separately (or
will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan” within the
meaning of Regulation Section 1.401(m)-5. Furthermore, the provisions of Code Section
401(m)(5)(C) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who
have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). For
purposes of applying this provision, the Administrator may use any effective date of
participation that is permitted under Code Section 410(a) provided such date is applied on a
consistent and uniform basis to all Participants.

(m) “HCEs” as sole eligible employees. If, for the applicable year for determining the ACP of
the “NHCEs” for a Plan Year, there are no eligible “NHCEs,” then the Plan is deemed to satisfy
the ACP test for the Plan Year.

(n) Repeal of multiple use test. The multiple use test described in Regulation Section
1.401(m)-2 in effect prior to the enactment of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation
Act of 2001 shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

12.7 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) Authority to correct. In the event the Plan does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.6, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Aggregate Contributions or, if the current
year testing method is used, the Employer shall make contributions pursuant to the options set
forth below or any combination thereof.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

72

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(b) Corrective distribution or Forfeiture. On or before the close of the following Plan Year,
the Highly Compensated Participant having the largest allocation of “contribution percentage
amounts” shall have a portion of such “contribution percentage amounts” (and “income” allocable
to such amounts) distributed or, if non-Vested, Forfeited (including “income” allocable to such
Forfeitures) until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed, or
until the amount of the Participant’s “contribution percentage amounts” equals the “contribution
percentage amounts” of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next largest amount of
“contribution percentage amounts.” This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess
Aggregate Contributions has been distributed or forfeited. Any distribution and/or Forfeiture of
“contribution percentage amounts” shall be made in the following order:

(1) Employer matching contributions distributed and/or forfeited pursuant to Section
12.5(b)(1);

(2) After-tax voluntary Employee contributions including Excess Contributions
recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section
12.5(b)(2);

(3) Unmatched Elective Deferrals used in the ACP and, thereafter, simultaneously from such
Elective Deferrals used in the ACP which are matched and matching contributions which relate
to such Elective Deferrals (if the matching contributions are used in the ACP). Matching
contributions which are not used in the ACP but which relate to Elective Deferrals that are
distributed pursuant to this Subsection shall be forfeited unless the related matching
contributions are distributed as Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to this Subsection;

(4) To the extent Elective Deferrals are distributed pursuant to the preceding paragraph,
then the distribution shall be made from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account
before the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, to the extent Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals were made for the Plan Year, unless the Participant elects otherwise; and

(5) Remaining Employer matching contributions.

(c) Source of corrective distribution or Forfeiture. Any distribution or Forfeiture of less than
the entire amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and “income”) shall be treated as a pro
rata distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions and “income.” Distribution of Excess
Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess
Aggregate Contributions (and “income”). Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be
treated in accordance with Section 4.3. However, no such Forfeiture may be allocated to a Highly
Compensated Participant whose contributions are reduced pursuant to this Section.

(d) Determination of income or loss. For the purpose of this Section, “income” means the income
or losses allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions, which amount shall be determined and
allocated, at the discretion of the Administrator, using any of the methods set forth in Section
12.5(b)(4) with respect to the calculation of “income” for Excess Contributions (applied by
substituting Excess Contributions with Excess Aggregate Contributions and by substituting
amounts taken into account under the ACP test for amounts taken into account under the ADP
test). However, effective with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006 (or
if earlier, the date the final 401(m) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan),
“income” for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the
“gap period”) is required to be distributed.

(e) Treatment of excess amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to amounts other
than nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, including forfeited matching contributions,
shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code Sections 404 and 415 even if
distributed from the Plan.

(f) Ordering of tests. The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions with
respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the Excess Contributions, if any,
to be treated as nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for
the plan year of any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section
401(k)) maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year or which are treated
as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section
12.5.

(g) Corrective Contributions. Notwithstanding the above, if the current year testing method is
being used, then within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make
a special Qualified Nonelective Contribution or Employer matching contribution in accordance
with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified
Nonelective Contribution Account or with respect to Employer matching contributions, to the
Participant’s Account of each Nonhighly Compensated eligible to share in the allocation in
accordance with such provision. If the prior year testing method is used, then a Qualified
Nonelective Contribution or an Employer matching contribution may not be made to correct the
tests set forth in Section 12.6. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written
notification of the amount of the contribution being made and to which provision it relates.

(1) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated in the same
proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year
bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such
year.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

73

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(2) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year. However, for purposes of this
contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan
Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of
Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time method is selected in
the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the
allocation and shall be disregarded.

(3) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).

(4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of
this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the
Plan Year and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of
Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time method is selected in
the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the
allocation and shall be disregarded.

(5) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of
the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated
Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ACP test pursuant to Section 12.6(i)
(Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.6 is satisfied.

(6) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of
the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated
Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ACP test pursuant to Section 12.6(i)
(Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.6 is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated
Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year and, if this is a standardized
Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive
calendar months if the Elapsed Time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during
such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(7) A “matching contribution” may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in
an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such
contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the
same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the
year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants. The
Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made, whether the contribution
made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching Contribution or an Employer
Nonelective Contribution.

(8) A “matching contribution” may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in
an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such
contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the
same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the
year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants. The
Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made, whether the contribution
made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching Contribution or an Employer
Nonelective Contribution. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated
Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year and, if this is a standardized
Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive
calendar months if the Elapsed Time method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during
such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(h) Excise tax. Any Excess Aggregate Contributions (and “income”) which are distributed after 2
1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer
excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979.

12.8 SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS

(a) Election of Safe Harbor. The provisions of this Section will apply if the Employer has
elected, in the Adoption Agreement, to use the “ADP test safe harbor” or “ACP test safe harbor.”
If the Employer has elected to use the “ADP test safe harbor” for a Plan Year, then the
provisions relating to the ADP test described in Section 12.4 and in Code Section 401(k)(3) do
not apply for such Plan Year. In addition, if the Employer has also elected to use the “ACP test
safe harbor” for a Plan Year, then the provisions relating to the ACP test described in Section
12.6 and in Code Section 401(m)(2) do not apply for such Plan Year. Furthermore, to the extent
any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section, the
provisions of this Section will govern.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

74

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “ACP test safe harbor” means the method described in subsection (d) below for satisfying
the ACP test of Code Section 401(m)(2).

(2) “ACP test safe harbor matching contributions” means “matching contributions” described
in subsection (d)(1).

(3) “ADP test safe harbor” means the method described in subsection (c) for satisfying the
ADP test of Code Section 401(k)(3).

(4) “ADP test safe harbor contributions” means “matching contributions” and nonelective
contributions described in subsection (c)(1) below.

(5) “Compensation” means Compensation as defined in Section 1.14, except, for purposes of
this Section, no dollar limit, other than the limit imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17),
applies to the Compensation of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee.

(6) “Eligible Participant” means a Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals
under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year (or who would be eligible to make Elective
Deferrals but for a suspension due to a hardship distribution described in Section 12.9 or
to statutory limitations, such as Code Sections 402(g) and 415) and who is not excluded as
an “eligible Participant” under the 401(k) safe harbor elections in the Adoption Agreement.

(7) “Matching contributions” means contributions made by the Employer on account of an
“eligible Participant’s” Elective Deferrals.

(c) Satisfying ADP safe harbor. The provisions of this subsection apply for purposes of
satisfying the “ADP test safe harbor.”

(1) The “ADP test safe harbor contribution” is the contribution, elected by the Employer in
the 401(k) Safe Harbor Provisions Section of the Adoption Agreement, to be used to satisfy
the “ADP test safe harbor.” However, if no contribution is elected in the Adoption
Agreement, the Employer will contribute to the Plan for the Plan Year a “basic matching
contribution” on behalf of each Eligible Employee. The “basic matching contribution” is
equal to (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of an “eligible Participant’s”
Elective Deferrals that do not exceed three percent (3%) of the Participant’s “Compensation”
for the Plan Year, plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals that exceed three percent (3%) of the Participant’s “Compensation” but do not
exceed five percent (5%) of the Participant’s “Compensation.” If the Employer elects to use
a period other than the Plan Year for determining a “basic matching contribution” or an
“enhanced matching contribution,” then such matching contribution with respect to a payroll
period must be deposited into the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year quarter following
the Plan Year quarter for which the applicable Elective Deferrals are made.

(2) Except as provided in subsection (e) below, for purposes of the Plan, a “basic matching
contribution” or an “enhanced matching contribution” will be treated as a Qualified Matching
Contribution and a safe harbor Nonelective Contribution will be treated as a Qualified
Nonelective Contribution. Accordingly, the “ADP test safe harbor contributions” will be
fully Vested and subject to the distribution restrictions set forth in Section 12.2(d)
(i.e., may generally not be distributed on account of hardship nor earlier than separation
from service, death, disability, an event described in Code Section 401(k)(1), or, in case
of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age 59 1/2). In addition, such contributions
must satisfy the “ADP test safe harbor” without regard to permitted disparity under Code
Section 401(l).

(3) Notwithstanding the requirement that the Employer make the “ADP test safe harbor
contribution” to this Plan, if the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, the “ADP
test safe harbor contribution” will be made to the defined contribution plan indicated in
the Adoption Agreement. However, such contributions will be made to this Plan unless (i)
each Employee eligible under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan, and (ii) the
other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan.

(4) Within a reasonable period before the beginning of the Plan Year (or, in the year an
Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, within a reasonable period before the employee
becomes eligible), the Employer will provide each “eligible
Participant” a comprehensive notice of the Participant’s rights and obligations under the
Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant. The
determination of whether a notice satisfies the timing requirement of this paragraph is
based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. However, the timing requirement of the
notice is deemed to be satisfied if at least thirty (30) days, but not more than ninety (90)
days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will provide each “eligible
Participant” a comprehensive notice of the Participant’s rights and obligations under the
Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
average Participant. However, if an Employee becomes eligible after the 90th day before the
beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must
be provided no more than ninety (90) days before the Employee becomes eligible but not later
than the date the Employee becomes eligible.

(5) In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each “eligible
Participant” may make or modify a deferral election during the thirty (30) day period
immediately following receipt of the notice described in subsection (4) above.
Furthermore, if the “ADP test safe harbor” is a “matching contribution” each Eligible
Employee must be permitted to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum
amount of “matching contributions” available to the Participant under the Plan.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

75

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

(d) Application of “ACP test safe harbor.” The provisions of this subsection apply if the
Employer has elected to satisfy the “ACP test safe harbor.”

(1) In addition to the “ADP test safe harbor contributions,” the Employer will make any
“matching contributions” in accordance with elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Such
additional “matching contributions” will be considered “ACP test safe harbor matching
contributions.”

(2) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, an “eligible
Participant’s” Elective Deferrals in excess of six percent (6%) of “Compensation” may not be
taken into account in applying “ACP test safe harbor matching contributions.” In addition,
any portion of an “ACP test safe harbor matching contribution” attributable to a
discretionary “matching contribution” may not exceed four percent (4%) of an “eligible
Participant’s” “Compensation.”

(e) Application of ACP test. The Plan is required to satisfy the ACP test of Code Section
401(m)(2), using the current year testing method, if the Plan permits after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions or if matching contributions that do not satisfy the “ACP test safe
harbor” may be made to the Plan. In such event, only “ADP test safe harbor contributions” or
“ACP test safe harbor contributions” that exceed the amount needed to satisfy the “ADP test safe
harbor” or “ACP test safe harbor” (if the Employer has elected to use the “ACP test safe
harbor”) may be treated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
Contributions in applying the ACP test. In addition, in applying the ACP test, elective
contributions may not be treated as matching contributions under Code Section 401(m)(3).
Furthermore, in applying the ACP test, the Employer may elect to disregard with respect to all
“eligible Participants” (1) all “matching contributions” if the Plan satisfies the “ACP test
safe harbor” and (2) “matching contributions” that do not exceed four percent (4%) of each
Participant’s “Compensation” if the Plan satisfies the “ADP test safe harbor” using matching
contributions (the “basic matching contribution” or the “enhanced matching contribution”) and
the “ACP test safe harbor” is not satisfied.

(f) Modification of Top-heavy rules. The top-heavy requirements of Code Section 416 and the Plan
shall not apply in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the Plan consists
solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12)
and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) are
met.

(g) Plan Year requirement. Except as provided in Regulation 1.401(k)-3(e), the Plan will fail to
satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and this Plan Section for a Plan Year unless
such provisions remain in effect for an entire twelve (12) month Plan Year.

(h) Discretionary Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. If the Employer has elected in the
Adoption Agreement to either not use the 401(k) Safe Harbor provisions or to utilize the
discretionary Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, then the Employer may elect to utilize the
“ADP test safe harbor” provisions for a Plan Year after the Plan Year has commenced in
accordance with the provisions of this subsection. In order to utilize this subsection, the
Employer must provide a notice in accordance with Section 12.8(c)(4) above, except that the
notice must provide that the Employer may provide the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution and
that a supplemental notice will be provided at least thirty (30) days prior to the last day of
the Plan Year if the Employer decides to make the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. In order
to implement the 401(k) Safe Harbor provisions of this Section for the Plan Year, the Employer
must (1) amend the Adoption Agreement to provide for the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution
and, (2) provide a supplemental notice to Participants indicating its intention to provide such
safe harbor Nonelective Contribution. The supplemental notice indicating the Employer’s
intention to make the safe harbor Nonelective Contribution must be provided no later than thirty
(30) days prior to the last day of the Plan Year for the Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k)
Plan.

(i) Elimination of safe harbor. The Employer may amend the Plan during a Plan Year to reduce or
eliminate “ADP test safe harbor contributions” for such Plan Year subject to the following
provisions.

(1) An amendment may be made during a Plan Year to eliminate an “ADP test safe harbor
contribution” that is a “matching contribution” provided a supplemental notice is given to
all “eligible Participants” explaining the consequences and effective date of the amendment,
and that such “eligible Participants” have a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable
period) to change their Elective Deferral elections. The amendment reducing or eliminating
the “matching contribution” must be effective no earlier than the later of: (A) thirty (30)
days after “eligible Participants” are given the supplemental notice or (B) the date the
amendment is adopted. “Eligible Participants” must be given a reasonable opportunity (and
reasonable period) prior to the reduction or elimination of the “matching contribution” to
change their Elective Deferral elections. If the Employer amends the Plan to reduce or
eliminate the “matching contribution,” then except as provided in Code Section 401(k) and
the Regulations thereunder, the Plan is subject to the ADP test and ACP test for the entire
Plan Year.

(2) An amendment may be made during a Plan Year to eliminate a safe harbor Nonelective
Contribution for such Plan Year only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation Section
1.401(k)-3(f) (i.e., upon termination of the Plan).

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

76

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

12.9 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

(a) Hardship events. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of
a Participant, shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to distribute to the Participant in any one
Plan Year up to the lesser of (1) 100% of the Accounts as selected in the Adoption Agreement
valued as of the last Valuation Date or (2) the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and
heavy financial need of the Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall
include an Employee who has an Account balance in the Plan. Any distribution made pursuant to
this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the
Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the Account from which the
distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly. Effective with respect to Plan Years
beginning in 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with
respect to the Plan), withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the distribution
is for one of the following or any other item permitted under Regulation Section
1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B) or any other federally enacted legislation:

(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code
Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted
gross income);

(2) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
residence for the Participant;

(3) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse,
children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable years beginning on
or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B));

(4) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the
next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s
spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable years
beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and
(d)(1)(B));

(5) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s
principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence; or

(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would
qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to
whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

(b) Other limits and conditions. No distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless
the Administrator, based upon the Participant’s representation and such other facts as are known
to the Administrator, determines that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial
need of the Participant (including any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local
taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution);

(2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and
all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer (to the
extent the loan would not increase the hardship);

(3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant’s
Elective Deferrals and nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions will be suspended,
effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, for at least six (6) months
after receipt of the hardship distribution (twelve months for Plan Years beginning prior to
2002); and

(4) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant
may not make Elective Deferrals for the Participant’s taxable year immediately following the
taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code
Section 402(g) for such next taxable year.

(c) Limitation on Account withdrawals. Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account and Qualified
Nonelective Contribution Account pursuant to this Section shall be limited solely to the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals and any income attributable thereto credited to the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account as of December 31, 1988.

(d) Other limits and conditions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, no distribution shall be
made pursuant to this Section from the Participant’s Account until such Account has become fully
Vested. Furthermore, if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one Account, the
Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s hardship distribution from such
Accounts.

(e) Distribution rules apply. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a
manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not
limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
Regulations thereunder.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

77

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

ARTICLE XIII

SIMPLE 401(K) PROVISIONS

13.1 SIMPLE 401(k) PROVISIONS

(a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, this Plan is intended to be a SIMPLE 401(k) plan
which satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(11) and 401(m)(10).

(b) The provisions of this Article apply for a “year” only if the following conditions are met:

(1) The Employer adopting this Plan is an “eligible employer.” An “eligible employer”
means, with respect to any “year,” an Employer that had no more than 100 Employees who
received at least $5,000 of “compensation” from the Employer for the preceding “year.” In
applying the preceding sentence, all employees of an Affiliated Employer and leased
employees required to be treated as Employees under Code Section 414(n) are taken into
account.

     An “eligible employer” that has elected to use the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions but fails
to be an “eligible employer” for any subsequent “year,” is treated as an “eligible
employer” for the two (2) “years” following the last “year” the Employer was an “eligible
employer.” If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction
involving an “eligible employer,” the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of
Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied.

(2) No contributions are made, or benefits accrued for services during the “year,” on
behalf of any “eligible employee” under any other plan, contract, pension, or trust
described in Code Section 219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by the Employer.

(c) To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of
this Article, the provisions of this Article govern.

13.2 DEFINITIONS

(a) “Compensation” means, for purposes of this Article, the sum of the wages, tips, and other
compensation from the Employer subject to federal income tax withholding (as described in Code
Section 6051(a)(3)) and the Employee’s salary reduction contributions made under this or any
other 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals under a Code Section 408(p) SIMPLE
plan, a SARSEP, or a Code Section 403(b) annuity contract and compensation deferred under a
Code Section 457 plan, required to be reported by the Employer on Form W-2 (as described in
Code Section 6051(a)(8)). For Self-Employed Individuals, “compensation” means net earnings from
self-employment determined under Code Section 1402(a) prior to subtracting any contributions
made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. “Compensation” also includes amounts paid for
domestic service (as described in Code Section 3401(a)(3)). The provisions of the plan
implementing the limit on Compensation under Code Section 401(a)(17) apply to the
“compensation” under this Article.

(b) “Eligible employee” means, for purposes of this Article, any Participant who is entitled to
make elective deferrals described in Code Section 402(g) under the terms of the Plan.

(c) “Year” means the calendar year.

13.3 CONTRIBUTIONS

     (a) Salary Reduction contributions

(1) Each “eligible employee” may make a salary reduction election to have “compensation”
reduced for the “year” in any amount selected by the Employee subject to the limitation in
subsection (c) below. The
Employer will make a salary reduction contribution to the Plan, as an Elective Deferral, in
the amount by which the Employee’s “compensation” has been reduced.

(2) The total salary reduction contribution for the “year” for any Employee cannot exceed
the limitation on salary reduction contributions in effect for the year. The limitation on
salary reduction contributions is $6,000 for 2000, $6,500 for 2001, $7,000 for 2002 and
increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $10,000 for 2005 and later years. After
2005, the $10,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of
living increases under Code Section 408(p)(2)(E). Any such adjustments will be in multiples
of $500. Beginning in 2002, the amount of an Employee’s salary reduction contributions
permitted for a “year” is increased for Employees aged 50 or over by the end of the “year”
by the amount of allowable Catch-Up Contributions. Allowable Catch-Up Contributions are
$500 for 2002, increasing by $500 for each Year thereafter up to $2,500 for 2006. After
2006, the $2,500 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living
increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of
$500. Catch-Up Contributions are otherwise treated the same as other salary reduction
contributions.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

78

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

     (b) Other contributions

(1) Matching contributions. Unless (2) below is elected, each “year” the Employer will make
a matching contribution to the Plan on behalf of each Employee who makes a salary reduction
election under Section 13.3(a). The amount of the matching contribution will be equal to
the Employee’s salary reduction contribution up to a limit of three percent (3%) of the
Employee’s “compensation” for the full “year.”

(2) Nonelective Contributions. For any “year,” instead of a matching contribution, the
Employer may elect to contribute a nonelective contribution of two percent (2%) of
“compensation” for the full “year” for each “eligible employee” who received at least
$5,000 of “compensation” from the Employer for the “year.”

     (c) Limitation on Other Contributions

     No Employer or Employee contributions may be made to this Plan for the “year” other than
salary reduction contributions described in Section 13.3(a), matching or nonelective
contributions described in Section 13.3(b) and rollover contributions described in Regulation
Section 1.402(c)-2, Q&A-1(a). Furthermore, the provisions of Section 4.4 which implement the
limitations of Code Section 415 apply to contributions made pursuant to this Section (other
than Catch-Up Contributions).

13.4 ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS

     (a) Election period

(1) In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each “eligible
employee” may make or modify a salary reduction election during the 60-day period
immediately preceding each January 1st.

(2) For the “year” an Employee becomes eligible to make salary reduction contributions
under this Article, the 60-day election period requirement of subsection (a)(1) is deemed
satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a salary reduction election during a 60-day
period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before.

(3) Each “eligible employee” may terminate a salary reduction election at any time during
the “year.”

     (b) Notice requirements

(1) The Employer will notify each “eligible employee” prior to the 60-day election period
described in Section 13.4(a) that a salary reduction election or a modification to a prior
election may be made during that
period.

(2) The notification described in (1) above will indicate whether the Employer will provide
a matching contribution described in Section 13.3(b)(1) or a two percent (2%) nonelective
contribution described in Section 13.3(b)(2).

13.5 VESTING REQUIREMENTS

     All benefits attributable to contributions made pursuant to this Article are nonforfeitable at
all times, and all previous contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the
beginning of the Plan Year that the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply.

13.6 TOP-HEAVY RULES

     The Plan is not treated as a top-heavy plan under Code Section 416 for any “year” for which
the provisions of this Article are effective and satisfied.

13.7 NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS

     The Plan is treated as meeting the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3)(A)(ii) and
401(m)(2) for any “year” for which the provisions of this Article are effective and satisfied.
Accordingly, Sections 12.4, 12.5, 12.6 and 12.7 shall not apply to the Plan for any “year” for
which this Article applies.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

79

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

ALLIANCE BENEFIT GROUP OF ILLINOIS

NON-STANDARDIZED 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

CAUTION: Failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the
Plan.

EMPLOYER INFORMATION

(An amendment to the Adoption Agreement is not needed solely to reflect a change in the information
in this Employer Information Section.)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	1.	 	EMPLOYER’S NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE NUMBER AND TIN
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Name: Wintrust Financial Corp.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Address: 727 North Bank Lane
	 

	 	 	Street	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Lake Forest
	 	 	 	Illinois
	 	 	60045	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	City
	 	 	 	State
	 	Zip

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Telephone:
	 	(847) 234-2882	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 36-3954651

	2.	 	TYPE OF ENTITY

	 	a.	 	þ Corporation (including Tax-exempt or
Non-profit Corporation)
	 
	 	b.	 	o Professional Service Corporation
	 
	 	c.	 	o S Corporation
	 
	 	d.	 	o Limited Liability Company that is
taxed as:

	 	1.	 	o a partnership or sole proprietorship
	 
	 	2.	 	o a Corporation
	 
	 	3.	 	o an S Corporation

	 	e.	 	o Sole Proprietorship
	 
	 	f.	 	o Partnership (including
Limited Liability)
	 
	 	g.	 	o Other:                                          (must be a legal entity recognized under federal income
tax laws)

	3.	 	EMPLOYER’S FISCAL YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	a.
	 	þ Beginning on
	 	January 1st
	 	 	 	(e.g., January 1st)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	month
	 	day	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	and ending on

	 	December 31st	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	month
	 	day	 	 

	 	b.	 	o Other:                                                              (must be the period used for IRS reporting
purposes)

	4.	 	AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS/PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS. Is the Employer a member of a controlled group
or an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), (c), or (o))?

	 	a.	 	o No.
	 
	 	b.	 	þ Yes, Employer is a member of (select all that apply):

	 	1.	 	þ a controlled group
	 
	 	2.	 	o an affiliated service group
	 
	 	AND, will any of the Affiliated Employers adopt the Plan as Participating
Employers?
	 
	 	3.	 	o Yes. (Complete a Participation Agreement for each
Participating Employer.)
	 
	 	4.	 	þ No. (The Plan could fail to satisfy the Code Section
410(b) coverage rules.)

PLAN INFORMATION

(An amendment to the Adoption Agreement is not needed solely to reflect a change in the information
in Questions 9. through 11.)

	5.	 	PLAN NAME:
	 
	 	 	Wintrust Financial Corp. Retirement Savings Plan

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

1

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	6.	EFFECTIVE DATE
	 
	 	a.	o 	This is a new Plan effective as of                      (hereinafter called the “Effective
Date”).
	 
	 	b.	þ 	This is an amendment and restatement of a plan which was originally effective
January 1, 1994 . The effective date of this amendment and restatement is January 1, 2010
(hereinafter called the “Effective Date”).
	 
	 	c.	o 	FOR EGTRRA RESTATEMENTS: This is an
amendment and restatement to bring a plan into compliance with the Economic Growth and Tax
Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”) and other legislative and regulatory changes. The
Plan’s original effective date was                     . Except as specifically provided in the Plan, the
effective date of this amendment and restatement is                      (hereinafter called the “Effective Date”).
(May enter a restatement date that is the first day of the current Plan Year. The Plan
contains appropriate
retroactive effective dates with respect to provisions for the appropriate laws.)

	7.	 	PLAN YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Beginning on
	 	January 1st
	 	 	 	(e.g., January 1st)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	month
	 	day	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	and ending on
	 	December 31st	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	month
	 	day	 	 

EXCEPT that there will be a Short Plan Year (if the effective date of participation is
based on a Plan Year, then coordinate with Question 16.):

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	a.
	 	þ N/A	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	b.
	 	o beginning on
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(e.g., July 1, 2007)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	month
	 	day,
	 	year	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	and ending on
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	month
	 	day,
	 	year	 	 

	8.	 	VALUATION DATE means:

	 	a.	þ 	Every day that the Trustee (or Insurer), any transfer agent
appointed by the Trustee (or Insurer) or the Employer, and any stock exchange used by such
agent are open for business (daily valuation).
	 
	 	b.	o 	The last day of each Plan Year.
	 
	 	c.	o 	The last day of each Plan Year half (semi-annual).
	 
	 	d.	o 	The last day of each Plan Year
quarter.
	 
	 	e.	o 	Other (specify day or days):                                          (must be at least once each Plan Year).

	9.	 	PLAN NUMBER assigned by the Employer

	 	a.	o 	001
	 
	 	b.	o 	002
	 
	 	c.	þ 	Other: 001

	10.	 	TRUSTEE(S) OR INSURER(S):

	 	a.	o 	This Plan is funded exclusively with Contracts
and the name of the Insurer(s) is:

(1)                                                              (2)                                                              (if more than 2, add names to signature page).

	 	b.	o 	Individual Trustee(s) who serve as Trustee(s) over assets not subject to control by a corporate Trustee. (Add additional Trustees as necessary.)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Name(s)	 	 	 	Title(s)	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Address and Telephone number:
	 	 	1. o Use Employer address and telephone number.
	 	 	2. o Use address and telephone number below:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Address:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Street	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	City	 	State	 	Zip	 	 
	 

	 	Telephone:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

2

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

c. þ Corporate Trustee

	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Name: Wayne Hummer Trust Company

	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Address: 300 S. Wacker Drive

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	Street	 	 
	 	 	Chicago	 	Illinois
	 	60606
	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	City
	 	State
	 	Zip

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 Telephone: (312) 431-1700

AND, the Trustee shall serve as:

d. þ a Directed (nondiscretionary) Trustee over all Plan assets except for the following:

 

e. o a Discretionary Trustee over all Plan assets except for the following:

 

AND, shall a separate trust agreement that is approved by the IRS for use with this Prototype Plan be used with this Plan?

f. þ No.

g. o Yes.

	 	NOTE: If Yes is selected, an executed copy of the trust agreement between the Trustee and
the Employer must be attached to this Plan. The Plan and trust agreement will be read and
construed together. The responsibilities, rights and powers of the Trustee shall be those
specified in the trust agreement.

	11.	 	PLAN ADMINISTRATOR’S NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER:

(If none is named, the Employer will be the Plan Administrator.)

a. þ Employer (Use Employer address and telephone number).

b. o Use name, address and telephone number below:

	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Name:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Address:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	Street	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 
	 	City
	 	State
	 	Zip

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 Telephone:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

	12.	 	CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state or commonwealth where the Employer’s
(or, in the case of a corporate Trustee (or Insurer), such Trustee’s (or Insurer’s))
principal place of business is located unless another state or commonwealth is specified:                                                                                                     

	13.	 	CONTRIBUTION TYPES

The following contributions are authorized under this Plan. The selections made below should
correspond with the selections made under the Contributions and Allocations section of this
Adoption Agreement.

a. þ Elective Deferrals (Section 401(k) Salary Reductions including Roth Contributions, if selected, at Question 27.)

b. o SIMPLE 401(k) Contributions (Question 28.)

c. o 401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions (Match/Nonelective) (Question 29.)

d. þ Employer Matching Contributions (Question 30.)

e. þ Employer Nonelective Profit Sharing Contributions (includes Prevailing Wage Contributions) (Question 31.)

f. þ Rollover Contributions (Question 45.)

g. o After-tax Voluntary Employee Contributions (Question 46.)

h. o This is a frozen Plan effective:                                                             .

Ó 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

3

 

Non-Standardized 401(k)Profit Sharing Plan

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

	14.	 	ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES (Plan Section 1.25) means all Employees (including Leased Employees) EXCEPT
for the following Employees: (select all that apply below)
	 
	 	 	NOTE:  	 	Unless otherwise specified in this Section, Elective Deferrals include Roth Elective
Deferrals, after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, and Rollover Contributions; Matching
includes QMACs; and Nonelective Profit Sharing includes QNECs. ADP/ACP safe harbor
contributions and SIMPLE 401(k) contributions are subject to the exclusions for Elective
Deferrals except as provided in Question 29.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	a.

	 	No Exclusions
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	b.

	 	Union Employees (as defined in Plan
Section 1.25)
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	c.

	 	Nonresident Aliens (as defined in Plan
Section 1.25)
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	d.

	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	e.

	 	Leased Employees
	 	1. þ
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	f.

	 	Part-time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees.
A part-time, temporary or seasonal
Employee
is an Employee whose regularly scheduled
Service is less than _____
Hours of Service
in the relevant eligibility computation
period.
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	g.

	 	Other: Any Employee simultaneously
	 	1. þ
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	employed by both Wintrust Financial Corp. and
Wintrust Mortgage Corporation will be excluded
from this Plan for the duration of their
simultaneous employment.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	(must be definitely determinable,
may not be based on age or
length of service (except as
provided in f. above), and, if
using the average benefits
test to satisfy Code Section
410(b) coverage testing, must be
a reasonable classification)	 	 	 	 	 	 

	15.	 	CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY (Plan Section 3.1)

Any Eligible Employee will be eligible to participate in the Plan upon satisfaction of the
following (select a. or all that apply in b. — l.):
	 
	 	 	NOTE:  	 	Unless otherwise specified in this Section, Elective Deferrals include Roth Elective
Deferrals, after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, and Rollover Contributions; Matching
includes QMACs; and Nonelective Profit Sharing includes QNECs. ADP/ACP safe harbor
contributions and SIMPLE 401(k) contributions are subject to the conditions for Elective
Deferrals except as provided in Question 29.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	a.
	 	No age or service required	 	1.         o	 	OR	 	2.       o	 	3.       o	 	4.         o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	b.
	 	Age 20 1/2	 	1.         o	 	OR	 	2.       o	 	3.       o	 	4.         o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	c.
	 	Age 21	 	1.         o	 	OR	 	2.       o	 	3.       o	 	4.         o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	d.
	 	Age  18            (may not exceed 21)	 	1.         þ	 	OR	 	2.       o	 	3.       o	 	4.         o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	e.
	 	6 months of service	 	1.         o	 	OR	 	2.       o	 	3.       o	 	4.         o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	f.
	 	1 Year of Service	 	1.         o	 	OR	 	2.       o	 	3.       o	 	4.         o

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

4

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	g.

	 	2 Years of Service
	 	N/A
	 	OR
	 	N/A
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	h.

	 	250 (not to exceed 1,000)
Hours of Service within 3 (not to exceed
12) consecutive months from the Eligible
Employee’s employment commencement
date. If an Employee does not complete the
stated Hours of Service during the specified
time period, the Employee is subject to the 1
Year of Service requirement in f. above.
	 	1. þ
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	i.

	 	___ (not to exceed 12) consecutive
months of employment from the Eligible
Employee’s employment commencement
date. If an Employee does not complete the
stated number of months, the Employee is
subject to the 1 Year of Service requirement
in f. above.
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	j.

	 	Other:                                        
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 

	 	(must be an age or service requirement
that is definitely determinable and
may not exceed age 21 and for Elective
Deferrals, 1 Year of Service; for
Employer matching and/or profit sharing
contributions, may not exceed 2
Years of Service).	 	 	 	 	 	 

				
	 	NOTE:	 	For Employer matching and/or profit sharing contributions, if more than 1 Year of Service is
selected, 100% immediate vesting is required.

				
	 	NOTE:	 	If the service requirement is or includes a fractional year, then an Employee will not be
required to complete any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for such fractional
year. If expressed in months of service, then an Employee will not be required to complete any
specified number of Hours of Service in a particular month, unless selected in h. above. In both
cases, the Plan must use the Elapsed Time method to determine service.

				
	 	NOTE:	 	Year of Service means Period of Service if Elapsed Time method is chosen.

			
	 	 	AND, the service and/or age requirements specified above shall be waived in accordance with the
following (leave blank if there are no waivers of conditions):	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	k.

	 	If employed on            

the following requirements will be waived.
The waiver applies to any
Eligible Employee
unless c. selected below. Such Employees
shall enter the Plan as of such date (select a.
and/or b. AND c. if applicable):
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o

	 	a.	 	o   service requirement (will let part-time Eligible Employees into the Plan)
	 
	 	b.	 	o   age requirement
	 
	 	c.	 	o   waiver is for:            
 (e.g., employees of a specific division or employees covered by a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)
acquisition).

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	l.

	 	If employed on            

	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 

	 	the following requirements will be waived.
The waiver applies to any Eligible Employee
unless c. selected below. Such Employees
shall enter the Plan as of such date (select a.
and/or b. AND c. if applicable):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	a.	 	o   service requirement (will let part-time Eligible Employees into the Plan)
	 
	 	b.	 	o   age requirement
	 
	 	c.	 	o   waiver is for:            (e.g., employees of a specific division or employees covered by a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) acquisition).

	16.	 	EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION (ENTRY DATE) (Plan Section 3.2)

An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements will become a
Participant in the Plan as of the date selected below:

Ó 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

5

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	NOTE: 	 	Option e. below can only be selected when eligibility is six months of service or less and
age is 20 1/2 or less.
However, options e.3 and e.4 may be selected when eligibility is 1 1/2 Years of Service or
less and age is 20 1/2 or less and the Plan provides for 100% vesting.
	 
	 	NOTE: 	 	Unless otherwise specified in this Section, Elective Deferrals include Roth Elective
Deferrals, after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, and Rollover Contributions;
Matching includes QMACs; and Nonelective Profit Sharing includes QNECs. ADP/ACP safe harbor
contributions and SIMPLE 401(k) contributions are subject to the provisions for Elective Deferrals
except as provided in Question 29.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	 
	 	a.	 	Date requirements met	 	1. o	 	OR	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	b.	 	First day of the month coinciding	 	1. o	 	OR	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	with or next following date requirements met	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	c.	 	First day of the quarter coinciding	 	1. o	 	OR	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	with or next following date requirements met	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	d.	 	First day of Plan Year or first day	 	1. o	 	OR	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	of 7th month of Plan Year coinciding	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	with or next following date requirements	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	met	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	e.	 	First day of Plan Year coinciding	 	1. o	 	OR	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	with or next following date requirements met	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	f.	 	First day of Plan Year in which	 	N/A	 	OR	 	N/A	 	3. o	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	requirements met	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	g.	 	First day of Plan Year nearest date	 	N/A	 	OR	 	N/A	 	3. o	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	requirements met	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	h.	 	Other: the first day of each
quarter next	 	1. þ	 	OR	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o

         following the date requirements are met           ,

provided that an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the maximum age (21) and service requirements (1 Year (or Period)
of Service (or more than 1 year if full and immediate vesting)) and who is otherwise entitled to participate, shall commence
participation no later than the earlier of (a) 6 months after such requirements are satisfied, or (b) the first day
of the first Plan Year after such requirements are satisfied, unless the Employee separates from service before such participation date.

SERVICE

	17.	 	RECOGNITION OF SERVICE WITH OTHER EMPLOYERS (Plan Sections 1.60 and 1.85)

	 	a.	 	o  No service with other Employers shall be recognized.

OR, service with the designated employers and purposes is recognized as follows (attach an
addendum to the Adoption Agreement if more than 3 employers):

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Contribution	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Eligibility	 	Vesting	 	Allocation	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	b.
	 	þ
	 	Employer name: any Employer with
whom Wintrust
	 	þ
	 	þ
	 	þ	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Financial Corp engaged in an acquisition transaction          	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	c.
	 	o
	 	Employer name:

	 	o
	 	o
	 	o	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	d.
	 	o
	 	Employer name:

	 	o
	 	o
	 	o	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	e.
	 	o
	 	Limitations:

	 	o
	 	o
	 	o	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	(e.g., credit service with X only on/following 1/1/07 or credit all service with entities
the Employer acquires after 12/31/06).

	NOTE: 	 	If the other Employer(s) maintained this qualified Plan, then Years (and/or Periods) of
Service with such Employer(s) must be recognized pursuant to Plan Sections 1.60 and 1.85 regardless
of any selections above.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

6

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	18.	 	SERVICE CREDITING METHOD (Plan Sections 1.60 and 1.85)

	 	NOTE: 	 	If no selections are made in this Section, then the Hours of Service method will be
used (with actual Hours of Service) and the provisions set forth in the definition of Year
of Service in Plan Section 1.85 will apply.

	 	a.	 	o Elapsed Time Method (Period of Service applies instead of Year of Service) shall be used for the following purposes

	 	 	 	     (select all that apply):

	 
	 	1.	 	o all purposes. (If selected, skip to Question 19.)
	 
	 
	 	2.	 	o eligibility to participate.
	 
	 
	 	3.	 	o vesting.
	 
	 
	 	4.	 	o sharing in allocations or contributions.

	 	b.	 	o Hours of Service Method shall be used for the following purposes (select all that apply):

	 
	 	1.	 	o eligibility to participate in the Plan. The eligibility computation period after the initial eligibility computation

	 	 	 	     period shall:

	 
	 	a.	 	o shift to the Plan Year.
	 
	 
	 	b.	 	o be based on each anniversary of the date the Employee first completes an Hour of Service.

	 
	 	2.	 	o vesting. The vesting computation period shall be:

	 
	 	a.	 	o the Plan Year.
	 
	 
	 	b.	 	o the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service and each anniversary thereof.

	 
	 	3.	 	o sharing in allocations or contributions (the computation period shall be the Plan Year).

	 	 	 	AND, the following Hour of Service alternatives will apply (select all that apply):

	 	4.	 	o Equivalency Method. Instead of using actual Hours of Service, Hours of Service will be determined using the method selected below.

	 
	 	 	 	      Such method will apply to:
	 

	 	a.	 	o all Employees.
	 
	 
	 	b.	 	o Employees for whom records of actual Hours of Service are not maintained or available
(e.g., salaried employees).

	 	 	 	ON THE BASIS OF:
	 
	 
	 	c.	 	o days worked (10 hours per day).
	 
	 
	 	d.	 	o weeks worked (45 hours per week).
	 
	 
	 	e.	 	o semi-monthly payroll periods worked (95 hours per semi-monthly pay period).
	 
	 
	 	f.	 	o months worked (190 hours per month).
	 
	 
	 	g.	 	o bi-weekly payroll periods worked (90 hours per bi-weekly pay period).

	 	5.	 	o Number of Hours of Service Required. Year of Service means the applicable computation period during
which an Employee has completed at least (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.

VESTING

	19.	 	VESTING OF PARTICIPANT’S INTEREST (Plan Section 6.4(b))

	 
	 	a.	 	o N/A. No Employer profit sharing or matching contributions are subject to a vesting schedule. (skip to Question 23.)
	 
	 
	 	b.	 	o 100% for those Participants employed on (enter date). For those Participants hired after such date, the vesting
provisions selected below apply.
	 
	 
	 	c.	 	þ The vesting provisions selected below apply.
	 
	 	 	 	Vesting for Employer Nonelective Profit Sharing Contributions.
	 
	 	d.	 	o N/A. No Employer profit sharing contributions are subject to a vesting schedule (skip to g.).
	 
	 
	 	e.	 	o 100% vesting. Participants are 100% vested in Employer profit sharing contributions upon entering Plan. (Required if
eligibility requirement is greater than 1 Year (or Period) of Service.)
	 
	 
	 	f.	 	þ The following vesting schedule, based on a Participant’s Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time
	 
	 	 	 	method is selected), applies to Employer profit sharing contributions:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	1.

	 	þ
	 	6 Year Graded:
	 	0-1 year-0%;
	 	2 years-20%;
	 	3 years-40%;
	 	4 years-60%;
	 	5 years-80%;
	 	6 years-100%
	 	2.

	 	o
	 	4 Year Graded:
	 	1 year-25%;
	 	2 years-50%;
	 	3 years-75%;
	 	4 years-100%	 	 	 	 
	 	3.

	 	o
	 	5 Year Graded:
	 	1 year-20%;
	 	2 years-40%;
	 	3 years-60%;
	 	4 years-80%;
	 	5 years-100%	 	 
	 	4.

	 	o
	 	3 Year Cliff:
	 	0-2 years-0%;
	 	3 years-100%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	5.

	 	o
	 	7 Year Graded:
	 	0-2 years-0%;
	 	3 years-20%;
	 	4 years-40%;
	 	5 years-60%;
	 	6 years-80%;
	 	7 years-100%
	 	6.

	 	o
	 	5 Year Cliff:
	 	0-4 years-0%;
	 	5 years-100%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	7.

	 	o
	 	
Other - Must be at least as liberal as either 5. or 6. above in each year without switching between the two schedules; or, if the following applies to any Employer matching contributions, as liberal as either 1. or 4. above in each year without switching between the two schedules:

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

7

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 
	Service	 	Percentage
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %

	 	 	Vesting for Employer Matching Contributions.

	 	g.	o 	 N/A. There are no Employer matching contributions subject to a vesting schedule.
	 
	 	h.	o  	The schedule in e. or f.1 — f.4 above shall also apply to Employer matching contributions.
	 
	 	i.	þ  	 100% vesting. Participants are 100% vested in Employer matching contributions upon entering
Plan. (Required if eligibility requirement is greater than 1 Year (or Period) of Service.)
	 
	 	j.	o  	 The following vesting schedule, based on a Participant’s Years of Service (or Periods of
Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected), applies to Employer matching contributions:

	 	1.	o  	6 Year Graded: 0-1 year-0%; 2 years-20%; 3 years-40%; 4 years-60%; 5
years-80%; 6 years-100%
	 
	 	2.	o  	4 Year Graded: 1 year-25%; 2 years-50%; 3 years-75%; 4 years-100%
	 
	 	3.	o  	5 Year Graded: 1 year-20%; 2 years-40%; 3 years-60%; 4 years-80%; 5
years-100%
	 
	 	4.	o  	3 Year Cliff: 0-2 years-0%; 3 years-100%
	 
	 	5.	o  	Other — Must be at least as liberal as either 1. or 4. above in each year
without switching between the two schedules:

	 	 	 
	Service	 	Percentage
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %

	20.	 	TOP-HEAVY VESTING (Plan Section 6.4(d))
If this Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan, the following vesting schedule, based on a
Participant’s Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time method is
selected) shall be as follows:

	 	a.	þ 	 N/A (the regular vesting schedule already satisfies one of the minimum top-heavy schedules).
	 
	 	b.	o  	 6 Year Graded: 0-1 year-0%; 2 years-20%; 3 years-40%; 4 years-60%; 5 years-80%; 6
years-100%
	 
	 	c.	o  	3 Year Cliff: 0-2 years-0%; 3 years-100%
	 
	 	d.	o  	Other — Must be at least as liberal as either b. or c. above in each year without
switching between the two schedules. (If a different top-heavy schedule applies to
different contribution sources, attach an addendum specifying the schedule that applies to
each source):

	 	 	 
	Service	 	Percentage
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                    %

	21.	 	EXCLUDED VESTING SERVICE

	 	a.	þ 	 No exclusions.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Service prior to the initial Effective Date of the Plan or a
predecessor plan.
	 
	 	c.	o  	Service prior to the computation period in which an Employee attains age
18.

	22.	 	VESTING FOR DEATH AND TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY
Regardless of the vesting schedule, Participants shall become fully Vested upon (select a.
or all that apply of b. and c.):

	 	a.	o 	 N/A. Apply vesting schedule, or all contributions to the Plan are fully Vested.
	 
	 	b.	þ  	Death.
	 
	 	c.	þ  	Total and Permanent Disability.

Ó 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

8

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

RETIREMENT AGES

	23.	 	NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE (“NRA”) (Plan Section 1.52) means the:

	 	a.	þ 	date of a Participant’s 65th birthday (not to exceed 65th).
	 
	 	b.	o  	later of a Participant’s                      birthday (not to exceed 65th) or the                      (not to exceed 5th)
anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which participation in the Plan commenced.

	24.	 	NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.53) means the:

	 	a.	þ 	 Participant’s NRA.

	 
	 	 	OR (select one)

	 	b.	o 	first day of the month coinciding with or next following the
Participant’s NRA.
	 
	 	c.	o  	first day of the month nearest the Participant’s NRA.
	 
	 	d.	o  	Anniversary Date coinciding with or next following the
Participant’s NRA.
	 
	 	e.	o  	Anniversary Date nearest the Participant’s NRA.

	25.	 	EARLY RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.21)

	 	a.	þ 	 N/A. No Early Retirement provision provided.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Early Retirement Date means the:

	 	1.	o  	date on which a Participant satisfies the Early
Retirement requirements.
	 
	 	2.	o 	 first day of the month coinciding with or next following
the date on which a Participant satisfies the Early Retirement requirements.
	 
	 	3.	o 	Anniversary Date coinciding with or next following the
date on which a Participant satisfies the Early Retirement requirements.

	 	 	 	AND, the Early Retirement requirements are:

	 	4.	o 	 Participant attains age                
     .

AND, completes (leave blank if not applicable)

	 	a.	o  	at least                
      Years (or Periods) of Service for vesting purposes.
	 
	 	b.	o 	at least                      Years (or Periods) of Service for eligibility
purposes.

	 	 	 	AND, shall a Participant become fully Vested upon attainment of the Early
Retirement Date?

	 	5.	o 	Yes.
	 
	 	6.	þ  	No.

COMPENSATION

	26.	 	COMPENSATION (Plan Section 1.14) with respect to any Participant
means:

	 	a.	þ 	 Wages, tips and other compensation on Form W-2.
	 
	 	b.	o  	Section 3401(a) wages (wages for withholding purposes).
	 
	 	c.	o  	415 safe harbor compensation.

	 	 	COMPENSATION shall be based on the following determination
period:

	 	d.	þ  	the Plan Year.
	 
	 	e.	o  	the Fiscal Year coinciding with or ending within the
Plan Year.
	 
	 	f.	o  	the calendar year coinciding with or ending within the
Plan Year.

	 	NOTE: 	 	The Limitation Year for Code Section 415 purposes shall be the same as the
determination period for Compensation unless an alternative period is specified:                      (must be a
consecutive twelve month period).

	 	 	ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPENSATION. Compensation shall be adjusted by (select all that apply):

	 	NOTE: 	 	Elective Deferrals include Roth Elective Deferrals, Matching includes QMACs, and
Nonelective Profit Sharing includes QNECs unless specified otherwise. ADP safe harbor
matching contributions are subject to the provisions for Employer matching contributions.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Nonelective	 	ADP
		 	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	 	 	 	Profit	 	Safe Harbor
		 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Sharing	 	Nonelective
		g.

	 	No Adjustments
	 	1. o OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	5. o
		 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		h.

	 	including Salary Deferrals (401(k), 125,
132(f), 403(b), SEP, 414(h) pickup, &
457)
	 	1. þ OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	5. o
		 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		i.

	 	excluding reimbursements or other
expense
allowances, fringe benefits (cash or
non-cash), moving expenses, deferred
	 	1. o OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	5. o

Ó 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

9

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	compensation (other than deferrals
specified in h. above) and welfare
benefits.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	j.

	 	excluding Compensation paid during the
determination period while not a
Participant in the component of the Plan
for which the definition applies.
	 	1. o OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	5. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	k.

	 	excluding Compensation paid during the
determination period while not a
Participant in any component of the Plan
for which the definition applies.
	 	1. o OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	5. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	l.

	 	excluding overtime
	 	1. o OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	5. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	m.

	 	excluding bonuses
	 	1. þ OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	5. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	n.

	 	excluding commissions
	 	1. o OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 	5. o

	o.	 	 Other:                     
	 
	 	 	(e.g., describe Compensation from the elections available above or a combination thereof
as to a Participant group (e.g., no exclusions as to Division A Employees and exclude
bonuses as to Division B Employees); and/or describe another exclusion (e.g., exclude
shift differential pay)).

	 	NOTE: 	 	Options l.4., m.4., n.4., or o.4. may not be selected if an integrated allocation
formula is selected (i.e., if 31.f. is selected). In addition, if l., m., n., or o. is
selected, the definition of Compensation could violate the nondiscrimination rules.
	 
	 	NOTE: 	 	If the post-severance compensation provisions of the proposed Code Section 415
regulations were used, complete Appendix A (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted
Elections).

CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

	27.	 	SALARY REDUCTION ARRANGEMENT — ELECTIVE DEFERRALS (Plan Section 12.2)

	 	A.	 	Deferral Limit. Each Participant may elect to have Compensation deferred by:

	 	a.	o 	 up to                     %.
	 
	 	b.	o  	from                     % to                     %.
	 	c.	þ  	up to the maximum amount allowed by law (i.e., Code Sections 402(g) and 415).

	 	B.	 	Additional deferral limits. Regardless of the above limits, the following apply (select
all that apply):

	 	d.	o  	 No additional limits.
	 
	 	e.	o  	 A Participant may make a separate election to defer up to                     % of any bonus.
	 
	 	f.	o  	 For Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees determined as of the beginning
of a Plan Year, then instead of 27.A applying, the deferral limit is (must be equal to or
lower than limit selected in 27.A):

	 	1.	o  	                    % of Compensation.
	 
	 	2.	o  	the percentage equal to the deferral limit in
effect under Code Section 402(g)(3) for the calendar year that begins with
or within the Plan Year divided by the annual compensation limit in effect
for the Plan Year under Code Section 401(a)(17).
	 
	 	3.	o 	other:                      (e.g., must be a specific limit that only
applies to some or all HCEs).

	 	C.	 	Catch-Up Contributions. May eligible Participants make Catch-Up Contributions?

	 	g.	o  	  No (skip to D. below)
	 
	 	h.	þ  	  Yes

	 
	 	AND, Catch-Up Contributions
	 
	 	1.	þ 	will be taken into account in applying any
matching contribution under the Plan.
	 
	 	2.	o  	will not be taken into account in applying any
matching contribution under the Plan (may not be selected if this Plan
provides for ADP safe harbor contributions).

	 	 	 	Special Effective Date. Is there a special effective date for the Catch-Up
Contribution provisions?

	 	3.	þ  	  No.
	 
	 	4.	o  	  Yes, the effective date of the Catch-Up
Contribution provisions is                      (enter special effective date or, if this is
an EGTRRA restatement, enter the date (not earlier than January 1, 2002)
when Catch-Up Contributions were first permitted).
	 
	 	AND, if the amount of Elective Deferrals that may be made to the Plan is
limited in A. and/or B. above, are Catch-Up Contributions aggregated with other
Elective Deferrals in applying such limits?

Ó 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

10

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	5.	þ  	 No or N/A. There are no limits or Catch-Up Contributions may be
made in addition to any imposed limits.
	 
	 	6.	o  	 Yes. (If selected, the limits in A. and/or B. must not be less
than 75% of Compensation.)

	 	D.	 	Roth Contributions. May Participants designate all or a portion of their Elective Deferrals as
Roth Elective Deferrals?

	 	i.	o  	No.
	 
	 	j.	þ 	Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	Special Effective Date. Is there a special effective date for the Roth Elective
Deferral provisions?

	 	1.	o 	 No.
	 
	 	2.	þ  	Yes, the effective date of the Roth Elective Deferral provisions
is August 1, 2007 (enter special effective date or, if this is an EGTRRA
restatement, enter the date (not earlier than January 1, 2006) when Roth Elective
Deferrals were first permitted).

	 	E.	 	Special Effective Date. Is there a special effective date for the salary deferral component of
the Plan?

	 	k.	þ  	 No.
	 	l.	o  	Yes, the effective date of the salary deferral component of the Plan is                      (enter month
day, year; may not be earlier than the date on which the Employer first adopts the salary deferral
component of the Plan).

	 	F.	 	Deferral Modifications. (Optional: the Administrator may adopt procedures that override any
elections in this section without a formal Plan amendment.)

	 	m.	o 	  PARTICIPANTS MAY commence salary deferrals on the effective date of participation and on                     
(must be at least once each calendar year).

	 	 	 	Participants may modify salary deferral elections:

	 	n.	o  	As of each payroll period
	 
	 	o.	o  	On the first day of each month
	 
	 	p.	o 	 On the first day of each Plan Year quarter
	 
	 	q.	o  	On the first day of the Plan Year or the first day of the 7th month of the
Plan Year
	 
	 	r.	þ  	Other: as directed by the Plan Administrator (must be at least once
each calendar year)

	 	G.	 	Automatic Deferral Provisions. Shall Participants who do not affirmatively elect to receive cash
or have a specified amount of Compensation contributed to the Plan automatically have Compensation
deferred?

	 	s.	þ 	 No
	 
	 	t.	o 	 Yes, subject to the following provisions:
	 
	 	 	 	Special Effective date of the automatic deferral provisions:

	 	1.	o 	 N/A. New Plan or provisions were in effect prior to this
restatement (skip to 3. below).
	 
	 	2.	o  	The provisions are
first effective as of:

	 	a.	o  	the date of this
restatement.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Other:                     

	 	 	 	Application to new Participants. The automatic deferral provisions apply to:

	 	c.	o  	 Employees who become Participants on or after the effective date of the
automatic deferral provisions.
	 
	 	d.	o  	 Participants who were hired on or after the effective date of the
automatic deferral provisions.

	 	 	 	Application to existing Participants. The automatic deferral provisions apply
to those Participants in the Plan as of the effective date of the automatic
deferral provisions in accordance with the following (select one):

	 	e.	o 	 All Participants. All Participants, regardless of any prior Salary Reduction Agreement.
	 
	 	f.	o  	Election of at least automatic deferral amount. All Participants, except
those who have a Salary Reduction Agreement in effect on the automatic deferral
provisions effective date, provided the Elective Deferral amount under the
Agreement is at least equal to the automatic deferral amount.
	 
	 	g.	o  	No existing Salary Reduction Agreement. All Participants, except those
who have a Salary Reduction Agreement in effect on the automatic deferral
provisions effective date (regardless of the Elective Deferral amount under
that Agreement).

	 	 	 	Type of Elective Deferral. The automatic deferral shall be a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral
unless selected below:

	 	3.	o  	The automatic deferral shall be a Roth Elective Deferral (may
only be selected if Roth Elective Deferrals are permitted at 27.D above).

	 	 	 	Initial automatic deferral amount. Each Participant who is subject to the automatic
deferral provisions will have Compensation deferred by the following amount unless
otherwise elected by the Participant:

	 	4.	o  	                     % of Compensation for each payroll period.
	 
	 	5.	o  	$                     for each payroll period.

Ó 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

11

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

Escalation of deferral amount.

6. o N/A (no escalation)

7. o The initial automatic deferral amount shall increase as elected below:

a. o ___% of Compensation per year up to a maximum of ___% of Compensation.

b. o $___   per year up to a maximum of $ ___.

c. o in accordance with the following schedule:

	 	 	 	 
	 	Plan Year of application to a Participant	 	Automatic Deferral Amount
	 	1 — 2

3

4

                        5 and thereafter
	 	3%

4%

5%

6%

d. o Other: _____

Timing of escalation. The escalation provision above shall apply as of:

e. o N/A (7.c. selected or entry at 7.d. includes timing
provision).

f. o Each anniversary of the Participant’s date of hire.

g. o Each anniversary of the Participant’s Entry Date.

h. o The first day of each Plan Year.

i. o The first day of each calendar year.

j. o Other: ___

	28.	 	SIMPLE 401(k) PLAN ELECTION (Plan Section 13.1)
Shall the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions of Article XIII apply?

	 	a.þ 	 	 No.
	 
	 	b. o	 	 Yes, the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions will apply. The Plan Year must be the calendar year and the Employer must
be an “eligible employer” as defined in Plan Section 13.1(b)(1). (If selected, then skip to
34).

	29.	 	401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS (Plan Section 12.8)
Will the ADP and/or ACP test safe harbor provisions be used? (select a., b., or c.)

	 	NOTE: 	 	If the Employer wants the discretion to determine whether the provisions will apply on
a year-by-year basis, then the Employer may either select 29.a. (No) OR 29.b. or 29.c. and
option 29.e.2.

	 	a. þ 	 	No. (If selected, skip to Question 30.)
	 
	 	b. o 	 	Yes, but only the ADP (and NOT the ACP) test safe harbor provisions will be used.
	 
	 	c. o	 	 Yes, both the ADP and ACP test safe harbor provisions will be used.

	 	 	 	IF c. is selected, does the Plan permit Employer matching contributions in addition
to any safe harbor contributions selected in d. or e. below?

	 	1. o	 	 No or N/A. Any Employer matching contributions, other than
any safe harbor matching contributions selected in d. below, will be suspended
in any Plan Year in which the safe harbor provisions are used.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 Yes, the Employer may make Employer matching contributions
in addition to any ADP test safe harbor matching contributions selected in d.
below. (If selected, complete the provisions of the Adoption Agreement relating
to Employer matching contributions (i.e., Question 30.) that will apply in addition to any selections made in d. below. Also, no allocation
conditions may be imposed at 30.F.)

THE EMPLOYER WILL MAKE THE FOLLOWING ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTION FOR THE PLAN YEAR:

	 	NOTE: 	 	The ACP test safe harbor is automatically satisfied if the only matching contribution
made to the Plan is either (1) a Basic Matching Contribution or (2) an Enhanced Matching
Contribution that does not provide a match on Elective Deferrals in excess of 6% of
Compensation.

	 	d. o	 	 Safe Harbor Matching Contribution (select 1. or 2. AND one from 3. — 6.)

	 	1. o	 	 Basic Matching Contribution. The Employer will make
matching contributions to the account of each “eligible Participant” in an amount equal to the sum of 100% of the amount
of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of the
Participant’s Compensation, plus 50% of the amount of the Participant’s
Elective Deferrals that exceed 3% of the Participant’s Compensation but do
not exceed 5% of the Participant’s Compensation.

	 	2. o	 	 Enhanced Matching Contribution. The Employer will make
matching contributions to the account of each “eligible Participant” in an
amount equal to the sum of:

	 	a. o	 	 ______% (may not be less than 100%) of the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals that do not exceed ______% (may not be less than 3%; if over 6% or if
left blank, the ACP test will still apply) of the Participant’s
Compensation, plus

	 	b. o	 	 ______% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed _____% of the
Participant’s Compensation but do not exceed _______% (if over 6% or if left
blank, the ACP test will still apply) of the Participant’s Compensation.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

12

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	NOTE: 	 	a. and b. must be completed so that, at any rate of Elective
Deferrals, the matching contribution is at least equal to what the matching
contribution would be if the Employer were making Basic Matching
Contributions (as defined in 29.d.1. above), but the rate of match cannot
increase as deferrals increase. For example, if a. is completed to provide a
match equal to 100% of deferrals up to 4% of Compensation, then b. need not
be completed.

	 	 	 	AND, the safe harbor matching contribution will be determined on the following basis
(and Compensation for such purpose will be based on the applicable period):

	 
	 	3. o	 	 the entire Plan Year.
	 
	 	4. o	 	 each payroll period.
	 
	 	5. o	 	 all payroll periods ending with or within each month.
	 
	 	6. o	 	 all payroll periods ending with or within each Plan Year quarter.

	 	e. o	 	 Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. (select one)

	 	1. o	 	 Fixed. The Employer will make a Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution to the account of each “eligible Participant” in an amount equal
to  _______% (may not be less than 3%) of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan
Year.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 Discretionary (“maybe”). The Employer may elect to make a
Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution after a Plan Year has commenced in
accordance with the provisions of Plan Section 12.8(h). If this option e.2. is
selected, the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution will be required only for a
Plan Year for which the Plan is amended to provide for such contribution and
the appropriate supplemental notice is provided to Participants.
	 
	 	3. o	 	 Other Plan. The Employer will make a Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contribution to another defined contribution plan maintained by the
Employer (specify the name of the other plan):                 .

	 	 	 	FOR PURPOSES OF THE ADP test safe harbor contribution, the term “eligible Participant” means
any Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals with the following exclusions:

	 	f. o	 	 N/A. No exclusions.
	 
	 	g. o	 	 Exclusions (select all that apply, if any):

	 	1. o	 	 Highly Compensated Employees.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 Employees who have not satisfied the greatest minimum age
and service conditions permitted under Code Section 410(a) (i.e., age 21 and 1
Year of Service), with the following deemed effective date of participation:

	 	a. o	 	 The first day of the Plan Year in which the requirements are met.
	 
	 	b. o	 	 Other: ___(no later than the earlier of (a) 6 months after such requirements are
satisfied, or (b) the first day of the first Plan Year after such requirements
are satisfied).

	 	3. o	 	 Other: ___(must be a Highly Compensated Employee or an
Employee who can be excluded under the permissive or mandatory disaggregation
rules of Regulations Sections 1.401(k)-1(b)(4) and 1.401(m)-1(b)(4)).

	 	 	 	SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATE OF ADP AND ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS

	 	h. o	 	 N/A.
	 
	 	i. o	 	 The ADP and ACP test safe harbor provisions are effective for Plan Years beginning on or after: ______
(enter the first day of the Plan Year for which the provisions are effective and, if
necessary, enter any other special effective dates that apply with respect to the
provisions).

	30.	 	EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 12.1(a)(2))

	 	NOTE: 	 	Regardless of any selection below, if the ACP test safe harbor is being used (i.e.,
Question 29.c. is selected), then the Plan automatically provides that only Elective
Deferrals up to 6% of Compensation are taken into account in applying the match set forth
below and that the maximum discretionary matching contribution that may be made on behalf of
any Participant is 4% of Compensation.
	 
	 	A.	 	Matching Formula.

	 	a. o	 	 N/A. There will not be any Employer matching
contributions (skip to Question 31.).
	 
	 	b. þ	 	 The Employer ... (select 1. or 2.)

	 	1. þ	 	 may make matching contributions equal to a
discretionary percentage, to be determined by the Employer, of the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 will make matching contributions equal to ______%
(e.g., 50) of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals, plus:

	 	a. o	 	 N/A.
	 
	 	b. o	 	 an additional matching contribution of a discretionary percentage, to be
determined by the Employer, but not to exceed ______% (leave blank if not
applicable) of Compensation.

	 	 	 	AND, in determining the Employer matching contribution above, only Elective
Deferrals up to the percentage or dollar amount specified below will be matched:
(select 3. and/or 4. OR 5.)

	 	3. o	 	                 % of a Participant’s Compensation.
	 
	 	4. o	 	 $______.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

13

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	5. þ 	 	a discretionary percentage of a Participant’s Compensation or a
discretionary dollar amount, the percentage or dollar amount to be determined by
the Employer on a uniform basis for all Participants.

	 	c. o	 	 The Employer may make matching contributions equal to a discretionary percentage, to be
determined by the Employer, of each tier, to be determined by the Employer, of the Participant’s
Elective Deferrals.
	 
	 	d. o	 	 The Employer will make matching contributions equal to a uniform
percentage of each tier of each Participant’s Elective Deferrals, determined as follows:

	 	   NOTE: 	 	Fill in only percentages or dollar amounts, but not both. If percentages are used,
each tier represents the amount of the Participant’s applicable contributions that
equals the specified percentage of the Participant’s Compensation (add additional tiers
if necessary):

	 	 	 
	Tiers of Contributions	 	 
	(indicate $ or %)	 	Matching Percentage
	First _____

Next _____

Next _____

Next _____
	 	____%

____%

____%

____%

	 	e. o	 	 The Employer will make matching contributions equal to a uniform percentage of each
Participant’s Elective Deferrals based on the Participant’s Years of Service (or Periods of
Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected), determined as follows (add additional tiers if
necessary):

	 	 	 
	Service	 	Matching Percentage
	___

___

___
	 	___%

___%

___%

	 	 	 	For purposes of the above matching contribution formula, a Year (or Period) of Service
means a Year (or Period) of Service for:

	 	1. o	 	 vesting purposes.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 eligibility purposes.

	 	NOTE: 	 	If c., d., or e. above is selected, the Plan may violate the Code Section 401(a)(4)
nondiscrimination requirements if the rate of Employer matching contributions increases as a
Participant’s Elective Deferrals or Years (or Periods) of Service increase.

	 	B.	 	Matching Limit. The Employer matching contribution made on behalf of any Participant for any
Plan Year will not exceed:

	 	f. þ	 	 N/A. No limit on the amount of matching contribution.
	 
	 	g. o	 	 $.______
	 
	 	h. o	 	 ______% of Compensation.

	 	C.	 	Period of Determination. The matching contribution formula will be applied on the following
basis (and any Compensation or dollar limitation used in determining the match will be based on the
applicable period):

	 	i. 	þ 	 the Plan Year.
	 
	 	j. 	o 	 each payroll period.
	 
	 	k. 	o 	 all payroll periods ending within each month.
	 
	 	l.  	o 	 all payroll periods ending with or within each
Plan Year quarter.
	 
	 	m.  	o 	 N/A, the Plan only provides for discretionary matching
contributions (i.e., b.1. or c. is selected above).

	 	NOTE: 	 	For any discretionary match, the Employer shall determine the calculation methodology at
the time the matching contribution formula is determined.

	 	D.	 	QMACs. Shall the Employer matching contributions be Qualified Matching Contributions?

	 	n. o	 	 Yes, ALL Employer matching contributions will be fully Vested, subject to restrictions on
withdrawals as set forth in the Plan and may be used in either the ADP or ACP test.
	 
	 	o.  þ	 	 No.

	 	E.	 	Additional Matching Contributions. Will there be matching contributions in addition to the above
(e.g., if there is a match made on a periodic basis as well as a match based on the end of the Plan
Year)?

	 	p. þ	 	 No.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

14

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	q. o	 	 Yes. Specify the additional matching contribution by attaching an addendum to the
Adoption Agreement that duplicates this entire Question 30.

	 	F.	 	Allocation Conditions. Select r. OR s. and all that apply of t., u., or v. Note: If the
ACP test safe harbor provision is used (Question 29.c.), no conditions (option r. below)
must be selected.

	 	r. o	 	 No conditions. All Participants share in the allocations regardless of service
completed during the Plan Year or employment status at the end of the Plan Year. (skip
to next Question.)
	 
	 	s. þ	 	 Conditions for Participants NOT employed at the end of the
Plan Year.

	 	1. o	 	 A Participant must complete more than _______(not to
exceed 500) Hours of Service (or _______ (not to exceed 3) months of service if
the Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	2. o	 	 A Participant must complete a Year of Service (or
Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected). (Could cause the
Plan to violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	3. þ 	 	Participants will NOT share in the allocations,
regardless of service. (Could cause the Plan to violate coverage
requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	4. o	 	 Participants will share in the allocations,
regardless of service.
	 
	 	5. o	 	 Other: _______(must be definitely determinable, not
subject to Employer discretion and may not require more than one Year of
Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is elected)).

	 	t. þ	 	 AND, Waiver of conditions for Participants NOT employed at the end of the Plan
Year. Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year due to the following
shall be eligible to share in the allocations regardless of the above conditions (select
all that apply):

	 	1. þ	 	 Death.
	 
	 	2.
þ	 	 Total and Permanent Disability.
	 
	 	3.
þ	 	 Early or Normal Retirement.

	 	u. þ	 	 Conditions for Participants employed at the end of the Plan Year. (Options 2. and
3. could cause the Plan to violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)

	 	1. þ	 	 No service requirement.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 A Participant must complete a Year of Service (or
Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	3. o	 	 A Participant must complete at least _______ (not to
exceed 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

	 	v. þ	 	 Code Section 410(b) fail-safe. If s.2. or 3. and/or u.2. or 3. is selected, shall
the Code Section 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions apply (Plan Section
12.3(f))?

	 	1. þ	 	 No or N/A.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 Yes, the Plan must satisfy the ratio percentage
test of Code Section 410(b).

	31.	 	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION (Plan Section 12.1(a)(3)) (d. may
be selected in addition to b. or c.)

	 	a. o	 	 N/A. No Employer Profit Sharing Contributions may be
made (other than top-heavy minimum contributions) (skip to Question 33.)
	 
	 	b. þ	 	 Discretionary
contribution, to be determined by the Employer.
	 
	 	c. o	 	 Fixed contribution equal to ___% of Compensation of Participants eligible to share in allocations.
	 
	 	d. o	 	 Prevailing Wage Contribution.
The Employer will make a Prevailing Wage Contribution on behalf of each Participant who performs services subject to the Service Contract Act, Davis-Bacon Act or
similar Federal, State, or Municipal Prevailing Wage statutes. The Prevailing Wage Contribution
shall be an amount equal to the balance of the fringe benefit payment for health and welfare for
each Participant (after deducting the cost of cash differential payments for the Participant) based
on the hourly contribution rate for the Participant’s employment classification, as designated on
Schedule A as attached to this Adoption Agreement. The Prevailing Wage Contribution shall not be
subject to any age or service requirements set forth in Question 15. nor to any service or
employment conditions set forth in Question 32. and will be 100% Vested.

	 	 	 	AND, is the Prevailing Wage Contribution considered a Qualified Nonelective
Contribution?

	 	1. o	 	 Yes.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 No.

	 	 	 	AND, shall the Prevailing Wage Contribution made on behalf of a Participant for a
Plan Year reduce (offset) other Employer contributions allocated or contributed on
behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year?

	 	3. o	 	 No, the Prevailing Wage Contribution will be in addition to
other Employer contributions.
	 
	 	4. o	 	 Yes, in accordance with the following: (1) if the
Prevailing Wage Contribution is a Qualified Nonelective Contribution as
selected above, then it will offset any ADP test safe harbor contribution, and
(2) if the Prevailing Wage Contribution is not a Qualified Nonelective
Contribution as selected above, then it will offset any other Employer
contributions under the Plan (other than any ADP test safe harbor
contributions).

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

15

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	AND, shall Highly Compensated Employees be excluded from receiving a Prevailing Wage
Contribution?

	 	5. o	 	 Yes.
	 
	 	6. o	 	 No.

	 	 	 	CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATIONS

	 	 	 	If b. or c. above is selected, the Employer profit sharing contribution for a Plan Year will be
allocated as follows:

	 	e. þ	 	 NON-INTEGRATED ALLOCATION

	 	1. þ	 	 In the same ratio as each Participant’s Compensation bears to the total
of such Compensation of all Participants.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 In the same dollar amount to all Participants (per capita).
	 
	 	3. o	 	 In the same dollar amount per Hour of Service completed by each
Participant.
	 
	 	4. o	 	 In the same proportion that each Participant’s points bears to the total of
such points of all Participants. A Participant’s points with respect to any Plan Year
shall be computed as follows (select all that apply):

	 	a. o	 	 _______ point(s) shall be
allocated for each Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is
selected). However, the maximum Years (or Periods) of Service taken into account shall
not exceed  _______ (leave blank if no limit on service applies).
	 
	 	b. o	 	 _______point(s) shall be allocated for each full $ _______ (may not exceed $200) of Compensation.
	 
	 	c. o	 	  _______point(s) shall be allocated for each year of age as of the end of the Plan Year.
	 
	 	AND, if 31.e.4.a. above is selected, Year of Service (or Period of Service if applicable), means:
	 
	 	d. o	 	 Service for eligibility purposes.
	 
	 	e. o	 	 Service for vesting purposes.

	 	f. o	 	 INTEGRATED (PERMITTED DISPARITY) ALLOCATION

In accordance with Plan Section 4.3(b)(2) based on a Participant’s Compensation in excess
of:

	 	1. o	 	 The Taxable Wage Base.
	 
	 	2. o	 	 _______% (not to exceed 100%) of the Taxable Wage Base. (see Note below)
	 
	 	3. o	 	 80% of the Taxable Wage Base plus $1.00.
	 
	 	4. o	 	 $           (not greater than the Taxable Wage Base). (see Note below)

	 	NOTE: 	 	The integration percentage of 5.7% shall be reduced to:
	 
	 	1.  	 	4.3% if 2. or 4. above is more than 20% and less than or equal
to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base.
	 
	 	2.  	 	5.4% if 3. is selected or if 2. or 4. above is more than 80% of
the Taxable Wage Base.

	 	g. o	 	 NON-SAFE HARBOR ALLOCATION METHODS

	 	1. o	 	 Grouping Method. Pursuant to Plan Section 4.3(b)(3)(vi), the
classifications are (select a. or b.):

	 	a. o	 	 Each Participant constitutes a separate classification.
	 
	 	b. o	 	 Participants will be divided into the following classifications
with the same allocation ratio (the classifications should be such that resulting
allocations are provided in a definite predetermined formula that complies with
Regulation Section 1.401-1(b)(1)(ii)):

	 	 	 	Classification A shall consist of: ___.
	 
	 	 	 	Classification B shall consist of: ___.
	 
	 	 	 	Classification C shall consist of: ___.
	 
	 	 	 	Classification D shall consist of: ___.
	 
	 	 	 	Additional Classifications: ___ (specify the classifications).

	 	NOTE: 	 	If a. or b. is selected, then the number of allocation rates must not exceed
the maximum allowable number of allocation rates permitted under Plan Section
4.3(b)(3)(vi). HCEs may each be in separate allocation groups. The grouping of
eligible NHCEs must be done in a reasonable manner and should reflect a reasonable
classification in accordance with Regulation Section 1.410(b)-4(b). In the case of Self-Employed Individuals (i.e., sole proprietors or
partners), the allocation method should not be such that a cash or deferred
election is created for a Self-Employed Individual as a result of
application of the allocation method.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

16

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	2. o	 	Age-Weighted Method. The Schedule of Age-Weighted Allocation Factors is set forth in attached Exhibit A
(which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of the Plan) and shall be based on the following
interest rate (if no selection is made, c. shall be deemed to have been selected):
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	a.   o 
	 	7.5% interest
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	b.   o 
	 	8.0% interest
	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	c.   o 
	 	8.5% interest

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	32.	 	REQUIREMENTS TO SHARE IN ALLOCATIONS OF EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION AND
FORFEITURES (select a. OR b. and all that apply of c., d., or e.)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	a.   o 	 	No conditions. All Participants share in the allocations regardless of service completed during the Plan Year or employment status at the end of the Plan Year. (skip to next Question.)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.   þ 	 	Conditions for Participants NOT employed at the end of the Plan Year.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	1.   o 
	 	A Participant must complete more
than                (not to exceed 500) Hours of Service (or
               (not to exceed 3) months of service if the Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	2.   o 
	 	A Participant must complete a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected). (Could cause the Plan to violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	3.   þ 
	 	Participants will NOT share in the allocations, regardless of service. (Could cause the Plan to violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	4.   o 
	 	Participants will share in the allocations, regardless of service.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	5.   o 
	 	Other:                      (must be definitely determinable, not subject to Employer discretion and may not require more than one Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is elected)).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	c.   þ 	 	AND, Waiver of conditions for Participants NOT employed at the end of the Plan Year. Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year due to the following shall be eligible to share in the allocations regardless of the above conditions (select all that apply):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	1.   þ 
	 	Death.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	2.   þ 
	 	Total and Permanent Disability.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	3.   þ 
	 	Early or Normal Retirement.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	d.   þ 	 	Conditions for Participants employed at the end of the Plan Year. (Options 2. and 3. could cause the Plan to violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	1.   þ 
	 	No service requirement.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	2.   o 
	 	A Participant must complete a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	3.   o 
	 	A Participant must complete at least                    (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	e.   þ 	 	Code Section 410(b) fail-safe. If b.2. or 3. and/or d.2. or 3. is selected, shall the Code Section 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions apply (Plan Section 4.3(m))?
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	1.   þ 
	 	No or N/A.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	2.   o 
	 	Yes, the Plan must satisfy the ratio percentage test of Code Section 410(b).

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	33.	 	FORFEITURES (Plan Sections 1.34 and 4.3(e))
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	A.	 	Timing of Forfeiture. Except as provided in Plan Section 1.34, a Forfeiture will occur (if no selection is made, b. will apply):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	a.   o 
	 	N/A. (May only be selected if all contributions are fully Vested; skip to Question 34.).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	b.   þ 
	 	As of the earlier of (1) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Former Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, or (2) the distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant’s Account.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	c.   o 
	 	As of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Former Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	AND, the Forfeiture will be disposed of in:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	d.   þ 
	 	The Plan Year in which the Forfeiture occurs.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	e.   o 
	 	The Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture occurs.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	B.	 	Plan Expenses. May Forfeitures first be used to pay any administrative expenses?
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	f.   o 
	 	Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	g.   þ 
	 	No.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	C.	 	Use of Forfeitures.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Forfeitures
attributable to amounts other than Employer matching
contributions will be:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	h.   o 
	 	added to any Employer discretionary contribution (e.g., matching or profit sharing) and allocated in the same manner.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	i.   þ 
	 	used to reduce any Employer contribution (e.g., matching, profit sharing or ADP test safe harbor contribution).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	j.   o 
	 	added to any Employer matching contribution and allocated as an additional matching contribution.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

17

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 

	k.

	 	o
	 	allocated to all Participants eligible to share in the allocations of profit sharing contributions or Forfeitures in the
same proportion that each Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the Compensation of all
Participants for such year.
	 	 	 	 	 
	l.

	 	o
	 	other: _______ (describe the treatment of Forfeitures in a manner that is definitely determinable and not subject to
Employer discretion; e.g., Forfeitures attributable to transferred balances from Plan X are allocated as additional
discretionary contributions only to former Plan X Participants).
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Forfeitures of Employer matching contributions will be:
	 	 	 	 	 
	m.

	 	o
	 	N/A. Same as above or no Employer matching contributions.
	 	 	 	 	 
	n.

	 	þ
	 	used to reduce the Employer matching contribution.
	 	 	 	 	 
	o.

	 	o
	 	added to any Employer matching contribution and allocated as an additional matching contribution.
	 	 	 	 	 
	p.

	 	o
	 	added to any Employer discretionary profit sharing contribution.
	 	 	 	 	 
	q.

	 	o
	 	used to reduce any Employer contribution (e.g., matching, profit sharing or ADP test safe harbor contribution).
	 	 	 	 	 
	r.

	 	o
	 	other: _______ (describe the treatment of Forfeitures in a manner that is definitely determinable and not subject to
Employer discretion; e.g., Forfeitures attributable to transferred balances from Plan X are allocated as additional
Discretionary contributions only to former Plan X Participants).

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	34.	 	ALLOCATION OF EARNINGS (Plan Section 4.3(c))
	 	 	Allocation of earnings with respect to amounts which are not subject to Participant investment direction and which are
contributed to the Plan after the previous Valuation Date will be determined:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	þ
	 	N/A. All assets in the Plan are subject to Participant investment direction.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	b.
	 	o
	 	by using a weighted average based on the amount of time that has passed between the date a contribution or distribution
is made and the prior Valuation Date.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	c.
	 	o
	 	by treating one-half of all such contributions as being a part of the Participant’s nonsegregated account balance as of the
previous Valuation Date.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	d.
	 	o
	 	by using the method specified in Plan Section 4.3(c) (balance forward method).
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	e.
	 	o
	 	other: _______ (must be a definite predetermined formula that is not based on Compensation, that
satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-4, and that is applied uniformly to all Participants).
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	35.	 	TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM ALLOCATION
	 	 	The minimum allocation requirements for any Top-Heavy Plan Year shall be applied (select one):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	þ
	 	Only to Non-Key Employee Participants.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	b.
	 	o
	 	To both Non-Key and Key Employee Participants.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	DISTRIBUTIONS
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	36.	 	FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Sections 6.5 and 6.6)
	 	 	Distributions under the Plan may be made in (select all that apply)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	þ
	 	Lump-sums.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	b.
	 	þ
	 	Substantially equal installments.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	c.
	 	o
	 	Partial withdrawals, provided the minimum withdrawal is $           (leave blank if no minimum).
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	d.
	 	o
	 	Partial withdrawals or installments are only permitted for required minimum distributions under Code Section 401(a)(9).
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	e.
	 	o
	 	Other: _______ (must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AND, pursuant to Plan Section 6.13, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
provisions:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	f.
	 	þ
	 	Do not apply. No annuities are allowed (Plan Section 6.13(b) will apply and the joint and survivor rules of Code
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 will not apply to the Plan). (skip to m. and n.)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	g.
	 	o
	 	Apply. Annuities are the normal form of distribution. Plan Section 6.13 will not apply and the joint and survivor rules
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 will automatically apply. The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity (minimum
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	spouse’s death benefit) will be equal to:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	1. o 100% of a Participant’s interest in the Plan.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	2. o 50% of a Participant’s interest in the Plan.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	3. o _______ % (may not be less than 50%) of a Participant’s interest in the Plan.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	h.
	 	o
	 	Apply if annuity is selected by Participant. Annuities are allowed but are not the normal form of distribution. Plan
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Section 6.13(c) will apply and the joint and survivor rules of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 will apply only if an annuity form of distribution is selected by a Participant.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AND, if g. or h. is selected, the normal form of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be a joint and 50% survivor annuity unless otherwise selected below:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	i.
	 	o
	 	N/A.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	j.
	 	o
	 	Joint and 100% survivor annuity.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	k.
	 	o
	 	Joint and 75% survivor annuity.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	l.
	 	o
	 	Joint and 66 2/3% survivor annuity.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

18

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	NOTE:
	 	If only a portion of the Plan assets may be distributed in an annuity form of payment, then select both f. AND g. and specify the assets that are subject to the joint and survivor annuity provisions:
                 (e.g., the money purchase pension plan that was merged into this Plan).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AND, distributions may be made in:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	m.
	 	o
	 	Cash only.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	n.
	 	o
	 	Cash only (except for insurance contracts, annuity contracts or Participant loans).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o.
	 	þ
	 	Cash or property, except that the following limitation(s) apply:
                (leave blank if there are no limitations on property distributions).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	37.	 	CONDITIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Distributions upon termination of
employment pursuant to Plan Section 6.4(a) will not be made unless the following conditions have been satisfied:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	A.	 	Accounts in excess of $5,000.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	þ

	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible following termination of employment.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	b.
	 	o

	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant has incurred 1-Year Break(s) in Service (or Period(s) of Severance if the Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	c.
	 	o
	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the last day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following termination of employment.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	d.
	 	o
	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the last day of the Plan Year quarter coincident with or next following termination of employment.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	e.
	 	o
	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the Valuation Date coincident with or next following termination of employment.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	f.
	 	o
	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after
                 months have elapsed following termination of employment.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	g.
	 	o
	 	No distributions may be made until a Participant has reached Early or Normal Retirement Date.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	h.
	 	o
	 	Other:                 (must be objective conditions which are ascertainable and are not subject to Employer discretion except as otherwise permitted in Regulation Section 1.411(d)-4 and may not exceed the limits of Code Section 401(a)(14) as set forth in Plan Section 6.7).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	B.	 	Accounts of $5,000 or less.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	i.
	 	þ

	 	Same as above.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	j.
	 	o
	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible following termination of employment.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	k.
	 	o
	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant has incurred 1-Year Break(s) in Service (or Period(s) of Severance if the Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	l.
	 	o
	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the last day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following termination of employment.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	m.
	 	o
	 	Other:                (must be objective conditions which are ascertainable and are not subject to Employer discretion except as otherwise permitted in Regulation Section 1.411(d)-4 and may not exceed the limits of Code Section 401(a)(14) as set forth in Plan Section 6.7).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	C.	 	Participant consent (i.e., involuntary cash-outs). Should vested account balances less than a certain dollar threshold be automatically distributed without Participant consent (mandatory distributions)?
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	NOTE:
	 	The Plan provides that distributions of amounts of $5,000 or less do not require spousal consent and are only paid as lump-sums.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	NOTE:
	 	If this is an EGTRRA restatement and there are special effective dates for the Participant consent provisions, complete n. or o. based on the current Plan provisions and complete q. or r. below.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	n.
	 	o
	 	No, Participant consent is required for all distributions.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	o.
	 	þ

	 	Yes, Participant consent is required only if the distribution is over:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	1.   þ   $5,000
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	2.   o   $1000
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	3.   o   $   
               (less than $1,000)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	NOTE: If 2. or 3. is selected, rollovers will be included in determining the threshold for Participant consent.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AND, if this is an EGTRRA restatement, the following apply:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	p.
	 	o
	 	N/A. Not an EGTRRA restatement.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	q.
	 	o
	 	Provisions above at n. or o. apply to distributions made on or after March 28, 2005.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

19

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	r.   o  
	Provisions above at n. or o. are effective for distributions made on or after
               (enter a date later than March 28, 2005). The following applies to distributions prior to such date but after March 28, 2005:
	 
	 

	 	 	 	1.   o 
	 	No mandatory distributions.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	2.   o 
	 	Participant consent is required only if the distribution is over:
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	a.   o  $5,000
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	b.   o  $1,000
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	c.   o 
$              (less than $1,000)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	D.	 	Exclusion of rollovers in determination of $5,000 threshold. In determining the $5,000 threshold (or other dollar threshold in C. above) for the timing of distributions, form of distributions, or consent rules, effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, rollover contributions will be:
	 
	 

	 	 	 	s.   o 
	 	included.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	t.   þ 
	 	excluded.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	38.	 	DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH (Plan Section 6.8(b)(2))
	 
	 	 	Distributions upon the death of a Participant prior to receiving any benefits shall:
	 
	 

	 	a.   o 
	 	be made pursuant to the election of the Participant or Beneficiary.
	 
	 

	 	b.   þ 
	 	begin within 1 year of death for a designated Beneficiary and be payable over the life (or over a period not exceeding the
 life expectancy) of such Beneficiary, except that if the Beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, begin prior to December 31st of the year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.
	 
	 

	 	c.   o 
	 	be made within 5 (or if lesser               ) years of death for all Beneficiaries.
	 
	 

	 	d.   o 
	 	be made within 5 (or if lesser               ) years of death for all Beneficiaries, except that if the Beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, begin prior to December 31st of the year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2 and be payable over the life (or over a period not exceeding the life expectancy) of such surviving spouse.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	39.	 	HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Sections 6.12 and/or 12.9)
	 
	 	 	a.   o 	 	Hardship distributions are NOT permitted.
	 
	 	 	b.   þ 	 	Hardship distributions are permitted from the following Participant Accounts:
	 
	 

	 	 	 	1.   o 
	 	All Accounts.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	2.   þ 
	 	Only from the following Accounts (select all that apply):
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	a.   þ  Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	b.   þ  Roth Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	c.   o   Account(s) attributable to Employer matching contributions.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	d.   o   Account attributable to Employer profit sharing contributions.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	e.   o   Rollover Account.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	f.    o  Transfer Account.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	g.   o   Other:              
 (specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	NOTE:	 	Distributions from a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account are limited to the portion of such account attributable to such Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and earnings attributable thereto up to December 31, 1988).
Hardship distributions are NOT permitted from a Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account (including any 401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions) or Qualified Matching Contribution Account.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AND, shall the safe harbor hardship rules of Plan Section 12.9 apply to hardship distributions made from all Accounts?
	 	 	(NOTE: The safe harbor hardship rules automatically apply to hardship distributions of Elective Deferrals.)
	 
	 	 	3.   o  	 	No or N/A. The provisions of Plan Section 6.12 apply to hardship distributions from all Accounts other than a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	 	4.   þ 	 	Yes. The provisions of Plan Section 12.9 apply to all hardship distributions.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AND, the following limitations apply to hardship distributions:
	 
	 	 	5.   o  	 	N/A. No additional limitations.
	 
	 	 	6.   þ 	 	Additional limitations (select all that apply):
	 
	 

	 	 	 	a.   o  
	 	The minimum amount of a distribution is $               
(may not exceed $1,000).
	 
	 

	 	 	 	b.   o  
	 	No more than               distribution(s) may be made to a Participant during a Plan Year.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	c.   þ 
	 	Distributions may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	d.   o  
	 	A Participant does not include a former Employee at the time of the hardship distribution.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	e.   o  
	 	Hardship distributions may be made subject to the following provisions:              
 (must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	40.	 	IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 6.11)
	 
	 	 	a.   o  	 	In-service distributions are NOT permitted (except as otherwise selected for Hardship Distributions).
	 
	 	 	b.   þ 	 	In-service distributions may be made to a Participant who has not separated from service provided any of the following conditions have been satisfied (select all that apply):
	 
	 

	 	 	 	1.   þ 
	 	the Participant has attained age 59 1/2.
	 
	 

	 	 	 	2.   o  
	 	the Participant has reached Normal Retirement Age.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

20

 

Non-Standardized
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	3.	o 	 the Participant has been a Participant in the Plan for at least 
     
     
     
  years (may not be less than five (5)).

	 	4.	o 	 the amounts being distributed have accumulated in the
Plan for at least 2 years.

	 	NOTE:  	 	Distributions from a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching
Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account (including 401(k) safe
harbor contributions) are subject to restrictions and generally may not be distributed
prior to age 59 1/2.
	 
	 	 	 	AND, in-service distributions are permitted from the following Participant
Accounts:

	 	5.	þ 	 All Accounts.

	 	6.	o 	 Only from the following Accounts (select all that apply):

	 	a.	o 	 Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Roth Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	c.	o 	 Account(s) attributable to Employer matching contributions (includes safe harbor match).
	 
	 	d.	o 	 Account attributable to Employer profit sharing contributions.
	 
	 	e.	o 	 Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account (includes safe harbor nonelective).
	 
	 	f.	o 	 Rollover Account.
	 
	 	g.	o 	 Transfer Account.
	 
	 	h.	o 	 Other:                     (specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).

	 	 	 	 AND, the following limitations apply to in-service distributions:

	 	7.	o 	 N/A. No additional limitations.
	 
	 	8.	þ 	 Additional limitations (select all that apply):

	 	a.	o 	 The minimum amount of a distribution is $                     (may not exceed $1,000).
	 
	 	b.	o 	 No more than                      distribution(s) may be made to a Participant during a Plan Year.
	 
	 	c.	þ 	 Distributions may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested.
	 
	 	d.	þ 	 Distributions from the Roth Elective Deferral Account (40.b.5. or b.6.b.
selected), may only be made if the distribution is a “qualified distribution.”
	 
	 	e.	o 	 In-service distributions may be made subject to the following
provisions:                      (must be definitely determinable and not subject to discretion).

NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING

	41.		HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE (Plan Section 1.38)

The top-paid group election and the calendar year data election are not used unless
selected below (the selections made for the latest year will continue to apply to
subsequent Plan Years unless the Plan is amended):

	 	a.	o 	 The Top-Paid Group Election will be used for Plan Years beginning on or after                     .
	 
	 	b.	o 	 The Calendar Year Data Election will be used for Plan Years beginning on or after                     .

	42.		ADP AND ACP TESTS (Plan Sections 12.4 and 12.6)

	 	  NOTE: 	 	The selections made below for the latest year will continue to apply to subsequent
Plan Years unless the Plan is amended.

	 	A.	 	ADP Test. The ADP ratio for Nonhighly Compensated Employees will be based on the
following:

	 	a.	o 	 N/A. This Plan satisfies the ADP test safe harbor rules for all
Participants for all Plan Years to which this Plan applies.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Prior Year Testing
Method. The prior year ratio will be used for Plan Years beginning on or after                     . If this
selection is made for the first year the Code Section 401(k) feature is added to this Plan
(unless this Plan is a successor plan), then for the first Plan Year only, the amount taken
into account as the ADP of Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year will
be:

	 	1.	o 	 N/A. (Effective date of prior year testing is
after effective date of Code Section 401(k) feature.)
	 
	 	2.	o 	 3%.
	 
	 	3.	o 	 the actual percentage for the initial Plan Year. 

	 	c.	þ 	  Current Year
Testing Method. The current year ratio will be used for Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 2009. 

	 	B.	 	ACP Test. The ACP ratio for Nonhighly Compensated Employees will be based on the
following:

	 	d.	o 	 N/A. This Plan satisfies the ACP test safe harbor rules for all
Participants for all Plan Years to which this Plan applies.
	 
	 	e.	o 	 Prior Year Testing
Method. The prior year ratio will be used for Plan Years beginning on or after                     . If this
selection is made for the first year the Code Section 401(m) feature is added to this Plan
(unless this Plan is a successor plan), then for the first Plan Year only, the amount taken
into account as the ACP of Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year will
be:

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

21

 

Non-Standardized
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	1.	o 	 N/A. (Effective date of prior year testing is
after effective date of Code Section 401(m) feature.)
	 
	 	2.	o 	 3%.
	 
	 	3.	o 	 the actual percentage for the initial Plan Year.

	 	f.	þ 	 Current Year
Testing Method. The current year ratio will be used for Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 2009.

MISCELLANEOUS

	43.		LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 7.6)

	 	a.	o 	 Loans are NOT permitted.
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 Loans are
permitted.

	44.		DIRECTED INVESTMENTS (Plan Section 4.10)

	 	a.	o 	
Participant directed investments are NOT permitted.
	 
	 	b.	þ 	
Participant directed investments are permitted for:

	 	1.	þ 	 All Accounts.
	 
	 	2.	o 	 The following Participant Accounts (select all that
apply):

	 	a.	o 	 Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Roth Elective
Deferral Account.
	 
	 	c.	o 	 Account(s) attributable to Employer matching
contributions (includes safe harbor match).
	 
	 	d.	o 	 Account attributable to
Employer profit sharing contributions.
	 
	 	e.	o 	 Qualified Nonelective
Contribution Account (includes safe harbor nonelective).
	 
	 	f.	o 	 Rollover
Account.
	 
	 	g.	o 	 Transfer Account.
	 
	 	h.	o 	 Voluntary Contribution Account.
	 
	 	i.	o 	 Other:                      (specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is definitely
determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).

	 	 	 	AND, is it intended that the Plan comply with ERISA Section 404(c) with respect to
the accounts subject to Participant investment direction?

	 	3.	o 	 No.
	 
	 	4.	þ 	 Yes.

	45.		ROLLOVERS (Plan Section 4.6)

	 	a.	o 	 Rollovers will NOT be accepted by this Plan.
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 Rollovers will be accepted by this Plan, subject to approval by the
Administrator.

	 	 	 	AND, if b. is selected, rollovers may be accepted from all Participants who are
Employees as well as the following (select all that apply):

	 	1.	þ 	 Eligible Employees who are not Participants.
	 
	 	2.	o 	 Participants who are Former Employees.

	 	 	 	AND, distributions from a Participant’s Rollover Account may be made:

	 	3.	þ 	 at any time.
	 
	 	4.	o 	 only when the Participant is otherwise entitled to a
distribution under the Plan.

	46.		AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 4.8)

	 	a.	þ 	
After-tax voluntary Employee contributions are NOT permitted.
	 
	 	b.	o 	
After-tax voluntary Employee contributions are permitted.

EGTRRA TRANSITION RULES

	 	 	The following questions only apply if this is an EGTRRA restatement (i.e., Question 6.c. is
selected). If this is not an EGTRRA restatement, then this Plan will not be considered an
individually designed plan merely because the following questions are deleted from the
Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	 	NOTE: The following provisions are designed to be left unanswered if the selections do not
apply to the Plan.

	47.		MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. The Code Section 401(a)(9) Final and Temporary Treasury Regulations
apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with
the 2002 calendar year unless otherwise selected below (leave blank if not applicable):

	 	a.	o 	
Apply the 2001 Proposed Code Section 401(a)(9) Regulations to all minimum distributions for the
2002 distribution calendar year.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

22

 

Non-Standardized
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	b.	o 	 Apply the 1987 Proposed Code Section 401(a)(9) Regulations to all minimum
distributions for the 2002 distribution calendar year.
	 
	 	c.	o 	 Other:                      (specify the date the
Final and Temporary Regulations were first applied; e.g., the Final and Temporary
Regulations only apply to distributions for the 2002 distribution calendar year that are
made on or after a specified date within 2002 or the Plan’s initial Effective Date if
later).

	 	 	Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2001 were made in accordance with Code
Section 401(a)(9) and the 1987 Proposed Regulations, unless selected below:

	 	d.	o 	 Required
minimum distributions for 2001 were made pursuant to the proposed Regulations under Code
Section 401(a)(9) published in the Federal Register on January 17, 2001 (the “2001 Proposed
Regulations”).

	48.		EXCLUSION OF ROLLOVERS. If rollovers are excluded in determining whether the mandatory
distribution threshold (e.g., $5,000) is met for the timing of distributions, form of
distributions, or consent rules, then such provision is effective for distributions made after
December 31, 2001, unless an alternative effective date is selected below (leave blank if not
applicable):

	 	a.	o 	 Rollover contributions will be excluded only with respect to distributions made
after                                         . (Enter a date no earlier than December 31, 2001 or the Plan’s initial Effective Date if
later.)
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Rollover contributions will only be excluded with respect to Participants who
separated from service after                                         . (Enter a date. The date may be earlier than December 31, 2001.)

	49.		VESTING SCHEDULE FOR EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The vesting schedule set forth herein for
Employer matching contributions will apply to all Employer matching contributions subject
to a vesting schedule unless selected below (leave blank if not applicable):

	 	a.	o 	 The
vesting schedule will only apply to Employer matching contributions made in Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2001 (the prior schedule will apply to Employer matching
contributions made in prior Plan Years). The prior vesting schedule is                      (enter the vesting
schedule that applied prior to January 1, 2002; such schedule must satisfy 5-year cliff or
7-year graded and must provide for a top-heavy minimum schedule).

	50.		SUSPENSION PERIOD DUE TO HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Plan provides for hardship
distributions upon satisfaction of the safe harbor standards, then the reduction from 12 months to
6 months following a hardship distribution applies to hardship distributions made after December
31, 2001 unless otherwise selected below (leave blank if not applicable).

	 	a.	o 	 With regard to
hardship distributions made during 2001, a Participant was prohibited from making Elective
Deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans until the later of January 1,
2002, or 6 months after receipt of the distribution.

	51.		FINAL 401(k)/401(m) REGULATIONS. The provisions of the final Regulations under Code Sections
401(k) and 401(m) apply to the Plan with respect to the first Plan Year beginning after December
31, 2005 unless an earlier Plan Year is otherwise selected below (leave blank if not applicable).

	 	a.	o 	 The final Regulations are effective for Plan Years beginning on or after                      (may not be
earlier than the first day of the Plan Year that ends after December 29, 2004).

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

23

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

The adopting Employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as
evidence that the Plan is qualified under Code Section 401 only to the extent provided in Rev.
Proc. 2005-16.

The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to
certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect
to the Plan and in Rev. Proc. 2005-16. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with
respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to
Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with basic Plan document #01. This Adoption
Agreement and the basic Plan document shall together be known as Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois
Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan #003.

The adoption of this Plan, its qualification by the IRS, and the related tax consequences are the
responsibility of the Employer and its independent tax and legal advisors.

Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois will notify the Employer of any amendments made to the Plan or
of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan. Furthermore, in order to be eligible to receive
such notification, the Employer agrees to notify Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois of any change
in address.

This Plan may not be used, and shall not be deemed to be a Prototype Plan, unless an authorized
representative of Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois has acknowledged the use of the Plan. Such
acknowledgment is for administerial purposes only. It acknowledges that the Employer is using the
Plan but does not represent that this Plan, including the choices selected on the Adoption
Agreement, has been reviewed by a representative of the sponsor or constitutes a qualified
retirement plan.

Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

	 	 	 	 	 

	By:

	 	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

With regard to any questions regarding the provisions of the Plan, adoption of the Plan, or the
effect of an opinion letter from the IRS, call or write (this information must be completed by the
sponsor of this Plan or its designated representative):

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	Name:

	 	Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	456 Fulton Street, Suite 345	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Peoria
	 	Illinois
	 	 	61602	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Telephone:

	 	(309) 671-4200	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 

The Employer and Trustee (or Insurer) hereby cause this Plan to be executed on the
date(s) specified below:

EMPLOYER: Wintrust Financial Corp.

	 	 	 	 	 

	By:

	 	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	DATE SIGNED

TRUSTEE (OR INSURER):

þ The signature of the Trustee or Insurer appears on a separate agreement or Contract,

OR

	 	 	 

	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 
	TRUSTEE OR INSURER

	 	DATE SIGNED

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

24

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

APPENDIX A

SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES AND OTHER PERMITTED ELECTIONS

	A.	 	Special effective dates. The following special effective dates apply: (Select a. or all that
apply at b. — f.)

	 	a. þ	 	N/A. No special effective dates selected below.
	 
	 	b. o	 	Employer Matching Contributions. The Employer Matching Contribution provisions under
Question 30. are effective:                     .
	 
	 	c. o	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. The Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
provisions under Questions 31. and 32. are effective:                     .
	 
	 	d. o	 	Distribution elections. The distribution elections under Questions                      (Choose 36. — 40.
as applicable) are effective:                     .
	 
	 	e. o	 	401(k) current/prior year testing. The current/prior year testing elections under
Question 42. are effective:                     .
	 
	 	f. o	 	Other special effective date(s):                     . For periods prior to the above-specified special
effective date(s), the Plan terms in effect prior to its restatement under this Adoption
Agreement will control for purposes of the designated provisions. A special effective date may
not result in the delay of a Plan provision beyond the permissible effective date under any
applicable law.

	B.	 	Other Permitted Elections. Select a. or any of the following elections that apply at b. — o.:

	 	a. o	 	N/A. No other elections selected below.
	 
	 	b. o	 	Deemed 125 compensation (Plan Sections 1.14 and 1.37). Deemed 125 compensation shall be
included in Compensation and 415 Compensation effective as of Plan Years and Limitation Years
beginning on or after                      (insert the later of January 1, 1998, or the first day of the first
Plan Year the Plan used this definition).
	 
	 	c. o	 	Reemployed after 1-Year Break in Service (“rule of parity” provisions) (Plan Section
3.5(d)). The “rule of parity” provisions in Plan Section 3.5(d) shall not apply for (select one
or both):

	 	  1. o	 	Eligibility purposes.
	 
	 	  2. o	 	Vesting purposes.

	 	d. o	 	Matching contributions not used to satisfy top-heavy contribution (Plan Section 4.3(j)).
Employer matching contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the
minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan.
	 
	 	e. o	 	Beneficiary if no beneficiary elected by Participant (Plan Section 6.2(e)). In the event
no valid designation of Beneficiary exists, then in lieu of the order set forth in Plan Section
6.2(e), the following order of priority will be used:                      (specify an order of beneficiaries;
e.g., children per stirpes, parents, and then step-children).
	 
	 	f. o	 	Distribution from partially Vested account (Plan Section 6.5(h)). In lieu of the formula
set forth in Plan Section 6.5(h), a separate account shall be established for the Participant’s
interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and at any relevant time the
Participant’s Vested portion of the separate account will be equal to an amount determined as
follows: P (AB plus (R x D)) - (R x D) where R is the ratio of the account balance at the
relevant time to the account balance after distribution and the other terms have the same
meaning as in Plan Section 6.5(h).
	 
	 	g. þ	 	Common, collective or pooled trust funds (Plan Sections 7.2(c)(5) and/or 7.3(b)(6)). The
name(s) of the common, collective or pooled trust funds available under the Plan is (are):
MetLife Stable Value Fund.
	 
	 	h. o	 	411(d)(6) protected benefits (Plan Section 8.1(b)). The following are Code Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits that are preserved under this Plan:                           (specify the protected
benefits and the accrued benefits that are subject to the protected benefits).
	 
	 	i. o	 	415 Limits when 2 defined contribution plans are maintained (Plan Section 4.4). If any
Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the
Employer, other than a “master or prototype plan,” or if the Employer maintains a welfare
benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), or an individual medical account, as defined
in Code Section 415(l)(2), under which amounts are treated as “annual additions” with respect
to any Participant in this Plan, then the provisions of Plan Section 4.4(b) will apply as if
the other plan were a “master or prototype plan” unless otherwise specified below:

	 	   1. o	 	Specify, in a manner that precludes Employer discretion, the
method under which the plans will limit total “annual additions” to the “maximum
permissible amount” and will properly reduce any “excess amounts”:                      .

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

1

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	j. þ	 	Top-heavy duplications when 2 defined contribution plans are maintained (Plan Section
4.3(f)). When a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in this Plan and another defined contribution
plan maintained by the Employer, indicate which method shall be utilized to avoid duplication of
top-heavy minimum benefits:

	 	    1. þ	 	N/A. The Employer does not maintain another qualified defined
contribution plan.
	 
	 	    2. o	 	The full top-heavy minimum will be provided in each plan.
	 
	 	    3. o	 	A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 3% of each Non-Key Employee’s
415 Compensation shall be provided in the Money Purchase Plan (or other plan subject
to Code Section 412).
	 
	 	    4. o	 	Specify the method under which the Plans will provide top-heavy minimum
benefits for Non-Key Employees that will preclude Employer discretion and avoid
inadvertent omissions, including any adjustments required under Code Section 415:                                                                                 .
	 
	 	     NOTE: 	 	If 3. or 4. is selected and both plans do not benefit the same Participants, then the
uniformity requirement of the Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4) may be violated.

	 	k. þ	 	Top-heavy duplications when a defined benefit plan is maintained (Plan Section 4.3(i)). When
a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in this Plan and a non-frozen defined benefit plan maintained
by the Employer, indicate which method shall be utilized to avoid duplication of top-heavy minimum
benefits: (If 2., 3., 4., or 5. is selected, 6. must be completed.)

	 	    1. þ	 	N/A.
	 
	 	    2. o	 	The full top-heavy minimum will be provided in each plan (if selected,
Plan Section 4.3(i) shall not apply).
	 
	 	    3. o	 	5% defined contribution minimum.
	 
	 	    4. o	 	2% defined benefit minimum.
	 
	 	    5. o	 	Specify the method under which the Plans will provide top-heavy minimum
benefits for Non-Key Employees that will preclude Employer discretion and avoid
inadvertent omissions:                                         .
	 
	 	    NOTE:	 	If 3., 4., or 5. is selected and the defined benefit plan and this Plan do not
benefit the same Participants, the uniformity requirement of the Regulations under Code
Section 401(a)(4) may be violated.
	 
	 	    AND, 	 	the “present value” (Plan Section 9.2) for top-heavy purposes shall be based on:
	 
	 	    6. o	 	Interest Rate:                                                                                 
	 
	 	 	 	Mortality Table:                                                                            
	 
	 	    7. o	 	The interest rate and mortality table specified to determine “present
value” for top-heavy purposes in the defined benefit plan.

	 	l. o	 	Recognition of Service with other employers (Plan Sections 1.60 and 1.85). Service with the
following employers (in addition to those specified at Question 17.) will be recognized as follows:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Contribution
		 	 	 	 	 	 	Eligibility	 	Vesting	 	Allocation
		1. o
	 	Employer name: 
	 	 	o	 	 	 	o	 	 	 	o	 
		2. o
	 	Employer name: 
	 	 	o	 	 	 	o	 	 	 	o	 
		3. o
	 	Employer name: 
	 	 	o	 	 	 	o	 	 	 	o	 
		4. o
	 	Limitations: 
	 	 	o	 	 	 	o	 	 	 	o	 

	 	 	 	(e.g., credit service with X only on/following 1/1/07 or credit all service with
entities the Employer acquires after 12/31/06).

	 	m. o	 	Post-severance Compensation (Code Section 415) (Plan Section 1.14(e)). The post-severance
Compensation provisions of the Proposed 415 Regulations shall apply to this Plan for Limitation
Years and Plan Years beginning prior to July 1, 2007 and on or after                                          (may not be earlier than
2005). Specify any special rules that apply to the application of the Proposed 415 Regulations
(e.g., whether the Regulations apply solely for 415 Compensation or for Compensation used for
benefit or allocation purposes)                                                             .
	 
	 	n. o	 	Pre-amendment vesting schedule (Plan Section 6.4(g)). The vesting schedule has been amended
to a less favorable schedule and the following schedule applies to Participants who elected,
pursuant to Plan Section 6.4(g), to continue vesting under the pre-amendment schedule (may only
enter the vesting schedule in the Plan prior to the amendment):

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

2

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Service	 	 	Percentage	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	o. o	 	Minimum distribution transitional rules (Plan Section 6.8(e)(5)).

	 
	 	NOTE:	 	This Section does not apply to (1) a new Plan or (2) an amendment or restatement
of an existing Plan that never contained the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9) as in
effect prior to the amendments made by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996
(SBJPA).
	 
	 	  The “required beginning date” for a Participant who is not a “five percent (5%) owner”
is:

	 	1. o	 	April 1st of the calendar year following the year in which the
Participant attains age 70 1/2. (The pre-SBJPA rules continue to apply.)
	 
	 	2. o	 	April 1st of the calendar year following the later of the year in
which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or retires (the post-SBJPA rules), with
the following exceptions (select one or both and if no election is made, both will
apply effective as of January 1, 1996):

	 	a. o	 	A Participant who was already receiving required minimum
distributions under the pre-SBJPA rules as of                                                              (not earlier than January 1, 1996)
was allowed to stop receiving distributions and have them recommence in accordance
with the post-SBJPA rules. Upon the recommencement of distributions, if the Plan
permits annuities as a form of distribution then the following apply:

	 	1. o	 	N/A. Annuity distributions are
not permitted.
	 
	 	2. o	 	Upon the recommencement of
distributions, the original Annuity Starting Date will be
retained.
	 
	 	3. o	 	Upon the recommencement of distributions, a new Annuity Starting
Date is created.

	 	b. o	 	A Participant who had not begun receiving required minimum
distributions as of                                    (not earlier than January 1, 1996) was allowed to defer
commencement of distributions until retirement. The option to defer the
commencement of distributions applied to all such Participants unless elected
below:

	 	1. o	 	The in-service distribution
option was eliminated with respect to Participants who attained
age 70 1/2 in or after the calendar year that began after the
later of (1) December 31, 1998, or (2) the adoption date of the
amendment and restatement to bring the Plan into compliance with
SBJPA.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

3

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

APPENDIX B

ADMINISTRATIVE ELECTIONS

The following are optional administrative provisions. The Administrator may implement procedures
that override any elections in this section without a formal Plan amendment. In addition,
modifications to this Appendix B will not affect an Employer’s reliance on an IRS opinion letter or
determination letter.

	A.	 	Loan Limitations. Note: the separate loan program required by the DOL will override any
inconsistent selections made below. (complete only if loans to Participants are permitted)

	 	a.	o 	 N/A. No loan limitations selected below.
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 Limitations (select all that apply):

	 	1.	þ 	 Loans will be treated as Participant directed
investments.
	 
	 	2.	o 	 Loans will only be made for hardship or financial
necessity (as defined in the loan program).
	 
	 	3.	þ 	 The minimum loan will be $1,000 (may not exceed $1,000).
	 
	 	4.	þ 	 A Participant may only have 2 (e.g., one (1)) loan(s)
outstanding at any time.
	 
	 	5.	þ 	 All outstanding loan balances will become due and payable
in their entirety upon the occurrence of a distributable event (other than
satisfaction of the conditions for an in-service distribution (including a
hardship distribution), if applicable).
	 
	 	6.	þ 	 Loans are repaid by (if left blank,
then payroll deduction applies):

	 	a.	þ 	 payroll deduction
	 
	 	b.	o 	 ACH (Automated Clearing House)
	 
	 	c.	o 	 check

	 	1.	o 	 Only for prepayment

	 	7.	o 	 Loans will only be permitted from the following
Participant Accounts: (select all that apply or leave blank if no limitations
apply):

	 	a.	o 	 Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Roth Elective
Deferral Account.
	 
	 	c.	o 	 Account(s) attributable to Employer matching
contributions (includes safe harbor match).
	 
	 	d.	o 	 Account attributable to
Employer profit sharing contributions.
	 
	 	e.	o 	 Qualified Nonelective
Contribution Account (includes safe harbor nonelective).
	 
	 	f.	o 	 Rollover
Account.
	 
	 	g.	o 	 Transfer Account.
	 
	 	h.	o 	 Voluntary Contribution Account.
	 
	 	i.	o 	 Other:          
                                                           
                               

	 	 	 	AND, if loans are restricted to certain accounts, the limitations of Code
Section 72(p) and the adequate security requirement of the DOL Regulations
will be applied:

	 	j.	o 	 by determining the limits by only considering the
restricted accounts.
	 
	 	k.	o 	 by determining the limits taking into account
a Participant’s entire interest in the Plan.

	 	8.	o 	 Loans will be granted at the following interest rate (if
left blank, then c. below applies):

	 	a.	o 	                     % over the prime interest rate
	 
	 	b.	o 	                     %
	 
	 	c.	o 	 the Plan Administrator establishes the rate in a
nondiscriminatory manner

	B.	 	Life Insurance. (Plan Section 7.5)

	 	a.	þ 	 Life insurance may not be purchased.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Life insurance may be purchased...

	 	1.	o 	 at the option of the Administrator.
	 
	 	2.	o 	 at the option of the Participant.

	 	 	 	AND, the purchase of initial or additional life insurance will be subject to the
following limitations:

	 	3.	o 	 N/A. No limitations.
	 
	 	4.	o 	 Limitations (select all that apply):

	 	a.	o 	 Each initial
Contract will have a minimum face amount of $                    .
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Each additional
Contract will have a minimum face amount of $                    .
	 
	 	c.	o 	 The Participant has
completed                      Years (or Periods) of Service.
	 
	 	d.	o 	 The Participant has
completed                      Years (or Periods) of Service while a Participant in the Plan.
	 
	 	e.	o 	 The Participant is under age                      on the Contract issue date.
	 
	 	f.	o 	 The
maximum amount of all Contracts on behalf of a Participant may not exceed $                    .
	 
	 	g.	o 	 The maximum face amount of any life insurance Contract will be $                    .

Ó 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

1

 

Non-Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	C.	 	Plan Expenses. Will the Plan assess against an individual Participant’s account certain Plan
expenses that are incurred by, or are attributable to, a particular Participant based on use of a
particular Plan feature?

	 	a.	o 	 No.
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 Yes.

	D.	 	Rollover Limitations. Will the Plan accept rollover contributions and/or direct rollovers of
distributions from the sources specified below?

	 	a.	o 	 No.
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	AND, indicate the sources of rollovers that will be accepted (select all that
apply)

	 	1.	o 	 Direct Rollovers. The Plan will accept a direct rollover
of an eligible rollover distribution from: (Check each that applies or none.)

	 	a.	o 	 a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) (including a 401(k)
plan, profit sharing plan, defined benefit plan, stock bonus plan and money
purchase plan), excluding after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) (including a 401(k) plan, profit sharing
plan, defined benefit plan, stock bonus plan and money purchase plan),
including after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	c.	o 	 a plan described in Code
Section 403(a) (an annuity plan), excluding after-tax employee contributions.

	 
	 	d.	o 	 a plan described in Code Section 403(a) (an annuity plan), including
after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	e.	o 	 a plan described in Code Section
403(b) (a tax-sheltered annuity), excluding after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	f.	o 	 a plan described in Code Section 403(b) (a tax-sheltered annuity),
including after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	g.	o 	 a plan described in Code
Section 457(b) (eligible deferred compensation plan).
	 
	 	h.	o 	 if this Plan
permits Roth Elective Deferrals, a Roth elective deferral account from (select
all that apply):

	 	1.	o 	 a qualified plan
described in Code Section 401(a).
	 
	 	2.	o 	 a plan described in
Code Section 403(b) (a tax-sheltered annuity).

	 	2.	þ 	 Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans
(i.e., not via a direct plan-to-plan transfer). The
Plan will accept a contribution of an eligible rollover distribution:
(Check each that applies or none.)

	 	a.	þ 	 a qualified plan described in
Code Section 401(a) (including a 401(k) plan, profit sharing plan, defined
benefit plan, stock bonus plan and money purchase plan).
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 a plan
described in Code Section 403(a) (an annuity plan).
	 
	 	c.	þ 	 a plan
described in Code Section 403(b) (a tax-sheltered annuity).
	 
	 	d.	þ 	 a plan
described in Code Section 457(b) (eligible deferred compensation plan).

	 	3.	þ 	 Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs: The Plan
will accept a rollover contribution of the portion of a distribution from a
traditional IRA that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be
includible in gross income. Rollovers from Roth IRAs or a Coverdell Education
Savings Account (formerly known as an Education IRA) are not permitted because
they are not traditional IRAs. A rollover from a SIMPLE IRA is allowed if the
amounts are rolled over after the individual has been in the SIMPLE IRA for at
least two years.

Ó
2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

2

 

DC 415 — CP Sponsor

AMENDMENT FOR THE FINAL 415 REGULATIONS

ARTICLE I

PREAMBLE

	1.1	 	Effective date of Amendment. This Amendment is effective for limitation years and plan years
beginning on or after July 1, 2007, except as otherwise provided herein.
	 
	1.2	 	Superseding of inconsistent provisions. This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to
the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.
	 
	1.3	 	Employer’s election. The Employer adopts all Articles of this Amendment, except those Articles
that the Employer specifically elects not to adopt.
	 
	1.4	 	Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any reference to “Section” in
this Amendment refers only to sections within this Amendment, and is not a reference to the Plan.
The Article and Section numbering in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and
does not relate to any Plan article, section or other numbering designations.
	 
	1.5	 	Effect of restatement of Plan. If the Employer restates the Plan, then this Amendment shall
remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated or
otherwise become obsolete (e.g., if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which incorporates
the final Code §415 Regulation provisions).
	 
	1.6	 	Adoption by prototype sponsor. Except as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan and Section 5.01 of
Revenue Procedure 2005-16, the sponsor hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all adopting
employers.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

The Employer only needs to complete the questions in Section 2.2 in order to override the default
provisions set forth below. If the Plan will use all of the default provisions, then these
questions should be skipped and the Employer does not need to execute this amendment.

	2.1	 	Default Provisions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in Section 2.2, the following defaults
will apply:

	 	a.	 	The provisions of the Plan setting forth the definition of compensation for purposes of
Code §415 (hereinafter referred to as
“415 Compensation”), as well as compensation for purposes of determining highly
compensated employees pursuant to Code §414(q) and for top-heavy purposes under Code §416
(including the determination of key employees), shall be modified by (1) including
payments for unused sick, vacation or other leave and payments from nonqualified unfunded
deferred compensation plans (Amendment Section 3.2(b)), (2) excluding salary continuation
payments for participants on military service (Amendment Section 3.2(c)), and (3)
excluding salary continuation payments for disabled participants (Amendment Section
3.2(d)).
	 
	 	b.	 	The “first few weeks rule” does not apply for purposes of 415 Compensation (Amendment
Section 3.3).
	 
	 	c.	 	The provision of the Plan setting forth the definition of compensation for allocation
purposes (hereinafter referred to as “Plan
Compensation”) shall be modified to provide for the same adjustments to Plan Compensation
(for all contribution types) that are made to 415 Compensation pursuant to this
Amendment.

	2.2	 	In lieu of default provisions. In lieu of the default provisions above, the following apply:
(select all that apply; if no selections are made, then the defaults apply)
	 
	 	 	415 Compensation. (select all that apply):

	 	a.	o 	 Exclude leave
cashouts and deferred compensation (Section 3.2(b))
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Include
military continuation payments (Section 3.2(c))
	 
	 	c.	o 	 Include
disability continuation payments (Section 3.2(d)):

	 	1.	o 	 For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only
	 
	 	2.	o 	 For all participants and the salary continuation will continue for the following
fixed or determinable period:                     

	 	d.	o 	 Apply the administrative delay (“first few weeks”) rule
(Section 3.3)

Ó2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

1

 

DC 415 — CP Sponsor

Plan Compensation. (select all that apply):

			
	NOTE:	 	Elective Deferrals include Roth Elective Deferrals, Matching includes QMACs, and Nonelective
includes QNECs unless specified otherwise. ADP safe harbor matching contributions are subject to
the provisions for Employer matching contributions. For all Plans other than 401(k) plans, do not
make any selections at 1. — 4. in the table below.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Nonelective	 	ADP
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Profit	 	Safe Harbor
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Sharing	 	Nonelective
	e.	 	o	 	Default provisions apply
	 	1. o	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	f.	 	o	 	No change from existing Plan provisions
	 	1. o	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	g.	 	o	 	Exclude all post-severance compensation
	 	1. o	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	h.	 	o	 	Exclude post-severance regular pay
	 	1. o	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	i.	 	o	 	Exclude leave cashouts and deferred compensation
	 	1. o	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	j.	 	o	 	Include military continuation payments
	 	1. o	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	k.	 	o	 	Include disability continuation payments:
	 	1. o	 	2. o	 	3. o	 	4. o
	 	 	 	 	a.  o  For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only
	 	 	 	 	b.  o  For
all participants and the salary continuation will continue for the
following fixed or determinable
period:
            
      
                                                                   
       

	 
	l.	 	o	 	Other:       
                                                                   
        (describe)

	 	 	Plan Compensation Special Effective Date. The definition of Plan Compensation is modified as
set forth herein effective as of the same date as the 415 Compensation change is effective
unless otherwise specified: m.                                (enter the effective date)

ARTICLE III

FINAL SECTION 415 REGULATIONS

	3.1	 	Effective date. The provisions of this Article III shall apply to limitation years beginning on
and after July 1, 2007.
	 
	3.2	 	415 Compensation paid after severance from employment. 415 Compensation shall be adjusted, as
set forth herein and as otherwise elected in Article II, for the following types of compensation
paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan (or any
other entity that is treated as the Employer pursuant to Code §414(b), (c), (m) or (o)).
However, amounts described in subsections (a) and (b) below may only be included in 415
Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after severance
from employment or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance
from employment. Any other payment of compensation paid after severance of employment that is
not described in the following types of compensation is not considered 415 Compensation
within the meaning of Code §415(c)(3), even if payment is made within the time period
specified above.

	 	(a)	 	Regular pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance of employment if:

(1)   The payment is regular compensation for services during the participant’s regular
working hours, or compensation for services outside the participant’s regular working
hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar
payments; and

(2) The payment would have been paid to the participant prior to a severance from
employment if the participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

	 	 	 	(b)  Leave cashouts and deferred compensation. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415
Compensation, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, if those amounts
would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the
participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona
fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the participant would have been able to use
the leave if employment had continued. In addition, deferred compensation shall be included
in 415 Compensation, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, if the
compensation would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if it had been
paid prior to the participant’s severance from employment, and the compensation is received
pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would
have been paid at the same time if the participant had continued in employment with the
Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the participant’s gross
income.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

2

 

DC 415 — CP Sponsor

	 	 	(c) Salary continuation payments for military service participants. 415 Compensation does not
include, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, payments to an individual
who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military
service (as that term is used in Code §414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments do not exceed
the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform
services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.
	 
	 	 	(d) Salary continuation payments for disabled Participants. Unless otherwise elected in
Section 2.2 of this Amendment, 415 Compensation does not include compensation paid to a
participant who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code §22(e)(3)). If
elected, this provision shall apply to either just non-highly compensated participants or to
all participants for the period specified in Section 2.2 of this Amendment.
	 
	3.3	 	Administrative delay (“the first few weeks”) rule. 415 Compensation for a limitation year shall
not include, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, amounts earned but not paid
during the limitation year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates. However, if
elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, 415 Compensation for a limitation year shall include
amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of pay periods
and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next limitation
year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly
situated participants, and no compensation is included in more than one limitation year.
	 
	3.4	 	Inclusion of certain nonqualified deferred compensation amounts. If the Plan’s definition of
Compensation for purposes of Code §415 is the definition in Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(b)
(Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(2) under the Regulations in effect for limitation years beginning
prior to July 1, 2007) and the simplified compensation definition of Regulation 1.415(c)-2(d)(2)
(Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(10) under the Regulations in effect for limitation years prior to
July 1, 2007) is not used, then 415 Compensation shall include amounts that are includible in the
gross income of a Participant under the rules of Code §409A or Code §457(f)(1)(A) or because the
amounts are constructively received by the Participant. [Note if the Plan’s definition of
Compensation is W-2 wages or wages for withholding purposes, then these amounts are already
included in Compensation.]
	 
	3.5	 	Definition of annual additions. The Plan’s definition of “annual additions” is modified as
follows:
	 
	 	 	(a) Restorative payments. Annual additions for purposes of Code §415 shall not include
restorative payments. A restorative payment is a payment made to restore losses to a Plan
resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is reasonable risk of liability for
breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law, where
participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments.
Generally, payments are restorative payments only if the payments are made in order to
restore some or all of the plan’s losses due to an action (or a failure to act) that creates
a reasonable risk of liability for such a breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of
fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). This includes
payments to a plan made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the Department of Labor’s
Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved settlement, to restore losses to
a qualified defined contribution plan on account of the breach of fiduciary duty (other than
a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit
contributions to the Plan). Payments made to the Plan to make up for losses due merely to market fluctuations and other
payments that are not made on account of a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a
fiduciary duty under ERISA are not restorative payments and generally constitute
contributions that are considered annual additions.
	 
	 	 	(b) Other Amounts. Annual additions for purposes of Code §415 shall not include: (1) The
direct transfer of a benefit or employee contributions from a qualified plan to this Plan;
(2) Rollover contributions (as described in Code §§401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4),
403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16)); (3) Repayments of loans made to a participant from the
Plan; and (4) Repayments of amounts described in Code §411(a)(7)(B) (in accordance with Code
§411(a)(7)(C)) and Code §411(a)(3)(D) or repayment of contributions to a governmental plan
(as defined in Code §414(d)) as described in Code §415(k)(3), as well as Employer
restorations of benefits that are required pursuant to such repayments.
	 
	 	 	(c) Date of tax-exempt Employer contributions. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, in the case of an Employer that is exempt from Federal income tax (including a
governmental employer), Employer contributions are treated as credited to a participant’s
account for a particular limitation year only if the contributions are actually made to the
plan no later than the 15th day of the tenth calendar month following the end of the calendar
year or fiscal year (as applicable, depending on the basis on which the employer keeps its
books) with or within which the particular limitation year ends.
	 
	3.6	 	Change of limitation year. The limitation year may only be changed by a Plan amendment.
Furthermore, if the Plan is terminated effective as of a date other than the last day of the Plan’s
limitation year, then the Plan is treated as if the Plan had been amended to change its limitation
year.
	 
	3.7	 	Excess Annual Additions. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the
annual additions (within the meaning of Code §415) are exceeded for any participant, then the Plan
may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System
(EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2006-27 or any superseding guidance, including, but not
limited to, the preamble of the final §415 regulations.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

3

 

DC 415 — CP Sponsor

	3.8	 	Aggregation and Disaggregation of Plans.
	 
	 	 	(a) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code §415, all defined contribution plans
(without regard to whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer (or a
“predecessor employer”) under which the participant receives annual additions are treated as
one defined contribution plan. The “Employer” means the Employer that adopts this Plan and
all members of a controlled group or an affiliated service group that includes the Employer
(within the meaning of Code §§414(b), (c), (m) or (o)), except that for purposes of this
Section, the determination shall be made by applying Code §415(h), and shall take into
account tax-exempt organizations under Regulation Section 1.414(c)-5, as modified by
Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1). For purposes of this Section:

(1) A former Employer is a “predecessor employer” with respect to a participant in a plan
maintained by an Employer if the Employer maintains a plan under which the participant had
accrued a benefit while performing services for the former Employer, but only if that
benefit is provided under the plan maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, the
formerly affiliated plan rules in Regulation Section 1.415(f)-1(b)(2) apply as if the
Employer and predecessor Employer constituted a single employer under the rules described in
Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately prior to the cessation of
affiliation (and as if they constituted two, unrelated employers under the rules described
in Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately after the cessation of
affiliation) and cessation of affiliation was the event that gives rise to the predecessor
employer relationship, such as a transfer of benefits or plan sponsorship.

(2) With respect to an Employer of a participant, a former entity that antedates the
Employer is a “predecessor employer” with respect to the participant if, under the facts and
circumstances, the employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or
business of the former entity.

	 	 	(b) Break-up of an affiliate employer or an affiliated service group. For purposes of
aggregating plans for Code §415, a “formerly affiliated plan” of an employer is taken into
account for purposes of applying the Code §415 limitations to the employer, but the formerly
affiliated plan is treated as if it had terminated immediately prior to the “cessation of
affiliation.” For purposes of this paragraph, a “formerly affiliated plan” of an employer is
a plan that, immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, was actually maintained by
one or more of the entities that constitute the employer (as determined under the employer
affiliation rules described in Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)), and immediately
after the cessation of affiliation, is not actually maintained by any of the entities that
constitute the employer (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in
Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)). For purposes of this paragraph, a “cessation of
affiliation” means the event that causes an entity to no longer be aggregated with one or
more other entities as a single employer under the employer affiliation rules described in
Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as the sale of a subsidiary outside a
controlled group), or that causes a plan to not actually be maintained by any of the entities
that constitute the employer under the employer affiliation rules of Regulation Section
1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as a transfer of plan sponsorship outside of a controlled
group).
	 
	 	 	(c) Midyear Aggregation. Two or more defined contribution plans that are not required to be
aggregated pursuant to Code §415(f) and the Regulations thereunder as of the first day of a
limitation year do not fail to satisfy the requirements of Code §415 with respect to a
participant for the limitation year merely because they are aggregated later in that
limitation year, provided that no annual additions are credited to the participant’s account
after the date on which the plans are required to be aggregated.

ARTICLE IV

PLAN COMPENSATION

	4.1	 	Compensation limit. Notwithstanding Amendment Section 4.2 or any election in Amendment Section
2.2, if the Plan is a 401(k) plan, then participants may not make elective deferrals with respect
to amounts that are not 415 Compensation. However, for this purpose, 415 Compensation is not
limited to the annual compensation limit of Code §401(a)(17).
	 
	4.2	 	Compensation paid after severance from employment. Compensation for purposes of allocations
(hereinafter referred to as Plan Compensation) shall be adjusted, unless otherwise elected in
Amendment Section 2.2, in the same manner as 415 Compensation pursuant to Article III of this
Amendment if those amounts would have been included in Compensation if this was paid prior to the
Participant’s severance from employment, except in applying Article III, the term “limitation year”
shall be replaced with the term “plan year” and the term “415 Compensation” shall be replaced with
the term “Plan Compensation.”
	 
	4.3	 	Option to apply Plan Compensation provisions early. The provisions of this Article shall apply
for Plan Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, unless another effective date is specified in
Section 2.2 of this Amendment.

Except with respect to any election made by the employer in Section 2.2, this amendment is hereby
adopted by the prototype sponsor on behalf of all adopting employers on:

[Sponsor’s signature and Adoption Date are on file with Sponsor]

Sponsor Name: Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

NOTE: The Employer only needs to execute this Amendment if an election has been made in Section 2.2
of this Amendment.

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

4

 

DC 415 — CP Sponsor

This amendment has been executed this _________________ day of ______________________________,
________.

Name of Plan: Wintrust Financial Corp. Retirement Savings Plan

Name of Employer: Wintrust Financial Corp.

					
	 	
 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	EMPLOYER 	 
	 

© 2008 Alliance Benefit Group of Illinois

5Exhibit 4(a)

Exhibit 4(a)

 

INDENTURE OF TRUST

(2010 SERIES A)

BETWEEN

THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

OF THE COUNTY OF PIMA

AND

U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

DATED AS OF OCTOBER 1, 2010

 

Authorizing

Industrial Development Revenue Bonds,

2010 Series A

(Tucson Electric Power Company Project)

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
	 	 	2	 
	Section 1.01 Definitions
	 	 	2	 
	ARTICLE II THE BONDS
	 	 	8	 
	Section 2.01 Creation of Bonds
	 	 	8	 
	Section 2.02 Form of Bonds
	 	 	9	 
	Section 2.03 Execution of Bonds
	 	 	9	 
	Section 2.04 Authentication of Bonds
	 	 	10	 
	Section 2.05 Bonds Not General Obligations
	 	 	10	 
	Section 2.06 Prerequisites to Authentication of Bonds
	 	 	10	 
	Section 2.07 Lost or Destroyed Bonds or Bonds Canceled in Error
	 	 	11	 
	Section 2.08 Transfer, Registration and Exchange of Bonds
	 	 	11	 
	Section 2.09 Other Obligations
	 	 	13	 
	Section 2.10 Temporary Bonds
	 	 	13	 
	Section 2.11 Cancellation of Bonds
	 	 	13	 
	Section 2.12 Payment of Principal and Interest
	 	 	13	 
	Section 2.13 Applicability of Book-Entry Provisions
	 	 	14	 
	ARTICLE III REDEMPTION OF BONDS
	 	 	14	 
	Section 3.01 Redemption Provisions
	 	 	14	 
	Section 3.02 Selection of Bonds to be Redeemed
	 	 	15	 
	Section 3.03 Procedure for Redemption
	 	 	16	 
	Section 3.04 Payment of Redemption Price
	 	 	17	 
	Section 3.05 No Partial Redemption After Default
	 	 	17	 
	ARTICLE IV THE BOND FUND
	 	 	17	 
	Section 4.01 Creation of Bond Fund
	 	 	17	 
	Section 4.02 Liens
	 	 	17	 
	Section 4.03 Deposits into Bond Fund
	 	 	17	 
	Section 4.04 Use of Moneys in Bond Fund
	 	 	18	 
	Section 4.05 Custody of Bond Fund; Withdrawal of Moneys
	 	 	18	 
	Section 4.06 Bonds Not Presented for Payment
	 	 	18	 
	Section 4.07 Moneys Held in Trust
	 	 	19	 

 

-i-

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V THE CONSTRUCTION FUND
	 	 	19	 
	Section 5.01 Creation of, and Disbursements from, Construction Fund
	 	 	19	 
	Section 5.02 Completion of Facilities; Termination of Construction
	 	 	20	 
	Section 5.03 Redemption of All Outstanding Bonds
	 	 	21	 
	Section 5.04 Acceleration of Bonds
	 	 	21	 
	Section 5.05 Refunding of Bonds
	 	 	21	 
	Section 5.06 Moneys Held in Trust
	 	 	22	 
	ARTICLE VI INVESTMENTS
	 	 	22	 
	Section 6.01 Investments
	 	 	22	 
	ARTICLE VII GENERAL COVENANTS
	 	 	22	 
	Section 7.01 No General Obligations
	 	 	22	 
	Section 7.02 Performance of Covenants of the Authority; Representations
	 	 	23	 
	Section 7.03 Maintenance of Rights and Powers; Compliance with Laws
	 	 	23	 
	Section 7.04 Enforcement of Obligations of the Company; Amendments
	 	 	23	 
	Section 7.05 Further Instruments
	 	 	23	 
	Section 7.06 No Disposition of Trust Estate
	 	 	23	 
	Section 7.07 Financing Statements
	 	 	24	 
	Section 7.08 Tax Covenants; Rebate Fund
	 	 	24	 
	ARTICLE VIII DEFEASANCE
	 	 	25	 
	Section 8.01 Defeasance
	 	 	25	 
	ARTICLE IX DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	 	 	26	 
	Section 9.01 Events of Default
	 	 	26	 
	Section 9.02 Remedies
	 	 	27	 
	Section 9.03 Restoration to Former Position
	 	 	28	 
	Section 9.04 Owners’ Right to Direct Proceedings
	 	 	28	 
	Section 9.05 Limitation on Owners’ Right to Institute Proceedings
	 	 	28	 
	Section 9.06 No Impairment of Right to Enforce Payment
	 	 	29	 
	Section 9.07 Proceedings by Trustee without Possession of Bonds
	 	 	29	 
	Section 9.08 No Remedy Exclusive
	 	 	29	 
	Section 9.09 No Waiver of Remedies
	 	 	29	 

 

-ii-

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.10 Application of Moneys
	 	 	29	 
	Section 9.11 Severability of Remedies
	 	 	30	 
	ARTICLE X TRUSTEE
	 	 	30	 
	Section 10.01 Acceptance of Trusts
	 	 	30	 
	Section 10.02 No Responsibility for Recitals
	 	 	30	 
	Section 10.03 Limitations on Liability
	 	 	30	 
	Section 10.04 Compensation, Expenses and Advances
	 	 	31	 
	Section 10.05 Notice of Events of Default
	 	 	31	 
	Section 10.06 Action by Trustee
	 	 	32	 
	Section 10.07 Good Faith Reliance
	 	 	32	 
	Section 10.08 Dealings in Bonds and with the Authority and the Company
	 	 	32	 
	Section 10.09 Allowance of Interest
	 	 	32	 
	Section 10.10 Construction of Indenture
	 	 	32	 
	Section 10.11 Resignation of Trustee
	 	 	33	 
	Section 10.12 Removal of Trustee
	 	 	33	 
	Section 10.13 Appointment of Successor Trustee
	 	 	33	 
	Section 10.14 Qualifications of Successor Trustee
	 	 	34	 
	Section 10.15 Judicial Appointment of Successor Trustee
	 	 	34	 
	Section 10.16 Acceptance of Trusts by Successor Trustee
	 	 	34	 
	Section 10.17 Successor by Merger or Consolidation
	 	 	34	 
	Section 10.18 Standard of Care
	 	 	35	 
	Section 10.19 Notice to Owners of Bonds of Event of Default
	 	 	35	 
	Section 10.20 Intervention in Litigation of the Authority
	 	 	35	 
	Section 10.21 Notices of Trustee
	 	 	35	 
	ARTICLE XI EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS BY OWNERS OF BONDS AND PROOF OF OWNERSHIP OF BONDS
	 	 	35	 
	Section 11.01 Execution of Instruments; Proof of Ownership
	 	 	35	 
	ARTICLE XII MODIFICATION OF THIS INDENTURE AND THE LOAN AGREEMENT
	 	 	36	 
	Section 12.01 Limitations
	 	 	36	 
	Section 12.02 Supplemental Indentures without Owner Consent
	 	 	36	 

 

-iii-

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.03 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Owners
	 	 	37	 
	Section 12.04 Effect of Supplemental Indenture
	 	 	38	 
	Section 12.05 Consent of the Company
	 	 	38	 
	Section 12.06 Amendment of Loan Agreement without Consent of Owners
	 	 	38	 
	Section 12.07 Amendment of Loan Agreement with Consent of Owners
	 	 	39	 
	ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	39	 
	Section 13.01 Successors of the Authority
	 	 	39	 
	Section 13.02 Parties in Interest
	 	 	40	 
	Section 13.03 Severability
	 	 	40	 
	Section 13.04 No Personal Liability of Authority Officials
	 	 	40	 
	Section 13.05 Bonds Owned by the Authority or the Company
	 	 	40	 
	Section 13.06 Counterparts
	 	 	40	 
	Section 13.07 Governing Law
	 	 	41	 
	Section 13.08 Notices
	 	 	41	 
	Section 13.09 Holidays
	 	 	41	 
	Section 13.10 Statutory Notice Regarding Cancellation of Contracts
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit A — Form of 2010 Series A Bond
	 	 	A-1	 
	Exhibit B — Form of Endorsement of Transfer
	 	 	B-1	 
	Exhibit C — Form of Certificate of Authentication
	 	 	C-1	 
	Exhibit D — Form of Requisition
	 	 	D-1	 

 

	 	 	 
	*	 	This table of contents is not a part of the Indenture and is for convenience only. The
captions herein are of no legal effect and do not vary the meaning or legal effect of any part
of the Indenture.

 

-iv-

 

INDENTURE OF TRUST

THIS INDENTURE OF TRUST (2010 Series A), dated as of October 1, 2010 (this “Indenture”),
between THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF THE COUNTY OF PIMA, an Arizona nonprofit
corporation designated by law as a political subdivision of the State of Arizona (hereinafter
called the “Authority”), and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as trustee (hereinafter called
the “Trustee”),

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Authority is authorized and empowered under Title 35, Chapter 5, Arizona Revised
Statutes, as amended (the “Act”), to issue its bonds in accordance with the Act and to make secured
or unsecured loans for the purpose of financing or refinancing the acquisition, construction,
improvement or equipping of projects consisting of land, any building or other improvement, and all
real and personal properties, including machinery and equipment, whether or not now in existence or
under construction, whether located within or without the State of Arizona or Pima County, which
shall be suitable for, among other things, facilities for the furnishing of electric energy, gas or
water, and to charge and collect interest on such loans and pledge the proceeds of loan agreements
as security for the payment of the principal of and interest on bonds, or designated issues of
bonds, issued by the Authority and any agreements made in connection therewith, whenever the Board
of Directors of the Authority finds such loans to further advance the interest of the Authority or
the public and in the public interest; and

WHEREAS, the Authority proposes to issue and sell its revenue bonds as provided herein (the
“Bonds”) for the purpose of financing a portion of the costs of the acquisition, construction,
improvement and equipping certain of the facilities for the furnishing of electric energy (the
“Facilities”) as described in Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010 (the
“Loan Agreement”), between the Authority and Tucson Electric Power Company, an Arizona corporation
(the “Company”);

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of these premises and the mutual covenants herein
contained, of the acceptance by the Trustee of the trusts hereby created, of the purchase and
acceptance of the Bonds by the Owners (as hereinafter defined) thereof, and for other good and
valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, in order to
secure the payment of the principal of and interest on the Bonds at any time Outstanding (as
hereinafter defined) under this Indenture according to their tenor and effect and the performance
and observance by the Authority of all the covenants and conditions expressed or implied herein and
contained in the Bonds, the Authority does hereby grant, bargain, sell, convey, mortgage, pledge
and assign, and grant a security interest in, the Trust Estate (as hereinafter defined) to the
Trustee, its successors in trust and their assigns forever;

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all the same with all privileges and appurtenances hereby conveyed and
assigned, or agreed or intended so to be, to the Trustee, its successors in trust and their assigns
forever;

IN TRUST NEVERTHELESS, upon the terms and trusts herein set forth, first, for the equal and
proportionate benefit and security of all Owners of the Bonds issued under and secured by this
Indenture without preference, priority or distinction as to the lien of any Bonds over any other
Bonds;

 

 

 

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if, after the right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to the
Trust Estate shall have ceased, terminated and become void in accordance with ARTICLE VIII hereof,
the principal of and interest on the Bonds shall have been paid to the Owners thereof, or shall
have been paid to the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 hereof, then and in that case these presents
and the estate and rights hereby granted shall cease, terminate and be void, and thereupon the
Trustee shall cancel and discharge this Indenture and execute and deliver to the Authority and the
Company such instruments in writing as shall be requisite to evidence the discharge hereof;
otherwise this Indenture is to be and remain in full force and effect.

THIS INDENTURE OF TRUST FURTHER WITNESSETH, and it is expressly declared, that all Bonds
issued and secured hereunder are to be issued, authenticated and delivered, and the Trust Estate
and the other estate and rights hereby granted are to be dealt with and disposed of, under, upon
and subject to the terms, conditions, stipulations, covenants, agreements, trusts, uses and
purposes as hereinafter expressed, and the Authority has agreed and covenanted, and does hereby
agree and covenant, with the Trustee and with the respective Owners, from time to time, of the
Bonds, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions. The terms defined in this ARTICLE I shall, for all purposes of this
Indenture, have the meanings herein specified, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

Act:

“Act” shall mean Title 35, Chapter 5, Arizona Revised Statutes, and all acts supplemental
thereto or amendatory thereof.

Administration Expenses:

“Administration Expenses” shall mean the reasonable expenses incurred by the Authority with
respect to the Loan Agreement, this Indenture and any transaction or event contemplated by the Loan
Agreement or this Indenture, including the compensation and reimbursement of expenses and advances
payable to the Trustee and a pro rata share of the Authority’s annual operating expenses in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02(c) of The Industrial Development Authority of the
County of Pima Procedural Pamphlet II, as more fully described in the Tax Agreement.

Authority:

“Authority” shall mean The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima, an Arizona
nonprofit corporation designated by law as a political subdivision of the State of Arizona
incorporated for and with the approval of Pima County, Arizona, pursuant to the provisions of the
Constitution of the State of Arizona and the Act, its successors and their assigns.

 

2

 

Authorized Company Representative:

“Authorized Company Representative” shall mean each person at the time designated to act on
behalf of the Company by written certificate furnished to the Authority and the Trustee containing
the specimen signature of such person and signed on behalf of the Company by its President, any
Vice President or its Treasurer, together with its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary.

Bond Counsel:

“Bond Counsel” shall mean any firm or firms of nationally recognized bond counsel experienced
in matters pertaining to the validity of, and exclusion from gross income for federal tax purposes
of interest on bonds issued by states and political subdivisions, selected by the Company and
acceptable to the Authority.

Bond Fund:

“Bond Fund” shall mean the fund created by Section 4.01 hereof.

Bonds:

“Bond” or “Bonds” shall mean the bonds authorized to be issued under this Indenture.

Code:

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Each
reference to a section of the Code herein shall be deemed to include the United States Treasury
Regulations proposed or in effect thereunder and applicable to the Bonds or the use of proceeds
thereof, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. References to any particular Code section
shall, in the event of a successor to the Code, be deemed to be a reference to the successor to
such Code section.

Company:

“Company” shall mean Tucson Electric Power Company, a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Arizona, its successors and their assigns, including, without limitation,
any successor obligor under Section 6.01 or 7.01 of the Loan Agreement to the extent of the
obligations assumed thereunder.

 

3

 

Completion Date:

“Completion Date” shall mean the date specified in Section 3.05 of the Loan Agreement.

Construction (and other forms of the word “construct”):

“Construction” (and other forms of the word “construct”) shall mean, when used with respect to
the Facilities, the construction of the Facilities and shall include, without limitation, the
acquisition, construction, improvement and equipping of the Facilities, all as authorized by the
Act.

Construction Fund:

“Construction Fund” shall mean the fund created by Section 5.01 hereof.

Cost of Construction:

“Cost of Construction” shall embrace all costs paid or incurred by the Company with respect to
the Facilities and the financing thereof for the payment of which the Authority is authorized to
issue bonds under the Act, and shall include without limitation: (a) obligations paid or incurred
by the Company for labor, materials and other expenses and to contractors, builders and materialmen
in connection with the construction of the Facilities; (b) the costs paid or incurred by the
Company for contract bonds and for insurance of all kinds that may be deemed by the Company to be
desirable or necessary during the course of construction of the Facilities; (c) the expenses paid
or incurred by the Company for test borings, surveys, estimates, plans and specifications, and
preliminary investigations therefor, with respect to the Facilities and for supervising
construction, as well as for the performance of all other duties required by or reasonably
necessary for the proper construction, of the Facilities; (d) Administration Expenses paid or
incurred prior to the Completion Date and legal, accounting, financial, underwriting, advertising,
recording and printing expenses and all other fees and expenses paid or incurred by the Company in
connection with the issuance and sale of the Bonds; (e) amounts in respect of interest accruing
upon the Bonds until the Completion Date; (f) all other costs that the Company shall be required to
pay under the terms of any contract or contracts for the construction of the Facilities; and (g)
any other costs or expenses paid or incurred by the Company, and any sums required to reimburse the
Company for work done by it, with respect to the Facilities which are properly chargeable to the
capital account of the Company with respect to the Facilities or would be so chargeable for federal
income tax purposes either with a proper election or but for a proper election to deduct the same.
For purposes of the application of the proceeds of the Bonds, the Cost of Construction shall be
deemed to include the payment or redemption, or provision therefor, of any obligations, other than
the Bonds, issued to finance or refinance any of the costs listed above. The Cost of Construction
shall also be deemed to include all costs paid or incurred with respect to the Facilities by any
Person to whom the Facilities have been leased or sold as a whole or in part, provided that such
costs, had they been paid or incurred by the Company, would otherwise constitute a portion of the
Cost of Construction.

Depositary:

“Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto as a securities
repository for the Bonds.

 

4

 

Facilities:

“Facilities” shall mean the real and personal properties, machinery and equipment currently
existing, under construction and to be constructed which are described in Exhibit A to the Loan
Agreement, as revised from time to time to reflect any changes therein, additions thereto,
substitutions therefor and deletions therefrom permitted by the terms of the Loan Agreement,
subject, however, to the provisions of Section 7.01 of the Loan Agreement.

Government Obligations:

“Government Obligations” shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are
unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America entitled to the benefit of the
full faith and credit thereof; and

(b) certificates, depositary receipts or other instruments which evidence a direct
ownership interest in obligations described in clause (a) above or in any specific interest
or principal payments due in respect thereof; provided, however, that the custodian of such
obligations or specific interest or principal payments shall be a bank or trust company
organized under the laws of the United States of America or of any state or territory
thereof or of the District of Columbia, with a combined capital stock surplus and undivided
profits of at least $50,000,000; and provided, further, that except as may be otherwise
required by law, such custodian shall be obligated to pay to the holders of such
certificates, depositary receipts or other instruments the full amount received by such
custodian in respect of such obligations or specific payments and shall not be permitted to
make any deduction therefrom.

Indenture:

“Indenture” shall mean this Indenture of Trust, dated as of October 1, 2010, between the
Authority and the Trustee, and any and all modifications, alterations, amendments and supplements
thereto.

Investment Securities:

“Investment Securities” shall mean any of the following obligations or securities on which
neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is the obligor: (a) Government Obligations; (b)
interest bearing deposit accounts (which may be represented by certificates of deposit) in
national, state or foreign banks having a combined capital and surplus of not less than
$100,000,000; (c) bankers’ acceptances drawn on and accepted by commercial banks having a
combined capital and surplus of not less than $100,000,000; (d) (i) direct obligations of,
(ii) obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, and
(iii) any other obligations the interest on which is exempt from federal income taxation issued by,
any state of the United States of America, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, or any political subdivision, agency, authority or other instrumentality of any of the
foregoing, which, in any case, are rated by a nationally recognized rating agency in any of its
three highest rating categories; (e) obligations of any agency or instrumentality of the United
States of America; (f) commercial or finance company paper which is rated by a nationally
recognized rating agency in any of its three highest rating categories; (g) corporate debt
securities issued by corporations having debt securities rated by a nationally recognized rating
agency in any of its three highest rating categories; (h) repurchase agreements with banking or
financial institutions having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $100,000,000 with
respect to any of the foregoing obligations or securities; (i) shares or interests in registered
investment companies whose assets consist of obligations or securities which are described in any
other clause of this sentence; and (j) any other obligations which may lawfully be purchased by the
Trustee. The commercial banks and banking institutions referred to above may include the entities
acting as Trustee hereunder if such entity shall otherwise satisfy the requirements set forth
above.

 

5

 

Loan Agreement:

“Loan Agreement” shall mean the Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010, between the
Authority and the Company relating to the Bonds, and any and all modifications, alterations,
amendments and supplements thereto.

Loan Payments:

“Loan Payments” shall mean the payments required to be made by the Company pursuant to Section
5.01 of the Loan Agreement.

Notice by Mail or Electronic Means:

“Notice by Mail or Electronic Means” or “notice” of any action or condition “by Mail or
Electronic Means” shall mean a written notice meeting the requirements of this Indenture mailed by
first class mail to the Owners of specified registered Bonds at the addresses shown in the
registration books maintained pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof or notice delivered by electronic
means including, without limitation, email in PDF format.

Outstanding:

“Outstanding”, when used in reference to the Bonds, shall mean, as at any particular date, the
aggregate of all Bonds authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

(a) those canceled by the Trustee at or prior to such date or delivered to or acquired
by the Trustee at or prior to such date for cancellation;

(b) those deemed to be paid in accordance with ARTICLE VIII hereof; and

(c) those in lieu of or in exchange or substitution for which other Bonds shall have
been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to
the Trustee and the Company is presented that such Bonds are held by a bona fide holder in
due course.

Owner:

“Owner” shall mean the person in whose name any Bond is registered upon the registration books
maintained pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof. The Company may be an Owner.

 

6

 

Person:

“Person” means (i) any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, business trust, or unincorporated organization, in each case
formed or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia, or (ii) the United States of America or any state thereof, or any political
subdivision of either thereof, or any agency, authority or other instrumentality of any of the
foregoing.

Rebate Fund:

“Rebate Fund” shall mean the fund created by Section 7.08 hereof.

Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement:

“Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement” shall mean all moneys paid or
payable to the Trustee for the account of the Authority by the Company in respect of the Loan
Payments and payments pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Loan Agreement and all receipts of the
Trustee which, under the provisions of this Indenture, reduce the amount of such payments.

Record Date:

“Record Date” shall mean the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day of the calendar
month immediately preceding each regularly scheduled interest payment date.

Supplemental Indenture:

“Supplemental Indenture” shall mean any indenture of the Authority modifying, altering,
amending, supplementing or confirming this Indenture for any purpose, in accordance with the terms
hereof.

Supplemental Loan Agreement:

“Supplemental Loan Agreement” shall mean any agreement between the Authority and the Company
modifying, altering, amending or supplementing the Loan Agreement, in accordance with the terms
thereof and hereof.

Tax Agreement:

“Tax Agreement” shall mean that tax certificate and agreement, dated the date of the initial
authentication and delivery of the Bonds, between the Authority and the Company, relating to the
requirements of the Code, and any and all modifications, alterations, amendments and supplements
thereto.

 

7

 

Trust Estate:

“Trust Estate” shall mean at any particular time all right, title and interest of the
Authority in and to the Loan Agreement (except its rights under Sections 5.03, 5.04, 6.03 and 8.05
thereof and any rights of the Authority to receive notices, certificates, requests, requisitions
and other communications thereunder), including without limitation, the Receipts and Revenues of
the Authority from the Loan Agreement, the Bond Fund and the Construction Fund and all moneys and
Investment Securities from time to time on deposit therein (excluding, however, any moneys or
Investment Securities held in the Rebate Fund), any and all other moneys and obligations (other
than Bonds) which at such time are deposited or are required to be deposited with, or are held or
are required to be held by or on behalf of, the Trustee, in trust under any of the provisions of
this Indenture and all other rights, titles and interests which at such time are subject to the
lien of this Indenture; provided, however, that in no event shall there be included in the Trust
Estate (a) moneys or obligations deposited with or held by the Trustee in the Rebate Fund pursuant
to Section 7.08 hereof or (b) moneys or obligations deposited with or paid to the Trustee for the
redemption or payment of Bonds which are deemed to have been paid in accordance with ARTICLE VIII
hereof or moneys held pursuant to Section 4.06 hereof.

Trustee; Principal Office thereof:

“Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as trustee under this Indenture,
its successors in trust and their assigns. “Principal Office” of the Trustee shall mean the
principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, which office at the date of acceptance by the
Trustee of the duties and obligations imposed on the Trustee by this Indenture is located at the
address specified in Section 13.08 hereof.

ARTICLE II

THE BONDS

Section 2.01 Creation of Bonds. There is hereby authorized and created under this Indenture,
for the purpose of providing moneys to pay a part of the Cost of Construction, an issue of Bonds,
entitled to the benefit, protection and security of this Indenture, in the aggregate principal
amount of ONE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($100,000,000). Each of the
Bonds shall be designated by the title “The Industrial Development Authority of the County of
Pima Industrial Development Revenue Bond, 2010 Series A (Tucson Electric Power Company Project)”.
The Bonds shall mature, subject to prior redemption upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth, on October 1, 2040 and shall bear interest from the date thereof until payment of the
principal or redemption price thereof shall have been made or provided for in accordance with the
provisions hereof, whether at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise, at the rate of FIVE POINT TWO
FIVE PER CENTUM (5.25%) per annum, with interest thereon payable semi-annually on each April 1 and
October 1, commencing April 1, 2011. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

8

 

Section 2.02 Form of Bonds. Bonds shall be authenticated and delivered hereunder solely as
fully registered bonds without coupons in the denomination of $5,000 or integral multiples thereof.
Bonds shall be numbered as determined by the Trustee. Bonds authenticated prior to the first
interest payment date shall be dated their date of original issuance. Bonds authenticated on or
subsequent to the first interest payment date shall be dated the interest payment date next
preceding the date of authentication thereof, unless such date of authentication shall be an
interest payment date to which interest on the Bonds has been paid in full or duly provided for, in
which case they shall be dated such date of authentication; provided, however, that if, as shown by
the records of the Trustee, interest on the Bonds shall be in default, Bonds issued in exchange for
Bonds surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be dated the date to which interest has been paid
in full on the Bonds surrendered.

Principal of the Bonds shall be payable to the Owners of such Bonds upon presentation and
surrender of such Bonds at the Principal Office of the Trustee. Interest on the Bonds shall be
paid by check drawn upon the Trustee and mailed to the Owners of such Bonds as of the close of
business on the Record Date with respect to each interest payment date at the registered addresses
of such Owners as they shall appear as of the close of business on such Record Date on the
registration books maintained pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof notwithstanding the cancellation of
any such Bond upon any exchange or registration of transfer subsequent to such Record Date, except
that if and to the extent that there should be a default on the payment of interest on any Bond,
such defaulted interest shall be paid to the Owners in whose name such Bond (or any Bond or Bonds
issued upon any exchange or registration of transfer thereof) is registered as of the close of
business on a date selected by the Trustee in its discretion, but not more than fifteen (15) days
or less than ten (10) days prior to the date of payment of such defaulted interest; notwithstanding
the foregoing, upon request to the Trustee by an Owner of not less than $1,000,000 in aggregate
principal amount of Bonds, interest on such Bonds and, after presentation and surrender of such
Bonds, the principal thereof shall be paid to such Owner by wire transfer to the account maintained
within the continental United States specified by such Owner or, if such Owner maintains an account
with the entity acting as Trustee, by deposit into such account. Payment as aforesaid shall be
made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as, at the respective times of
payment, shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

The Bonds and the form for registration of transfer and the form of certificate of
authentication to be printed on the Bonds are to be in substantially the forms thereof set forth in
Exhibits A, B and C hereto, respectively, with necessary or appropriate variations, omissions
and insertions as permitted or required by this Indenture.

Section 2.03 Execution of Bonds. The Bonds shall be executed on behalf of the Authority by
the President or a Vice President of the Authority and shall be attested by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Authority. Each of the foregoing officers may execute or cause to be
executed with a facsimile signature in lieu of a manual signature the Bonds, provided the signature
of either the President or a Vice President of the Authority or the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of the Authority shall, if required by applicable laws, be manually subscribed.

In case any officer of the Authority whose signature or a facsimile of whose signature shall
appear on the Bonds shall cease to be such officer before the authentication by the Trustee and
delivery of such Bonds, such signature or such facsimile shall nevertheless be valid and sufficient
for all purposes, the same as if such officer had remained in office until delivery; and any Bond
may be signed on behalf of the Authority by such persons as, at the time of execution of such Bond,
shall be the proper officers of the Authority, even though at the date of such Bond or of the
execution and delivery of this Indenture any such person was not such officer.

 

9

 

Section 2.04 Authentication of Bonds. Only such Bonds as shall have endorsed thereon a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto duly executed
by the Trustee shall be entitled to any right or benefit under this Indenture. No Bond shall be
valid or obligatory for any purpose unless and until such certificate of authentication shall have
been duly executed by the Trustee, and such executed certificate of authentication of the Trustee
upon any such Bonds shall be conclusive evidence that such Bond has been authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on any Bond shall be
deemed to have been executed by it if signed with an authorized signature of the Trustee, but it
shall not be necessary that the same person sign the certificate of authentication on all of the
Bonds issued hereunder. This Section 2.04 is subject to the provisions of Section 10.17 hereof.

Section 2.05 Bonds Not General Obligations. Neither Pima County, Arizona nor the State of
Arizona shall in any event be liable for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on the Bonds, and neither the Bonds nor the premium, if any, or the interest thereon,
shall be construed to constitute an indebtedness of Pima County, Arizona or the State of Arizona
within the meaning of any constitutional or statutory provisions whatsoever. The Bonds and the
premium, if any, and the interest thereon shall be limited obligations of the Authority payable
solely from the Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement and the other moneys
pledged therefor under this Indenture, and such fact shall be plainly stated on each Bond.

Section 2.06 Prerequisites to Authentication of Bonds. The Authority shall execute and
deliver to the Trustee and the Trustee shall authenticate the Bonds and deliver said Bonds to the
initial purchasers thereof as may be directed hereinafter in this Section 2.06.

Prior to the delivery on original issuance by the Trustee of any authenticated Bonds, there
shall be or have been delivered to the Trustee:

(a) a duly certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Authority
authorizing the execution and delivery of this Indenture and the Loan Agreement and the
issuance of the Bonds;

(b) an original duly executed counterpart or a duly certified copy of the Loan
Agreement;

(c) a request and authorization to the Trustee on behalf of the Authority, signed by
any duly authorized officer of the Authority, to authenticate and deliver the Bonds in the
aggregate principal amount determined by this Indenture to the purchaser or purchasers
therein identified upon payment to the Trustee, but for the account of the Authority, of a
sum specified in such request and authorization; and

(b) a written statement on behalf of the Company, executed by the President, any Vice
President or the Treasurer, (i) approving the issuance and delivery of the Bonds and (ii)
consenting to each and every provision of this Indenture.

 

10

 

Section 2.07 Lost or Destroyed Bonds or Bonds Canceled in Error. If any Bond, whether in
temporary or definitive form, is lost (whether by reason of theft or otherwise), destroyed (whether
by mutilation, damage, in whole or in part, or otherwise) or canceled in error, the Authority may
execute and the Trustee may authenticate a new Bond of like date and denomination and bearing a
number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided that (a) in the case of any mutilated Bond, such
mutilated Bond shall first be surrendered to the Trustee and (b) in the case of any lost Bond or
Bond destroyed in whole, there shall be first furnished to the Authority, the Trustee and the
Company evidence of such loss or destruction. In every case, the applicant for a substitute Bond
shall furnish the Authority, the Trustee and the Company such security or indemnity as may be
required by any of them. In the event any lost or destroyed Bond or a Bond canceled in error shall
have matured or is about to mature, or has been called for redemption, instead of issuing a
substitute Bond the Trustee may, in its discretion, pay the same without surrender thereof if there
shall be first furnished to the Authority, the Trustee and the Company evidence of such loss,
destruction or cancellation, together with indemnity, satisfactory to them. Upon the issuance of
any substitute Bond, the Authority and the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. The Trustee
may charge the Owner of any such Bond with the Trustee’s reasonable fees and expenses in connection
with any transaction described in this Section 2.07.

Every substitute Bond issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.07 by virtue of the
fact that any Bond is lost, destroyed or canceled in error shall constitute an additional
contractual obligation of the Authority, whether or not the Bond so lost, destroyed or canceled
shall be at any time enforceable, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture
equally and proportionately with any and all other Bonds duly issued hereunder. All Bonds shall be
held
and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by law, the foregoing
provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of lost, destroyed or
improperly canceled Bonds, notwithstanding any law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

Section 2.08 Transfer, Registration and Exchange of Bonds. The Trustee shall maintain and
keep, at its Principal Office, books for the registration and registration of transfer of Bonds,
which, at all reasonable times, shall be open for inspection by the Authority and the Company; and,
upon presentation for such purpose of any Bond entitled to registration or registration of transfer
at the Principal Office of the Trustee, the Trustee shall register or register the transfer in such
books, under such reasonable regulations as the Trustee may prescribe. The Trustee shall make all
necessary provisions to permit the exchange or registration of transfer of Bonds at its Principal
Office.

The transfer of any Bond shall be registered upon the registration books of the Trustee at the
written request of the Owner thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender
thereof at the Principal Office of the Trustee, together with a written instrument of transfer
satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by the Owner or his duly authorized attorney. Upon the
registration of transfer of any such Bond or Bonds, the Authority shall issue in the name of the
transferee, in authorized denominations, a new Bond or Bonds in the same aggregate principal amount
as the surrendered Bond or Bonds.

 

11

 

The Authority and the Trustee may deem and treat the Owner of any Bond as the absolute owner
of such Bond, whether such Bond shall be overdue or not, for the purpose of receiving payment of,
or on account of, the principal of and, except as provided in Section 2.02 hereof, interest on,
such Bond and for all other purposes, and neither the Authority nor the Trustee shall be affected
by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any such Owner or upon his order shall
be valid and effective to satisfy and discharge the liability upon such Bond to the extent of the
sum or sums so paid.

Bonds, upon surrender thereof at the Principal Office of the Trustee may, at the option of the
Owner thereof, be exchanged for an equal aggregate principal amount of Bonds of any authorized
denomination.

In all cases in which the privilege of exchanging Bonds or registering the transfer of Bonds
is exercised, the Authority shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Bonds in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. For every such exchange or registration of
transfer of Bonds, whether temporary or definitive, the Authority or the Trustee may make a charge
sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge required to be paid with
respect to such exchange or registration of transfer, which sum or sums shall be paid by the person
requesting such exchange or registration of transfer as a condition precedent to the exercise of
the privilege of making such exchange or registration of transfer. The Trustee shall not be
obligated (a) to make any such exchange or registration of transfer of Bonds during the fifteen
(15) days next preceding the date on which notice of any proposed redemption of
Bonds is given or (b) to make any exchange or registration of transfer of any Bonds called for
redemption.

The Bonds are to be initially registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for the
Depositary. Such Bonds shall not be transferable or exchangeable, nor shall any purported transfer
be registered, except as follows:

(a) such Bonds may be transferred in whole, and appropriate registration of transfer
effected, if such transfer is by such nominee to the Depositary, or by the Depositary to
another nominee thereof, or by any nominee of the Depositary to any other nominee thereof,
or by the Depositary or any nominee thereof to any successor securities depositary or any
nominee thereof; and

(b) such Bond may be exchanged for definitive Bonds registered in the respective names
of the beneficial holders thereof, and thereafter shall be transferable without restriction,
if:

(i) the Depositary shall have notified the Company and the Trustee that it is unwilling
or unable to continue to act as securities depositary with respect to such Bonds and the
Trustee shall not have been notified by the Company within ninety (90) days of the identity
of a successor securities depositary with respect to such Bonds;

(ii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a written instrument to the effect
that such Bonds shall be so exchangeable on and after a date specified therein; or

 

12

 

(iii) (1) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (2) the Trustee
shall have given notice of such Event of Default pursuant to Section 10.19 hereof and (3)
there shall have been delivered to the Authority, the Company and the Trustee an opinion of
counsel to the effect that the interests of the beneficial owners of such Bonds in respect
thereof will be materially impaired unless such owners become owners of definitive Bonds.

The Bonds delivered to the Depositary may contain a legend reflecting the foregoing
restrictions on registration of transfer and exchange.

Section 2.09 Other Obligations. The Authority expressly reserves the right to issue, to the
extent permitted by law, but shall not be obligated to issue, obligations under another indenture
or indentures to provide additional funds to pay the Cost of Construction of the Facilities or to
refund all or any principal amount of the Bonds, or any combination thereof.

Section 2.10 Temporary Bonds. Pending the preparation of definitive Bonds, the Authority may
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Bonds. Temporary Bonds shall be
issuable as registered Bonds without coupons, of any authorized denomination, and substantially in
the form of the definitive Bonds but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be
appropriate for temporary Bonds, all as may be determined
by the Authority. Temporary Bonds may contain such reference to any provisions of this
Indenture as may be appropriate. Every temporary Bond shall be executed by the Authority and be
authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and
with like effect, as the definitive Bonds. As promptly as practicable the Authority shall execute
and shall furnish definitive Bonds and thereupon temporary Bonds may be surrendered in exchange
therefor without charge at the Principal Office of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver in exchange for such temporary Bonds a like aggregate principal amount of definitive
Bonds of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Bonds shall be entitled to the
same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Bonds.

Section 2.11 Cancellation of Bonds. All Bonds which shall have been surrendered to the
Trustee for payment or redemption, and all Bonds which shall have been surrendered to the Trustee
for exchange or registration of transfer, shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All
Bonds delivered to or acquired by the Trustee for cancellation shall be canceled and destroyed by
the Trustee. The Trustee shall furnish to the Authority and the Company counterparts of
certificates evidencing such cancellation and destruction and specifying such Bonds by number.

Section 2.12 Payment of Principal and Interest. For the payment of interest on the Bonds, the
Authority shall cause to be deposited in the Bond Fund, on each interest payment date, solely out
of the Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement and other moneys pledged
therefor, an amount sufficient to pay the interest to become due on such interest payment date.
The obligation of the Authority to cause any such deposit to be made hereunder shall be reduced by
the amount of moneys in the Bond Fund available on such interest payment date for the payment of
interest on the Bonds.

 

13

 

For the payment of the principal of the Bonds upon maturity, the Authority shall cause to be
deposited in the Bond Fund, on the stated or accelerated date of maturity, solely out of the
Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement and other moneys pledged therefor,
an amount sufficient to pay the principal of the Bonds. The obligation of the Authority to cause
any such deposit to be made hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of moneys in the Bond Fund
available on the maturity date for the payment of the principal of the Bonds.

Section 2.13 Applicability of Book-Entry Provisions. Anything in this Indenture to the
contrary notwithstanding, (a) the provisions of the Blanket Issuer Letter of Representations, dated
February 26, 1996, between the Authority and The Depository Trust Company relating to the manner of
and procedures for payment and redemption of Bonds and related matters shall apply so long as such
Depositary shall be the Owner of all Outstanding Bonds and (b) the Authority and the Trustee, as
applicable, may enter into a similar agreement, on terms satisfactory to the Company, with any
subsequent Depositary and the provisions thereof shall apply so long as such Depositary shall be
the Owner of all Outstanding Bonds.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION OF BONDS

Section 3.01 Redemption Provisions. (a) The Bonds shall be subject to redemption by the
Authority, at the direction of the Company, on any date on or after October 1, 2020 in whole at any
time or in part from time to time, at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest,
if any, to the redemption date.

(b) The Bonds shall be subject to redemption by the Authority, at the direction of the
Company, in whole at any time at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if
any, to the redemption date, if:

(i) the Company shall have determined that the continued operation of the Facilities is
impracticable, uneconomical or undesirable for any reason;

(ii) all or substantially all of the Facilities shall have been condemned or taken by
eminent domain; or

(iii) the operation of the Facilities shall have been enjoined or shall have otherwise
been prohibited by, or shall conflict with, any order, decree, rule or regulation of any
court or of any federal, state or local regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental body.

(c) The Bonds shall be subject to mandatory redemption by the Authority, at 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the redemption date, on the 180th day (or such
earlier date as may be designated by the Company) after a final determination by a court of
competent jurisdiction or an administrative agency, to the effect that, as a result of a failure by
the Company to perform or observe any covenant, agreement or representation contained in the Loan
Agreement, the interest payable on the Bonds is included for federal income tax purposes in the
gross income of the owners thereof, other than any owner of a Bond who

 

14

 

is a “substantial user” of
the Facilities or a “related person” within the meaning of Section 147(a) of the Code. No determination by any court or administrative agency shall be considered final for the purposes of
this Section 3.01(c) unless the Company shall have been given timely notice of the proceeding which
resulted in such determination and an opportunity to participate in such proceeding, either
directly or through an owner of a Bond, and until the conclusion of any appellate review sought by
any party to such proceeding or the expiration of the time for seeking such review. The Bonds shall
be redeemed either in whole or in part in such principal amount that, in the opinion of Bond
Counsel, the interest payable on the Bonds, including the Bonds remaining outstanding after such
redemption, would not be included in the gross income of any owner thereof, other than an owner of
a Bond who is a “substantial user” of the Facilities or a “related person” within the meaning of
Section 147(a) of the Code.

(d) In the event that the aggregate of the amounts deposited pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof
into the Bond Fund, together with any income or other gain from the investment thereof, shall at
any time, or from time to time, be equal to or greater than $5,000, but only to the extent that
such amounts are required under Section 4.04(b) hereof to be applied to the redemption of Bonds,
the Authority shall redeem Bonds, at the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the
redemption date, in the largest aggregate principal amount which does not exceed the amount
of such deposit or deposits, together with such income or gain, on the next interest payment
date on which a redemption may be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.03(a) or
Section 3.03(b) hereof and on which Bonds, in such amount, are otherwise redeemable at the
principal amount thereof under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 3.01.

Section 3.02 Selection of Bonds to be Redeemed. If less than all the Bonds shall be called
for redemption under any provision of this Indenture permitting such partial redemption, the
particular Bonds or portions of Bonds to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee, in such
manner as the Trustee in its discretion may deem proper, in the aggregate principal amount
designated to the Trustee by the Company or otherwise as required by this Indenture; provided,
however, that if, as indicated in a certificate of an Authorized Company Representative delivered
to the Trustee, the Company shall have offered to purchase all Bonds then Outstanding and less than
all such Bonds have been tendered to the Company for such purchase, the Trustee, at the direction
of an Authorized Company Representative, shall select for redemption all such Bonds which shall not
have been so tendered; and provided, further, that the portion of any Bond to be redeemed shall be
in the principal amount of $5,000 or some integral multiple thereof and that, in selecting Bonds
for redemption, the Trustee shall treat each Bond as representing that number of Bonds which is
obtained by dividing the principal amount of such Bond by $5,000. If it is determined that one or
more, but not all, of the $5,000 units of principal amount represented by any such Bond is to be
called for redemption, then, upon notice of intention to redeem such $5,000 unit or units, the
Owner of such Bond shall forthwith surrender such Bond to the Trustee for (y) payment to such Owner
of the redemption price (including the redemption premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date
fixed for redemption) of the $5,000 unit or units of principal amount called for redemption and (z)
delivery to such Owner of a new Bond or Bonds in the aggregate principal amount of the unredeemed
balance of the principal amount of any such Bond. Bonds representing the unredeemed balance of the
principal amount of any such Bond shall be delivered to the Owner thereof, without charge therefor.
If the Owner of any such Bond of a denomination greater than $5,000 shall fail to present such
Bond to the Trustee for payment and exchange as aforesaid, such Bond shall, nevertheless, become
due and payable on the date fixed for redemption to the extent of the $5,000 unit or units of
principal amount called for redemption (and to that extent only).

 

15

 

Section 3.03 Procedure for Redemption. (a) In the event any of the Bonds are called for
redemption, the Trustee shall give notice, in the name of the Authority, of the redemption of such
Bonds, which notice shall (i) specify the Bonds to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption
price, and the place or places where amounts due upon such redemption will be payable (which shall
be the Principal Office of the Trustee) and, if less than all of the Bonds are to be redeemed, the
numbers assigned to the Bonds to be redeemed, if any, and the portion of the principal amount of
any Bond to be redeemed in part, (ii) state any condition to such redemption and (iii) state that
on the redemption date, and upon the satisfaction of any such condition, the Bonds or portions
thereof to be redeemed shall cease to bear interest. Such notice may set forth any additional
information relating to such redemption. Such notice shall be given by Mail or Electronic Means at
least twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the Owners of the Bonds to be
redeemed; provided, however, that failure duly to give such Notice by Mail or Electronic Means, or
any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of any proceedings for the
redemption of Bonds as to which there shall have been no such failure or defect. If a notice
of redemption shall be unconditional, or if the conditions of a conditional notice or redemption
shall have been satisfied, then upon presentation and surrender of Bonds so called for redemption
at the place or places of payment, such Bonds shall be redeemed. The Trustee shall promptly
deliver to the Company a copy of each such notice of redemption.

(b) With respect to any notice of redemption of Bonds in accordance with subsection (a) or (b)
of Section 3.01 hereof, unless, upon the giving of such notice, such Bonds shall be deemed to have
been paid within the meaning of ARTICLE VIII hereof, such notice shall state that such redemption
shall be conditional upon the receipt, by the Trustee at or prior to the opening of business on the
date fixed for such redemption, of moneys sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on such
Bonds to be redeemed, and that if such moneys shall not have been so received said notice shall be
of no force and effect and the Authority shall not be required to redeem such Bonds and such
failure to redeem shall not constitute an event of default hereunder. In the event that such
notice of redemption contains such a condition and such moneys are not so received or any other
condition specified in the notice of redemption shall not have been met, the redemption shall not
be made and the Trustee shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice, in the manner in
which the notice of redemption was given, that such moneys were not so received.

(c) Any Bonds and portions of Bonds which have been duly selected for redemption shall cease
to bear interest on the specified redemption date provided that moneys sufficient to pay the
principal of and interest on such Bonds shall be on deposit with the Trustee on the date fixed for
redemption so that such Bonds will be deemed to be paid in accordance with ARTICLE VIII hereof.

(d) Any notice of redemption delivered pursuant to Section 3.01(a) hereof may be revoked by
the Company by written notice delivered to the Trustee by the Company not less than two (2)
business days prior to the redemption date.

 

16

 

Section 3.04 Payment of Redemption Price. For the redemption of any of the Bonds, the
Authority shall cause to be deposited in the Bond Fund, on the redemption date, solely out of the
Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement, an amount sufficient to pay the
principal of and interest to become due on such redemption date. The obligation of the Authority
to cause any such deposit to be made hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of moneys in the Bond
Fund available on such redemption date for payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the
Bonds to be redeemed.

Section 3.05 No Partial Redemption After Default. Anything in this Indenture to the contrary
notwithstanding, if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default defined in
clause (a) or (b) of the first paragraph of Section 9.01 hereof, there shall be no redemption of
less than all of the Bonds at the time Outstanding other than a partial redemption in connection
with an offer by the Company to purchase all Bonds Outstanding as contemplated in the first proviso
to the first sentence of Section 3.02 hereof.

ARTICLE IV

THE BOND FUND

Section 4.01 Creation of Bond Fund. There is hereby created and established with the Trustee
a trust fund in the name of the Authority to be designated “The Industrial Development Authority of
The County of Pima Industrial Development Revenue Bonds, 2010 Series A (Tucson Electric Power
Company Project) Bond Fund.” The Trustee shall establish and maintain within the Bond Fund such
segregated subaccounts as may be requested by an Authorized Company Representative. The Bond Fund,
and all moneys and certificated securities therein, shall be kept in the possession of the Trustee.

Section 4.02 Liens. The Authority shall not create any lien upon the Bond Fund or upon the
Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement other than the lien hereby created.

Section 4.03 Deposits into Bond Fund. (a) There shall be deposited into the Bond Fund:

(i) all amounts required to be deposited into the Bond Fund by Section 5.02 hereof;

(ii) all amounts required to be deposited into the Bond Fund by Section 5.03 and
Section 5.04 hereof;

(iii) all Loan Payments; and

(iv) all other moneys received by the Trustee under and pursuant to any provision of
the Loan Agreement, other than Sections 5.03, 5.04 and 8.05 thereof, or from any other
source when accompanied by directions by the Company that such moneys are to be paid into
the Bond Fund, such moneys to be deposited into the account specified by such provision of
the Loan Agreement or by such directions, or, if no specification is made, into the General
Account.

 

17

 

(b) All income or other gain from the investment of moneys in the Bond Fund shall be retained
therein.

Section 4.04 Use of Moneys in Bond Fund.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.06, Section 9.01 and Section 10.04, all moneys
in the Bond Fund constituting part of the Trust Estate shall be used solely for the payment of the
principal of and interest on the Bonds as the same shall become due and payable at maturity, upon
redemption or otherwise.

(b) Moneys deposited pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof, and any income or other gain from the
investment thereof, shall be applied by the Trustee (i) in whole or in part (A) to the
purchase of Bonds in such amounts, at such prices, at such times and otherwise as directed by
an Authorized Company Representative, or to the redemption, at the direction of the Company, of
Bonds pursuant to subsection (a) or, if applicable, (b) or (d) of Section 3.01 hereof or (B) in any
other manner directed by an Authorized Company Representative which, as indicated in an opinion of
Bond Counsel furnished by the Company to the Authority and the Trustee, will not, in and of itself,
impair the validity under the Act of the Bonds or the exclusion of the interest on the Bonds from
gross income for federal income tax purposes, or, in the absence of any such purchase, redemption
or direction on or prior to the forty-fifth (45th) day prior to the first interest payment date
specified in Section 3.01(d) hereof, (ii) to the payment of principal upon the redemption, from
time to time, of Bonds pursuant to Section 3.01(d) hereof, any moneys which are not so applied to
be retained and applied by the Trustee to the payment of principal of Bonds either at maturity or
upon the redemption of all or any portion of the Bonds, whichever occurs first. Pending the
application of moneys deposited into the Bond Fund pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof, such moneys may
be invested in Investment Securities in the manner permitted by Section 6.01 hereof and in
accordance with the provisions of the Tax Agreement.

Section 4.05 Custody of Bond Fund; Withdrawal of Moneys. The Bond Fund shall be in the
custody of the Trustee but in the name of the Authority and the Authority hereby authorizes and
directs the Trustee to withdraw from the Bond Fund funds constituting part of the Trust Estate
sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Bonds as the same shall become due and
payable, and to withdraw from the Bond Fund funds sufficient to pay any other amounts payable
therefrom as the same shall become due and payable.

Section 4.06 Bonds Not Presented for Payment. In the event any Bonds shall not be presented
for payment when the principal thereof becomes due, either at maturity or at the date fixed for
redemption thereof or otherwise, if moneys sufficient to pay such Bonds are held by the Trustee for
the benefit of the Owners thereof, the Trustee shall segregate and hold such moneys in trust,
without liability for interest thereon, for the benefit of the Owners of such Bonds, who shall,
except as provided in the following paragraph, thereafter be restricted exclusively to such fund or
funds for the satisfaction of any claim of whatever nature on their part under this Indenture or
relating to said Bonds.

 

18

 

Any moneys which the Trustee shall segregate and hold in trust for the payment of the
principal of or interest on any Bond and remaining unclaimed for one (1) year after such principal
or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company; provided, however, that before
the Trustee shall be required to make any such repayment, the Trustee shall, at the expense of the
Company, cause notice to be given by Mail or Electronic Means to the effect that such money remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days
from the date of such notice by Mail or Electronic Means, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then
remaining will be paid to the Company. After the payment of such unclaimed moneys to the Company,
the Owner of such Bond shall thereafter look only to the Company for the payment thereof, and all
liability of the Authority and the Trustee with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

Section 4.07 Moneys Held in Trust. All moneys and Investment Securities held by the Trustee
in the Bond Fund, and all moneys required to be deposited with or paid to the Trustee for deposit
into the Bond Fund, and all moneys withdrawn from the Bond Fund and held by the Trustee, shall be
held by the Trustee, in trust, and such moneys and Investment Securities (other than moneys held
pursuant to Section 4.06 hereof and moneys or Investment Securities held in the Rebate Fund
established in furtherance of the obligations of the Company under clause (b) of Section 6.04 of
the Loan Agreement), while so held or so required to be deposited or paid, shall constitute part of
the Trust Estate and be subject to the lien and security interest created hereby in favor of the
Trustee, for the benefit of the Owners from time to time of the Bonds. The Company shall have no
right, title or interest in the Bond Fund, except such rights as may arise after the right, title
and interest of the Trustee in and to the Trust Estate and all covenants, agreements and other
obligations of the Authority under this Indenture shall have ceased, terminated and become void and
shall have been satisfied and discharged in accordance with ARTICLE VIII hereof.

ARTICLE V

THE CONSTRUCTION FUND

Section 5.01 Creation of, and Disbursements from, Construction Fund.

(a) There is hereby created and established with the Trustee a trust fund in the name of the
Authority to be designated “The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima Industrial
Development Revenue Bonds, 2010 Series A (Tucson Electric Power Company Project) Construction
Fund”. The Trustee shall establish and maintain any subaccount within the Construction Fund which
may be requested by an Authorized Company Representative. The Construction Fund, and all moneys
and certificated securities therein, shall be kept in the possession of the Trustee. The Authority
shall not create any lien upon the Construction Fund other than the lien hereby created.

(b) The proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Bonds shall be deposited into the
Construction Fund. All income or other gain from the investment of moneys in the Construction Fund
shall be retained in the Construction Fund.

 

19

 

(c) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to disburse moneys in the Construction Fund
to or upon the order of the Company from time to time upon receipt by the Trustee of requisitions
substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto executed by, or communications by e-mail in
PDF format or facsimile transmission from, an Authorized Company Representative, which requisitions
or communications shall state with respect to each payment to be made: (i) the requisition number,
(ii) the name and address of the person, firm or corporation to whom payment is due or has been
made (or, in the case of payments to the Bond Fund, instructions to make such payments thereto),
(iii) the amount paid or to be paid, (iv) (A) that each obligation, item of cost or expense with
respect to which such requisition is being made has been properly incurred and has been paid or is
then due and payable as an item of the Cost of Construction, is a proper charge against the
Construction Fund, and has not been the basis of any
previous final payment therefrom or from the proceeds of any other obligations issued by the
Authority or (B) in the event that a portion of the Bonds shall have been paid, redeemed or deemed
to have been paid within the meaning of ARTICLE VIII hereof by reason of the application of the
proceeds of the sale of any obligations issued under an indenture other than this Indenture and if
the payment of such requisition is to be made into the construction, acquisition or other similar
fund created under such other indenture, that upon disbursement from such construction, acquisition
or other similar fund, each obligation, item of cost or expense mentioned in the requisition for
such disbursement shall have been properly incurred and shall have been paid or will then be due
and payable as an item of the Cost of Construction, (v) that the payment of such requisition will
not result in a breach of any of the covenants of the Company contained in Section 4.04 (c) or (d)
of the Loan Agreement and (vi) that, to the best of the knowledge of such Authorized Company
Representative, there shall not have occurred and be continuing any event of default under the Loan
Agreement. In Section 4.04 of the Loan Agreement the Company has agreed that any such
communication by e-mail or facsimile transmission shall be promptly confirmed by a requisition,
substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, executed by an Authorized Company Representative.

(d) In paying any requisition under this Section 5.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to
conclusively rely as to the completeness and accuracy of all statements in such requisition upon
the approval of such requisition by an Authorized Company Representative, execution thereof to be
conclusive evidence of such approval, and the Company has by the provisions of the Loan Agreement
covenanted and agreed to indemnify and save harmless the Trustee from any liability incurred in
connection with the payment of any requisition so executed by an Authorized Company Representative.

The Trustee shall keep and maintain adequate records pertaining to the Construction Fund and
all disbursements therefrom and, upon receipt of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 3.05
or Section 3.09(b) of the Loan Agreement, the Trustee shall, if requested in writing by the
Authority or the Company, file an accounting thereof with the Authority and with the Company.

Section 5.02 Completion of Facilities; Termination of Construction. Upon receipt by the
Trustee of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 3.05 or Section 3.09(b) of the Loan
Agreement, any balance remaining in the Construction Fund (other than amounts retained by the
Trustee at the direction of the Company pursuant to Section 3.05 or 3.09 of the Loan Agreement or
in furtherance of the covenant of the Company contained in clause (b) of Section 6.04 of the Loan
Agreement) shall (a) be applied in whole or in part (i) to the purchase of Bonds in such amounts,
at such prices, at such times and otherwise as directed by an Authorized Company Representative, or
(ii) in any other manner directed by the Company which, as indicated in an opinion of Bond Counsel

 

20

 

furnished by the Company to the Authority and the Trustee, will not impair the validity under the
Act of the Bonds or the exclusion of the interest on the Bonds from gross income for federal income
tax purposes or (b) in the absence of any such purchase or direction within sixty (60) days of the
receipt by the Trustee of such certificate (or such shorter period as the Company shall direct), be
deposited by the Trustee into the Bond Fund. From time to time as the proper disposition of the
amounts retained by the Trustee in the Construction Fund
as aforesaid shall be determined, to the extent that such amounts are not paid out in full by
the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 6.01 hereof, the Company shall so notify the
Trustee and the Authority by one or more certificates as aforesaid and any amounts from time to
time no longer to be so retained by the Trustee shall be applied as aforesaid. Pending the
application of any moneys remaining in the Construction Fund following the receipt of the aforesaid
certificate, such moneys may be invested in Investment Securities in the manner permitted by
Section 6.01 hereof and in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Agreement.

Section 5.03 Redemption of All Outstanding Bonds. Except as set forth in Section 5.05 hereof,
in the event that all Outstanding Bonds are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall, without further
authorization, deposit into the Bond Fund all amounts remaining in the Construction Fund
constituting part of the Trust Estate, with advice to the Authority and the Company of such action,
such deposit to be made on the date fixed for such redemption.

Section 5.04 Acceleration of Bonds. In the event that the principal of the Bonds shall have
become due and payable pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof, the Trustee shall, without further
authorization, deposit into the Bond Fund all amounts constituting part of the Trust Estate
remaining in the Construction Fund, with advice to the Authority and the Company of such action,
such deposit to be made on the date fixed for such acceleration.

Section 5.05 Refunding of Bonds. In the event that all Outstanding Bonds are paid, redeemed
or deemed to have been paid within the meaning of ARTICLE VIII hereof by reason of the application
of the proceeds of the sale of any obligations the interest on which is exempt from federal income
taxation, under an indenture other than this Indenture, the Trustee shall, without further
authorization, withdraw all amounts constituting part of the Trust Estate remaining in the
Construction Fund and deposit such amounts into corresponding accounts in the construction,
acquisition or other similar fund created under the indenture under which such obligations are
issued, with advice to the Authority and the Company of such action, such withdrawals and deposits
to be made, in accordance with the provisions of such indenture, on the date on which such Bonds
are so paid, redeemed or deemed to have been paid; provided, however, that if Bonds shall have been
paid, redeemed or deemed to have been paid within the meaning of ARTICLE VIII hereof by reason of
the application of the proceeds of the sale of more than one issue of obligations the interest on
which is excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes under indentures other than
this Indenture, the Trustee shall, if directed by an Authorized Company Representative, withdraw
all amounts remaining in the Construction Fund and such amounts shall be allocated among, and
deposited into, as directed by such Authorized Company Representative, corresponding accounts in
the construction, acquisition or other similar funds created under the indentures under which such
obligations are issued, with advice to the Authority and the Company of such action, such
withdrawals and deposits to be made, in accordance with the provisions of such indentures, on the
date on which all Bonds are so paid, redeemed or deemed to have been paid.

 

21

 

Section 5.06 Moneys Held in Trust. All moneys and Investment Securities held by the Trustee
in the Construction Fund, shall be held by the Trustee, in trust and such moneys and Investment
Securities (other than any moneys or Investment Securities held in the Construction Fund
established in furtherance of the obligations of the Company under Section 6.04(b) of the Loan
Agreement) while so held or so required to be deposited or paid, shall constitute part of the Trust
Estate and be subject to the lien and security interest created hereby in favor of the Trustee for
the benefit of the Owners from time to time of the Bonds. The Company shall have no right, title
or interest in the Construction Fund, except that, to the extent not required to be applied in
another manner by any provision hereof, moneys held by the Trustee in the Construction Fund shall
be disbursed by the Trustee to the Company upon and to the extent of, but solely upon and to the
extent of, satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 5.01(c) hereof.

ARTICLE VI

INVESTMENTS

Section 6.01 Investments. The moneys in the Construction Fund and in the Bond Fund shall, at
the written direction of the Company, be invested and reinvested in Investment Securities. Any
Investment Securities may be purchased subject to options or other rights in third parties to
acquire the same. In addition, the Trustee shall, at the written direction of the Company, enter
into (i) reverse repurchase agreements and option agreements with respect to any Investment
Securities held by it and (ii) transactions for the purchase or sale of financial futures contracts
in obligations which constitute Investment Securities or options on financial futures contracts in
obligations which constitute Investment Securities. Subject to the further provisions of this
Section 6.01, such investments shall be made by the Trustee as directed and designated by the
Company in a certificate of, or telephonic advice promptly confirmed by a certificate of, an
Authorized Company Representative. As and when any amounts thus invested may be needed for
disbursements from the Construction Fund or the Bond Fund, the Trustee shall request the Company to
designate such investments to be sold or otherwise converted into cash to the credit of such fund
as shall be sufficient to meet such disbursement requirements and shall then follow any directions
in respect thereto of an Authorized Company Representative. As long as no Event of Default (as
defined in Section 9.01 hereof) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company shall have the
right to designate the investments to be sold and to otherwise direct the Trustee in the sale or
conversion to cash of the investments made with the moneys in the Construction Fund and in the Bond
Fund, provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively assume the absence of any such
Event of Default unless it has notice thereof within the meaning of Section 10.05 hereof.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL COVENANTS

Section 7.01 No General Obligations. Each and every covenant herein made, including all
covenants made in the various sections of this ARTICLE VII, is predicated upon the condition that
neither Pima County, Arizona nor the State of Arizona shall in any event be liable for the payment
of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds or for the performance of any
pledge, mortgage, obligation or agreement created by or arising out of this
Indenture or the issuance of the Bonds, and further that neither the Bonds, nor the premium,
if any, or interest thereon, nor any such obligation or agreement of the Authority shall be
construed to constitute an indebtedness of Pima County, Arizona or the State of Arizona within the
meaning of any constitutional or statutory provisions whatsoever. The Bonds and the interest and
premium, if any, thereon shall be limited obligations of the Authority payable solely from the
Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement and the other moneys pledged
therefor.

 

22

 

The Authority shall promptly cause to be paid, solely from the sources stated herein, the
principal of and premium, if any, and interest on every Bond issued under this Indenture at the
place, on the dates and in the manner provided herein and in said Bonds according to the true
intent and meaning thereof.

Section 7.02 Performance of Covenants of the Authority; Representations. The Authority shall
faithfully perform at all times any and all covenants, undertakings, stipulations and provisions
contained in this Indenture, in any and every Bond executed, authenticated and delivered hereunder,
and in all proceedings pertaining thereto. The Authority represents that it is duly authorized
under the Constitution and laws of the State of Arizona to issue the Bonds authorized hereby, to
enter into the Loan Agreement and this Indenture, and to pledge and assign to the Trustee the Trust
Estate, and that the Bonds in the hands of the Owners thereof are and will be valid and binding
limited obligations of the Authority.

Section 7.03 Maintenance of Rights and Powers; Compliance with Laws. The Authority shall at
all times use its best efforts to maintain its corporate existence or assure the assumption of its
obligations under this Indenture by any public body succeeding to its powers under the Act; and it
shall at all times use its best efforts to comply with all valid acts, rules, regulations, orders
and directions of any legislative, executive, administrative or judicial body known to it to be
applicable to the Loan Agreement and this Indenture.

Section 7.04 Enforcement of Obligations of the Company; Amendments. Upon receipt of written
notification from the Trustee, the Authority shall cooperate with the Trustee in enforcing the
obligation of the Company to pay or cause to be paid all the payments and other costs and charges
payable by the Company under the Loan Agreement. The Authority shall not enter into any agreement
with the Company amending the Loan Agreement without the prior written consent of the Trustee and
compliance with Section 12.06 and Section 12.07 of this Indenture (a revision to Exhibit A to the
Loan Agreement not being deemed an amendment for purposes of this Section).

Section 7.05 Further Instruments. The Authority shall, upon the reasonable request of the
Trustee, from time to time execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further
action as may be reasonable and as may be required to carry out the purposes of this Indenture;
provided, however, that no such instruments or actions shall pledge the credit or taxing power of
the State of Arizona, Pima County, the Authority or any other political subdivision of said State.

Section 7.06 No Disposition of Trust Estate. Except as permitted by this Indenture, the
Authority shall not sell, lease, pledge, assign or otherwise dispose of or encumber its interest in
the Trust Estate and will promptly pay or cause to be discharged or make adequate provision to
discharge any lien or charge on any part thereof not permitted hereby.

 

23

 

Section 7.07 Financing Statements. The Authority and the Trustee shall cooperate with the
Company in causing appropriate financing statements naming, the Trustee as pledgee of the Receipts
and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement and of the other moneys pledged under the
Indenture for the payment of the principal of and interest on the Bonds, and as pledgee and
assignee of the balance of the Trust Estate, and the Authority shall cooperate with the Trustee and
the Company in causing appropriate continuation statements to be duly filed and recorded in the
appropriate state and county offices as required by the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code
or other similar law as adopted in the State of Arizona and any other applicable jurisdiction, as
from time to time amended, in order to perfect and maintain the security interests created by this
Indenture.

Section 7.08 Tax Covenants; Rebate Fund. (a) The Authority covenants for the benefit of all
Owners from time to time of the Bonds that it will not directly or indirectly use or (to the extent
within its control), permit the use of, the proceeds of any of the Bonds or any other funds of the
Authority, or take or omit to take any other action, if and to the extent that such use, or the
taking or omission to take such action, would cause any of the Bonds to be “arbitrage bonds” within
the meaning of Section 148 of the Code or otherwise subject to federal income taxation by reason of
failing to qualify under Section 103 and Sections 141 through 150 of the Code and any applicable
regulations promulgated thereunder. To that end the Authority covenants to comply with all
covenants set forth in the Tax Agreement, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference as
though fully set forth herein.

(b) The Trustee shall establish and maintain a fund separate from any other fund established
and maintained hereunder designated “The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima
Industrial Development Revenue Bonds, 2010 Series A (Tucson Electric Power Company Project) Rebate
Fund” (herein called the “Rebate Fund”) in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Agreement.
Within the Rebate Fund, the Trustee shall maintain such accounts as shall be directed by the
Company in order for the Authority and the Company to comply with the provisions of the Tax
Agreement. Subject to the transfer provisions provided in paragraph (c) below, all money at any
time deposited in the Rebate Fund shall be held by the Trustee in trust, to the extent required to
satisfy the Rebate Requirement (as defined in the Tax Agreement), for payment to the United States
of America, and neither the Company, the Authority or the Owners shall have any rights in or claim
to such moneys. All amounts deposited into or on deposit in the Rebate Fund shall be governed by
this Section 7.08, by Section 6.04 of the Loan Agreement and by the Tax Agreement. The Trustee
shall conclusively be deemed to have complied with such provisions if it follows the directions of
the Company, including supplying all necessary information in the manner set forth in the Tax
Agreement, and shall not be required to take any actions thereunder in the absence of written
directions from the Company.

(c) Upon receipt of the Company’s written instructions, the Trustee shall remit part or all of
the balances in the Rebate Fund to the United States of America, as so directed. In addition, if
the Company so directs, the Trustee shall deposit moneys into or transfer moneys out of the Rebate
Fund from or into such accounts or funds as directed by the Company’s written
directions. Any funds remaining in the Rebate Fund after all of the Bonds shall have been
paid and any Rebate Requirement shall have been satisfied, or provision therefor reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made, shall be withdrawn and remitted to the Company.

 

24

 

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture, the obligation to remit the Rebate
Requirement to the United States of America and to comply with all other requirements of this
Section 7.08, Section 6.04 of the Loan Agreement and the Tax Agreement shall survive the payment of
the Bonds and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Defeasance. If the Authority shall pay or cause to be paid to the Owner of any
Bond secured hereby the principal of and interest due and payable, and thereafter to become due and
payable, upon such Bond or any portion of such Bond in the principal amount of $5,000 or any
integral multiple thereof, such Bond or portion thereof shall cease to be entitled to any lien,
benefit or security under this Indenture. If the Authority shall pay or cause to be paid to the
Owners of all the Bonds secured hereby the principal of and interest due and payable, and
thereafter to become due and payable, thereon, and shall pay or cause to be paid all other sums
payable hereunder including, without limitation, amounts payable pursuant to Section 10.04 hereof,
then, and in that case, the right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to the Trust Estate
shall thereupon cease, terminate and become void. In such event, the Trustee shall assign,
transfer and turn over to the Company the Trust Estate, including, without limitation, any surplus
in the Bond Fund and any balance remaining in any other fund created under this Indenture.

All or any portion of Outstanding Bonds or portions of Bonds in principal amounts of $5,000 or
any integral multiple thereof, shall prior to the maturity or redemption date thereof be deemed to
have been paid within the meaning and with the effect expressed in this ARTICLE VIII, and the
entire indebtedness of the Authority with respect thereof shall be satisfied and discharged, when:

(a) in the event said Bonds or portions thereof have been selected for redemption in
accordance with Section 3.02 hereof, the Trustee shall have given, or the Company shall have
given to the Trustee in form satisfactory to it irrevocable instructions to give, on a date
in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.03 hereof, notice of redemption of such Bonds
or portions thereof,

(b) there shall have been deposited with the Trustee either moneys in an amount which
shall be sufficient, or Government Obligations which shall not contain provisions permitting
the redemption thereof at the option of the issuer, the principal of and the interest on
which, when due, and without regard to any reinvestment thereof, will provide moneys which,
together with the moneys, if any, deposited with or held by the Trustee, shall be
sufficient, to pay when due the principal of and interest due and to become due on said
Bonds or portions thereof on and prior to the redemption date or maturity date thereof, as
the case may be, and

 

25

 

(c) in the event said Bonds or portions thereof do not mature and are not to be
redeemed within the next succeeding sixty (60) days, the Company shall have given the
Trustee in form satisfactory to it irrevocable instructions to give, as soon as practicable
in the same manner as a notice of redemption is given pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, a
notice to the Owners of said Bonds or portions thereof that the deposit required by clause
(b) above has been made with the Trustee and that said Bonds or portions thereof are deemed
to have been paid in accordance with this ARTICLE VIII and stating the maturity or
redemption date upon which moneys are to be available for the payment of the principal of
and interest on said Bonds or portions thereof.

Neither the Government Obligations nor moneys deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this
ARTICLE VIII nor principal or interest payments on any such Government Obligations shall be
withdrawn or used for any purpose other than, and such Government Obligations, moneys and principal
or interest payments shall be held in trust for, the payment of the principal of and interest on
said Bonds or portions thereof; provided, that any cash received from such principal or interest
payments on such Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee, if not then needed for such
purposes, shall, to the extent practicable, be invested in Government Obligations of the type
described in clause (b) of the preceding paragraph maturing at times and in amounts sufficient to
pay when due the principal of and interest to become due on said Bonds or portions thereof on and
prior to such redemption date or maturity date thereof, as the case may be, and interest earned
from such reinvestments shall be paid over to the Company, as received by the Trustee, free and
clear of any trust, lien or pledge hereunder. If payment of less than all the Bonds is to be
provided for in the manner and with the effect provided in this ARTICLE VIII, the Trustee shall
select such Bonds or portions of Bonds in the manner specified by Section 3.02 hereof for selection
for redemption of less than all Bonds in the principal amount designated to the Trustee by the
Company. At or prior to the time of the deposit of any Government Obligations with the Trustee
pursuant to this Section 8.01, the Company shall provide the Trustee with a certificate of an
accountant or an accounting firm as to the sufficiency of such Government Obligations to pay when
due the principal of and interest due and to become due as set forth in clause (b) of the preceding
paragraph.

ARTICLE IX

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 9.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute and is referred
to in this Indenture as an “Event of Default”:

(a) a failure to pay the principal of any of the Bonds when the same shall become due
and payable at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise;

(b) a failure to pay an installment of interest on any of the Bonds after such interest
shall have become due and payable for a period of thirty (30) days;

 

26

 

(c) a failure by the Authority to observe and perform any covenant, condition,
agreement or provision (other than as specified in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 9.01)
contained in the Bonds or in this Indenture on the part of the Authority to be observed or
performed, which failure shall continue for a period of sixty (60) days after written
notice, specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied, shall have been given to
the Authority and the Company by the Trustee, which may give such notice in its discretion
and which shall give such notice at the written request of Owners of not less than a
majority of the principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding, unless the Trustee, or the
Trustee and Owners of a principal amount of Bonds not less than the principal amount of
Bonds the Owners of which requested that such notice be given, as the case may be, shall
agree in writing to an extension of such period prior to its expiration; provided, however,
that the Trustee, or the Trustee and the Owners of such principal amount of Bonds, as the
case may be, shall be deemed to have agreed to an extension of such period if corrective
action is initiated by the Authority, or the Company on behalf of the Authority, within such
period and is being diligently pursued.

Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default described in clause (a) or (b) of
the preceding paragraph, the Trustee may, and at the written request of Owners of not less than a
majority of the principal amount of Bonds then Outstanding shall, by written notice to the
Authority and the Company, declare the Bonds to be immediately due and payable, whereupon they
shall, without further action, become and be immediately due and payable, anything in this
Indenture or in the Bonds to the contrary notwithstanding, and the Trustee shall give notice
thereof by Mail or Electronic Means to all Owners of Outstanding Bonds.

The provisions of the preceding paragraph, however, are subject to the condition that if,
after the principal of the Bonds shall have been so declared to be due and payable, and before any
judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as
hereinafter provided, the Authority shall cause to be deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient
to pay all matured installments of interest upon all Bonds and the principal of any and all Bonds
which shall have become due otherwise than by reason of such declaration (with interest upon such
principal and, to the extent permissible by law, on overdue installments of interest, at the rate
per annum borne by the Bonds) and such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable
compensation and reimbursement of expenses payable to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, and
all Events of Default hereunder other than nonpayment of the principal of Bonds which shall have
become due by said declaration shall have been remedied, then, in every such case, such Event of
Default shall be deemed waived and such declaration and its consequences rescinded and annulled,
and the Trustee shall promptly give written notice of such waiver, rescission and annulment to the
Authority and the Company, and, if notice of the acceleration of the Bonds shall have been given to
the Owners of the Bonds, shall give notice thereof by Mail or Electronic Means to all Owners of
Outstanding Bonds; but no such waiver, rescission and annulment shall extend to or affect any
subsequent Event of Default or impair any right or remedy consequent thereon.

Section 9.02 Remedies. Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, then and
in every such case the Trustee in its discretion may, and upon the written request of Owners of not
less than a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding and receipt of indemnity to
its satisfaction shall, in its own name and as the Trustee of an express trust:

(a) by mandamus, or other suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity, enforce all
rights of the Owners of the Bonds, and require the Authority or the Company
to carry out any agreements with or for the benefit of such Owners and to perform its
or their duties under the Act, the Loan Agreement and this Indenture;

 

27

 

(b) bring suit upon the Bonds; or

(c) by action or suit in equity enjoin any acts or things which may be unlawful or in
violation of the rights of the Owners of the Bonds.

Section 9.03 Restoration to Former Position. In the event that any proceeding taken by the
Trustee to enforce any right under this Indenture shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any
reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then the Authority, the Trustee and
the Owners shall be restored, subject to any determination in such proceeding, to their former
positions and rights hereunder, respectively, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Trustee
shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

Section 9.04 Owners’ Right to Direct Proceedings. Anything in this Indenture to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Owners of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding
hereunder shall have the right, by an instrument in writing executed and delivered to the Trustee,
to direct the time, method and place of conducting all remedial proceedings available to the
Trustee under this Indenture or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this
Indenture; provided, however, that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with
law and the provisions of this Indenture and that the Trustee shall have the right (but not the
obligation) to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall
determine that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Trustee in
good faith shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee in
personal liability or if the Trustee in good faith shall so determine that the actions or
forbearances specified in or pursuant to such direction would be unduly prejudicial to the
interests of Owners not joining in the giving of said direction, it being understood that the
Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly
prejudicial to such Owners.

Section 9.05 Limitation on Owners’ Right to Institute Proceedings. No Owner of Bonds shall
have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law for the execution of
any trust or power hereunder, or any other remedy hereunder or on said Bonds, unless such Owner
previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default as hereinabove
provided and unless the Owners of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then
Outstanding shall have made written request of the Trustee so to do, after the right to institute
said suit, action or proceeding shall have accrued, and shall have afforded the Trustee a
reasonable opportunity to proceed to institute the same in either its or their name, and unless
there also shall have been offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against
the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee shall not
have complied with such request within a reasonable time; and such notification, request and offer
of indemnity are hereby declared in every such case, at the option of the Trustee, to be conditions
precedent to the institution of said suit, action or proceeding; it being understood and intended
that no one or more of the Owners of the Bonds shall have any right in any manner whatever by his
or their action to affect, disturb or prejudice the security of this Indenture, or to enforce any
right hereunder or under the Bonds, except in the manner herein
provided, and that all suits, actions and proceedings at law or in equity shall be instituted,
had and maintained in the manner herein provided and for the equal benefit of all Owners of the
Bonds.

 

28

 

Section 9.06 No Impairment of Right to Enforce Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision
in this Indenture, the right of any Owner of a Bond to receive payment of the principal of and
interest on such Bond, on or after the respective due dates expressed therein, or to institute suit
for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of such Owner.

Section 9.07 Proceedings by Trustee without Possession of Bonds. All rights of action under
this Indenture or under any of the Bonds secured hereby which are enforceable by the Trustee may be
enforced by it without the possession of any of the Bonds, or the production thereof on the trial
or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such suit, action or proceeding instituted by the
Trustee shall be brought in its name for the equal and ratable benefit of the Owners of the Bonds,
subject to the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 9.08 No Remedy Exclusive. No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee
or to the Owners of the Bonds is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy or remedies, and each
and every such remedy shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to every other remedy given
hereunder or under the Loan Agreement, now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute.

Section 9.09 No Waiver of Remedies. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Owner of a
Bond to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default shall impair any such right or power
or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default, or an acquiescence therein; and every
power and remedy given by this ARTICLE IX to the Trustee and to the Owners of the Bonds,
respectively, may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.

Section 9.10 Application of Moneys. Any moneys received by the Trustee, by any receiver or by
any Owner of a Bond pursuant to any right given or action taken under the provisions of this
ARTICLE IX, after payment of the costs and expenses of the proceedings resulting in the collection
of such moneys and of all amounts due to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section
10.04 hereof, shall be deposited in the Bond Fund and all moneys so deposited in the Bond Fund
during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than moneys for the payment of Bonds which had
matured or otherwise become payable prior to such Event of Default or for the payment of interest
due prior to such Event of Default) shall be applied as follows:

(a) Unless the principal of all the Bonds shall have become due and payable, all such
moneys shall be applied (i) first, to the payment to the persons entitled thereto of all
installments of interest then due on the Bonds, with interest on overdue installments, if
lawful, at the rate per annum borne by the Bonds, in the order of maturity of the
installments of such interest and, if the amount available shall not be sufficient to pay in
full any particular installment of interest, then to the payment ratably, according to the
amounts due on such installment, and (ii) second, to the payment to the persons entitled
thereto of the unpaid principal of any of the Bonds which shall have become due (other
than Bonds called for redemption for the payment of which money is held pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture), with interest on such Bonds at their rate from the respective
dates upon which they became due and, if the amount available shall not be sufficient to pay
in full Bonds due on any particular date, together with such interest, then to the payment
ratably, according to the amount of principal and interest due on such date, in each case to
the persons entitled thereto, without any discrimination or privilege.

 

29

 

(b) If the principal of all the Bonds shall have become due and payable, all such
moneys shall be applied to the payment of the principal and interest then due and unpaid
upon the Bonds, with interest on overdue interest and principal, as aforesaid, without
preference or priority of principal over interest or of interest over principal, or of any
installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Bond over any
other Bond, ratably, according to the amounts due respectively for principal and interest,
to the persons entitled thereto without any discrimination or privilege.

(c) If the principal of all the Bonds shall have become due and payable, and if
acceleration of the maturity of the Bonds by reason of such Event of Default shall
thereafter have been rescinded and annulled under the provisions of this ARTICLE IX, then,
subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 9.10 which shall be applicable in
the event that the principal of all the Bonds shall later become due and payable, the moneys
shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 9.10.

Section 9.11 Severability of Remedies. It is the purpose and intention of this ARTICLE IX to
provide rights and remedies to the Trustee and the Owners which may be lawfully granted under the
provisions of the Act, but should any right or remedy herein granted be held to be unlawful, the
Trustee and the Owners shall be entitled, as above set forth, to every other right and remedy
provided in this Indenture and by law.

ARTICLE X

TRUSTEE

Section 10.01 Acceptance of Trusts. The Trustee hereby accepts and agrees to execute the
trusts hereby created, but only upon the additional terms set forth in this ARTICLE X, to all of
which the Authority agrees and the respective Owners agree by their acceptance of delivery of any
of the Bonds.

Section 10.02 No Responsibility for Recitals. The recitals, statements and representations
contained in this Indenture or in the Bonds, save only the Trustee’s authentication upon the Bonds,
are not made by the Trustee, and the Trustee does not assume, and shall not have, any
responsibility or obligation for the correctness of any thereof. The Trustee makes no
representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or the Bonds.

Section 10.03 Limitations on Liability. The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers
hereof and perform the duties required of it hereunder by or through attorneys, agents,
receivers, or employees, and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters of
trust and its duty hereunder, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for the default or misconduct
of any such attorney, agent, receiver, or employee selected by it with reasonable care. The
Trustee shall not be answerable for the exercise of any discretion or power under this Indenture or
for anything whatsoever in connection with the trust created hereby, except only for its own
negligence or willful misconduct.

 

30

 

Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall in no event be
required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall
be reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
such liability is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 10.04 Compensation, Expenses and Advances. The Trustee under this Indenture shall be
entitled to reasonable compensation for its services rendered hereunder (not limited by any
provision of law regarding the compensation of the trustee of an express trust) and to
reimbursement for its actual out of pocket expenses (including counsel fees) reasonably incurred in
connection therewith except as a result of its negligence or willful misconduct, including, without
limitation, compensation for any services rendered, and reimbursement for any expenses incurred, at
and subsequent to the time the Bonds are deemed to have been paid in accordance with ARTICLE VIII
hereof. In Section 5.03 of the Loan Agreement, the Company has agreed that it will pay to the
Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) such compensation and reimbursement of expenses and
advances, but the Company may, without creating a default hereunder, contest in good faith the
reasonableness of any such services, expenses and advances. If the Company shall have failed to
make any payment to the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 5.03 of the Loan Agreement
and such failure shall have resulted in an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement, the Trustee,
and any predecessor Trustee, shall have, in addition to any other rights hereunder, a claim, prior
to the claim of the Owners, for the payment of its compensation and the reimbursement of its
expenses and any advances made by it, as provided in this Section 10.04, upon the moneys and
obligations in the Bond Fund; provided, however, that neither the Trustee nor any predecessor
Trustee shall have any such claim upon moneys or obligations deposited with or paid to the Trustee
for the redemption or payment of Bonds which are deemed to have been paid in accordance with
ARTICLE VIII hereof.

In Section 5.04 of the Loan Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify the Trustee and any
predecessor Trustee to the extent provided therein.

Section 10.05 Notice of Events of Default. The Trustee shall not be required to take notice,
or be deemed to have notice, of any default or Event of Default under this Indenture other than an
Event of Default under clause (a) or (b) of the first paragraph of Section 9.01 hereof, unless an
officer assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust business has been specifically
notified in writing of such default or Event of Default by Owners of at least a majority of the
principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding. The Trustee may, however, at any time, in its
discretion, require of the Authority and the Company full information and advice as to the
performance of any of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein.

 

31

 

Section 10.06 Action by Trustee. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to take any action
in respect of any default or Event of Default hereunder or toward the execution or enforcement of
any of the trusts hereby created, or to institute, appear in or defend any suit or other proceeding
in connection therewith, unless requested in writing so to do by Owners of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding, and, if in its opinion such action may tend to
involve it in expense or liability, unless furnished, from time to time as often as it may require,
with security and indemnity satisfactory to it. The foregoing provisions are intended only for the
protection of the Trustee, and shall not affect any discretion or power given by any provisions of
this Indenture to the Trustee to take action in respect of any default or Event of Default without
such notice or request from the Owners of the Bonds, or without such security or indemnity.

Section 10.07 Good Faith Reliance. The Trustee shall be protected and shall incur no
liability in acting or proceeding in good faith upon any resolution, notice, telegram, e-mail,
facsimile transmission, request, consent, waiver, certificate, statement, affidavit, voucher, bond,
requisition or other paper or document which it shall in good faith believe to be genuine and to
have been passed or signed by the proper board, body or person or to have been prepared and
furnished pursuant to any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Loan Agreement, or upon the
written opinion of any attorney, engineer, accountant or other expert believed by the Trustee to be
qualified in relation to the subject matter, and the Trustee shall be under no duty to make any
investigation or inquiry as to any statements contained or matters referred to in any such
instrument, but may accept and rely upon the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy
of such statements. The Trustee shall not be bound to recognize any person as an Owner of a Bond
or to take any action at his request unless the ownership of such Bond is proved as contemplated in
Section 11.01 hereof.

Section 10.08 Dealings in Bonds and with the Authority and the Company. The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity, may in good faith buy, sell, own, hold and deal in any of the
Bonds issued hereunder, and may join in any action which any Owner of a Bond may be entitled to
take with like effect as if it did not act in any capacity hereunder. The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity, either as principal or agent, may also engage in or be interested
in any financial or other transaction with the Authority or the Company, and may act as depositary,
trustee, or agent for any committee or body of Owners of Bonds secured hereby or other obligations
of the Authority as freely as if it did not act in any capacity hereunder.

Section 10.09 Allowance of Interest. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, allow
and credit interest upon any moneys which it may at any time receive under any of the provisions of
this Indenture, at such rate, if any, as it customarily allows upon similar funds of similar size
and under similar conditions. All interest allowed on any such moneys shall be credited as
provided in ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V with respect to interest on investments.

Section 10.10 Construction of Indenture. The Trustee may construe any of the provisions of
this Indenture insofar as the same may appear to be ambiguous or inconsistent with any other
provision hereof, and any construction of any such provisions hereof by the Trustee in good faith
shall be binding upon the Owners of the Bonds.

 

32

 

Section 10.11 Resignation of Trustee. The Trustee may resign and be discharged of the trusts
created by this Indenture by executing an instrument in writing resigning such trust and specifying
the date when such resignation shall take effect, and filing the same with the President of the
Authority and with the Company, not less than forty-five (45) days before the date specified in
such instrument when such resignation shall take effect, and by giving notice of such resignation
by Mail or Electronic Means to all Owners of Bonds. Such resignation shall take effect on the
later to occur of (i) the day specified in such instrument and notice, unless previously a
successor Trustee shall have been appointed as hereinafter provided, in which event such
resignation shall take effect immediately upon the appointment of such successor Trustee and (ii)
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

So long as no event which is, or after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become, an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if the Authority shall have delivered to
the Trustee (i) an instrument appointing a successor Trustee, effective as of a date specified
therein and (ii) an instrument of acceptance of such appointment, effective as of such date, by
such successor Trustee in accordance with Section 10.16, the Trustee shall be deemed to have
resigned as contemplated in this Section, the successor Trustee shall be deemed to have been
appointed pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 10.13 and such appointment shall be deemed to have
been accepted as contemplated in Section 10.16, all as of such date, and all other provisions of
this ARTICLE X shall be applicable to such resignation, appointment and acceptance except to the
extent inconsistent with this paragraph. The Authority shall deliver any such instrument of
appointment at the direction of the Company.

Section 10.12 Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may be removed at any time by filing with the
Trustee so removed, and with the Authority and the Company, an instrument or instruments in
writing, appointing a successor, or an instrument or instruments in writing, consenting to the
appointment by the Authority (at the direction of the Company) of a successor and accompanied by an
instrument of appointment by the Authority (at the direction of the Company) of such successor, and
in any event executed by Owners of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then
Outstanding, such filing to be made by any Owner of a Bond or his duly authorized attorney.

Section 10.13 Appointment of Successor Trustee. (a) In case at any time the Trustee shall be
removed, or be dissolved, or if its property or affairs shall be taken under the control of any
state or federal court or administrative body because of insolvency or bankruptcy, or for any other
reason, then a vacancy shall forthwith and ipso facto exist and a successor may be appointed, and
in case at any time the Trustee shall resign or be deemed to have resigned, then a successor may be
appointed, by filing with the Authority and the Company an instrument in writing appointing such
successor Trustee executed by Owners of not less than a majority in principal amount of Bonds then
Outstanding. Copies of such instrument shall be promptly delivered by the Authority to the
predecessor Trustee, to the Trustee so appointed and the Company.

(b) Until a successor Trustee shall be appointed by the Owners of the Bonds as herein
authorized, the Authority, shall appoint a successor Trustee as directed by the Company. After any
appointment by the Authority, it shall cause notice of such appointment to be given by Mail or
Electronic Means to all Owners of Bonds. Any new Trustee so appointed by the Authority
shall immediately and without further act be superseded by a Trustee appointed by the Owners
of the Bonds in the manner above provided.

 

33

 

(c) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee
pursuant to this ARTICLE X shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the
successor Trustee.

Section 10.14 Qualifications of Successor Trustee. Every successor Trustee (a) shall be a
bank, national banking association or trust company duly organized under the laws of the United
States or any state or territory thereof authorized by law to perform all the duties imposed upon
it by this Indenture and (b) shall have (or the parent holding company of which shall have) a
combined capital stock, surplus and undivided profits of at least $100,000,000 if there can be
located, with reasonable effort, such an institution willing and able to accept the trust on
reasonable and customary terms.

Section 10.15 Judicial Appointment of Successor Trustee. In case at any time the Trustee
shall resign and no appointment of a successor Trustee shall be made pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of this ARTICLE X prior to the date specified in the notice of resignation as the date
when such resignation is to take effect, the retiring Trustee may forthwith apply to a court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. If no appointment of a
successor Trustee shall be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE X within six
(6) months after a vacancy shall have occurred in the office of Trustee, any Owner of a Bond may
apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Trustee. Such court may
thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor
Trustee.

Section 10.16 Acceptance of Trusts by Successor Trustee. Any successor Trustee appointed
hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Authority an instrument accepting such
appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or
conveyance, shall become duly vested with all the estates, property, rights, powers, trusts, duties
and obligations of its predecessor in the trust hereunder, with like effect as if originally named
Trustee herein. Upon request of such Trustee, such predecessor Trustee and the Authority shall
execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the estates, property,
rights, powers and trusts hereunder of such predecessor Trustee and, subject to the provisions of
Section 10.04 hereof, such predecessor Trustee shall pay over to the successor Trustee all moneys
and other assets at the time held by it hereunder.

Section 10.17 Successor by Merger or Consolidation. Any corporation or association into which
any Trustee hereunder may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any
corporation or association resulting from any merger or consolidation to which any Trustee
hereunder shall be a party or any corporation or association succeeding to or acquiring the
corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor Trustee under this Indenture,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto,
anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

34

 

If, at the time any such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture, any of the Bonds shall have been authenticated but not delivered, such successor
Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee and deliver
such Bonds so authenticated; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by
merger, conversion or consolidation.

Section 10.18 Standard of Care. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this ARTICLE X, the
Trustee shall, during the existence of an Event of Default of which the Trustee has actual notice,
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of
skill and care in their exercise as a prudent person would use and exercise under the circumstances
in the conduct of his own affairs.

Section 10.19 Notice to Owners of Bonds of Event of Default. If an Event of Default occurs of
which the Trustee by Section 10.05 hereof is required to take notice and deemed to have notice, or
any other Event of Default occurs of which the Trustee has been specifically notified in accordance
with Section 10.05 hereof, and any such Event of Default shall continue for at least two days after
the Trustee acquires actual notice thereof, unless the Trustee shall have theretofore given a
notice of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof, the Trustee shall give Notice by Mail or
Electronic Means to all Owners of Outstanding Bonds.

Section 10.20 Intervention in Litigation of the Authority. In any judicial proceeding to
which the Authority is a party and which in the opinion of the Trustee and its counsel has a
substantial bearing on the interests of the Owners of Bonds, the Trustee may intervene on behalf of
the Owners of the Bonds and shall, upon receipt of indemnity satisfactory to it, do so if requested
in writing by Owners of at least a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding if
permitted by the court having jurisdiction in the premises.

Section 10.21 Notices of Trustee. The Trustee shall give notice to both the Authority and the
Company whenever it is required hereby to give notice to either and, additionally, shall furnish to
the Authority and the Company copies of any Notice by Mail or Electronic Means given by it pursuant
to any provision hereof.

ARTICLE XI

EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS BY OWNERS OF BONDS AND

PROOF OF OWNERSHIP OF BONDS

Section 11.01 Execution of Instruments; Proof of Ownership. Any request, direction, consent
or other instrument in writing, whether or not required or permitted by this Indenture to be signed
or executed by Owners of the Bonds, may be in any number of concurrent instruments of similar tenor
and may be signed or executed by Owners of the Bonds or by an agent appointed by an instrument in
writing. Proof of the execution of any such instrument and of the ownership of Bonds shall be
sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and shall be conclusive in favor of the Trustee with
regard to any action taken by it under such instrument if made in the following manner:

(a) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument may be
proved by the certificate of any officer in any jurisdiction who, by the laws
thereof, has power to take acknowledgments within such jurisdiction, to the effect that
the person signing such instrument acknowledged before him the execution thereof, or by an
affidavit of a witness to such execution.

 

35

 

(b) The ownership or former ownership of Bonds shall be proved by the registration
books kept under the provisions of Section 2.08 hereof.

Nothing contained in this ARTICLE XI shall be construed as limiting the Trustee to such proof,
it being intended that the Trustee may accept any other evidence of matters herein stated which it
may deem sufficient. Any request or consent of any Owner of a Bond shall bind every future Owner
of the same Bond or any Bond or Bonds issued in lieu thereof in respect of anything done by the
Trustee or the Authority in pursuance of such request or consent.

ARTICLE XII

MODIFICATION OF THIS INDENTURE AND THE LOAN AGREEMENT

Section 12.01 Limitations. Neither this Indenture nor the Loan Agreement shall be modified or
amended in any respect subsequent to the original issuance of the Bonds except as provided in and
in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this ARTICLE XII and Section 7.04 hereof.

The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any Supplemental Indenture which
affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 12.02 Supplemental Indentures without Owner Consent. The Authority and the Trustee
may, from time to time and at any time, without the consent of or notice to the Owners of the
Bonds, enter into Supplemental Indentures as follows:

(a) to cure any formal defect, omission, inconsistency or ambiguity in this Indenture,
provided, however, that such cure shall not materially and adversely affect the interests of
the Owners of the Bonds;

(b) to grant to or confer or impose upon the Trustee for the benefit of the Owners of
the Bonds any additional rights, remedies, powers, authority, security, liabilities or
duties which may lawfully be granted, conferred or imposed;

(c) to add to the covenants and agreements of, and limitations and restrictions upon,
the Authority in this Indenture other covenants, agreements, limitations and restrictions to
be observed by the Authority;

(d) to confirm, as further assurance, any pledge under, and the subjection to any
claim, lien or pledge created or to be created by, this Indenture, of the Receipts and
Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement or of any other moneys, securities or
funds;

(e) to authorize a different denomination or denominations of the Bonds and to make
correlative amendments and modifications to this Indenture regarding exchange
ability of Bonds of different denominations, redemptions of portions of Bonds of
particular denominations and similar amendments and modifications of a technical nature;

 

36

 

(f) to modify, alter, supplement or amend this Indenture in such manner as shall permit
the qualification hereof under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as from time to time
amended;

(g) to modify, alter, supplement or amend this Indenture in such manner as shall be
necessary, desirable or appropriate in order to provide for or eliminate the registration
and registration of transfer of the Bonds through a book entry or similar method, whether or
not the Bonds are evidenced by certificates;

(h) to modify, alter, amend or supplement this Indenture in any other respect which is
not materially adverse to the Owners and which does not involve a change described in clause
(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 12.03(a) hereof; and

(i) to provide any additional procedures, covenants or agreements necessary or
desirable to maintain the tax-exempt status of interest on the Bonds.

Before the Authority and the Trustee shall enter into any Supplemental Indenture pursuant to
this Section 12.02, there shall have been delivered to the Trustee an opinion of Bond Counsel
stating that such Supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and the Act,
complies with their respective terms, will, upon the execution and delivery thereof, be valid and
binding upon the Authority in accordance with its terms and will not, in and of itself, adversely
affect the exclusion from gross income for federal tax purposes of the interest on the Bonds.

Section 12.03 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Owners. (a) Except for any
Supplemental Indenture entered into pursuant to Section 12.02 hereof, subject to the terms and
provisions contained in this Section 12.03 and Section 12.05 hereof and not otherwise, Owners of
not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding which would be
adversely affected thereby shall have the right from time to time to consent to and approve the
execution and delivery by the Authority and the Trustee of any Supplemental Indenture deemed
necessary or desirable by the Authority for the purposes of modifying, altering, amending,
supplementing or rescinding, in any particular, any of the terms or provisions contained in this
Indenture; provided, however, that, unless approved in writing by the Owners of all the Bonds then
Outstanding which would be adversely affected thereby, nothing herein contained shall permit, or be
construed as permitting, (i) a change in the times, amounts or currency of payment of the principal
of or interest on any Outstanding Bond, a reduction in the principal amount or redemption price of
any Outstanding Bond or a change in the rate of interest thereon, or any impairment of the right of
any Owner to institute suit for the payment of any Bond owned by it, or (ii) the creation of a
claim or lien upon, or a pledge of, the Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan
Agreement ranking prior to or on a parity with the claim, lien or pledge created by this Indenture
(except as referred to in Section 10.04 hereof), or (iii) a preference or priority of any Bond or
Bonds over any other Bond or Bonds, or (iv) a reduction in the aggregate principal amount of Bonds
the consent of the Owners of which is
required for any such Supplemental Indenture or which is required, under Section 12.07 hereof,
for any modification, alteration, amendment or supplement to the Loan Agreement.

 

37

 

(b) If at any time the Authority shall request the Trustee to enter into any Supplemental
Indenture for any of the purposes of this Section 12.03, the Trustee shall cause notice of the
proposed Supplemental Indenture to be given by Mail or Electronic Means to all Owners of
Outstanding Bonds. Such notice shall briefly set forth the nature of the proposed Supplemental
Indenture and shall state that a copy thereof is on file at the Principal Office of the Trustee for
inspection by all Owners of Bonds.

(c) Within two (2) years after the date of the first mailing of such notice, the Authority and
the Trustee may enter into such Supplemental Indenture in substantially the form described in such
notice only if there shall have first been delivered to the Trustee (i) the required consents, in
writing, of Owners of Bonds and (ii) an opinion of Bond Counsel stating that such Supplemental
Indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and the Act, complies with their respective
terms and, upon the execution and delivery thereof, will be valid and binding upon the Authority in
accordance with its terms and will not, in and of itself, adversely affect the exclusion from gross
income for federal tax purposes of the interest on the Bonds.

(d) If Owners of not less than the percentage of Bonds required by this Section 12.03 shall
have consented to and approved the execution and delivery thereof as herein provided, no Owner
shall have any right to object to the execution and delivery of such Supplemental Indenture, or to
object to any of the terms and provisions contained therein or the operation thereof, or in any
manner to question the propriety of the execution and delivery thereof, or to enjoin or restrain
the Authority or the Trustee from executing and delivering the same or from taking any action
pursuant to the provisions thereof.

Section 12.04 Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution and delivery of any
Supplemental Indenture pursuant to the provisions of this ARTICLE XII, this Indenture shall be, and
be deemed to be, modified, altered, amended or supplemented in accordance therewith, and the
respective rights, duties and obligations under this Indenture of the Authority, the Trustee and
Owners of all Bonds then Outstanding shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced under
this Indenture subject in all respects to such modifications, alterations, amendments and
supplements.

Section 12.05 Consent of the Company. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any
Supplemental Indenture under this ARTICLE XII which affects any rights, powers, agreements or
obligations of the Company under the Loan Agreement, or requires a revision of the Loan Agreement,
shall not become effective unless and until the Company shall have consented to such Supplemental
Indenture.

Section 12.06 Amendment of Loan Agreement without Consent of Owners. Without the consent of
or notice to the Owners of the Bonds, the Authority may enter into any Supplemental Loan Agreement,
and the Trustee may consent thereto, as may be required (a) by the provisions of the Loan Agreement
and this Indenture, (b) for the purpose of curing any formal defect, omission, inconsistency or
ambiguity therein, (c) to provide any additional procedures, covenants
or agreements necessary or desirable to maintain the tax-exempt status of interest on the
Bonds, or (d) in connection with any other change therein which is not materially adverse to the
Owners of the Bonds. A revision of Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement shall not be deemed a
Supplemental Loan Agreement for purposes of this Indenture.

 

38

 

Before the Authority shall enter into, and the Trustee shall consent to, any Supplemental Loan
Agreement pursuant to this Section 12.06, there shall have been delivered to the Trustee an opinion
of Bond Counsel stating that such Supplemental Loan Agreement is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture and the Act, complies with their respective terms, will, upon the execution and delivery
thereof, be valid and binding upon the Authority and the Company in accordance with its terms and
will not, in and of itself, adversely affect the exclusion from gross income for federal tax
purposes of interest on the Bonds.

Section 12.07 Amendment of Loan Agreement with Consent of Owners. Except in the case of a
Supplemental Loan Agreement referred to in Section 12.06 hereof, the Authority shall not enter
into, and the Trustee shall not consent to, any Supplemental Loan Agreement without the written
approval or consent of the Owners of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Bonds then Outstanding which would be adversely affected thereby, given and procured as provided in
Section 12.03 hereof; provided, however, that, unless approved in writing by the Owners of all
Bonds then Outstanding which would be adversely affected thereby, nothing herein contained shall
permit, or be construed as permitting, a change in the obligations of the Company under Section
5.01 of the Loan Agreement. If at any time the Authority or the Company shall request the consent
of the Trustee to any such proposed Supplemental Loan Agreement, the Trustee shall cause notice of
such proposed Supplemental Loan Agreement to be given in the same manner as provided by Section
12.03 hereof with respect to Supplemental Indentures. Such notice shall briefly set forth the
nature of such proposed Supplemental Loan Agreement and shall state that copies of the instrument
embodying the same are on file at the Principal Office of the Trustee for inspection by all Owners
of the Bonds. The Authority may enter into, and the Trustee may consent to, any such proposed
Supplemental Loan Agreement subject to the same conditions, and with the same effect, as provided
by Section 12.03 hereof with respect to Supplemental Indentures.

Section 12.08 Company as Owner. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, for so long
as the Company holds all of Outstanding Bonds, any action that may be taken by the Owners of the
Bonds may be taken by the Company.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Successors of the Authority. In the event of the dissolution of the Authority,
all the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained, by or on
behalf of, or for the benefit of, the Authority, shall bind or inure to the benefit of the
successors of the Authority from time to time and any entity, officer, board, commission, agency or
instrumentality to whom or to which any power or duty of the Authority shall be transferred.

 

39

 

Section 13.02 Parties in Interest. Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, nothing
in this Indenture expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any person,
firm or corporation other than the Authority, the Company and the Trustee and their successors and
assigns and the Owners of the Bonds any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this
Indenture, this Indenture being intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Authority,
the Company and the Trustee and their successors and assigns and the Owners of the Bonds.

Section 13.03 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions of this Indenture or of
the Loan Agreement or of the Bonds shall, for any reason, be held to be illegal or invalid, such
illegality or invalidity shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of the Loan
Agreement or of such Bonds, and this Indenture and the Loan Agreement and such Bonds shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provisions had not been contained herein or
therein.

Section 13.04 No Personal Liability of Authority Officials. No covenant or agreement
contained in the Bonds or in this Indenture shall be deemed to be the covenant or agreement of any
director, official, officer, agent, or employee of the Authority in his individual capacity, and
neither the members of the Board of Directors of the Authority nor any official executing the Bonds
shall be liable personally on the Bonds or be subject to any personal liability or accountability
by reason of the issuance thereof.

Section 13.05 Bonds Owned by the Authority or the Company. In determining whether Owners of
the requisite aggregate principal amount of the Bonds have concurred in any direction, consent or
waiver under this Indenture, Bonds which are owned by the Authority or the Company or by any person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
the Company (unless the Authority, the Company or such person owns all Bonds which are then
Outstanding, determined without regard to this Section 13.05) shall be disregarded and deemed not
to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that, for the purpose of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or
waiver, only Bonds which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Upon the request
of the Trustee, the Company and the Authority shall furnish to the Trustee a certificate
identifying all Bonds, if any, actually known to either of them to be owned or held by or for the
account of any of the above described persons, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such
certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and that all other Bonds are
Outstanding for the purposes of such determination. Bonds so owned which have been pledged in good
faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee
the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Bonds and that the pledgee is not the Authority
or the Company or any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with the Company. In case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by
the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

Section 13.06 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original; but such counterparts shall
together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

 

40

 

Section 13.07 Governing Law. The laws of the State of Arizona shall govern the construction
and enforcement of this Indenture and of all Bonds, except that the laws of the State of New York
shall govern the construction and enforcement of the rights and duties of the Trustee hereunder and
the construction of Section 13.09 hereof and the computation of any period of grace provided
herein.

Section 13.08 Notices. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, all notices,
certificates, requests requisitions or other communications by the Authority, the Company or the
Trustee pursuant to this Indenture shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given and shall be
deemed given when mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: If to the
Authority, c/o Russo, Russo & Slania, P.C., 6700 North Oracle Road, Suite 100, Tucson, Arizona
85704; if to the Company, One South Church Avenue, Suite 100, Tucson, Arizona 85701, Attention:
Treasurer; and if to the Trustee, at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, New York 10005,
Attention: Corporate Trust Services. Any of the foregoing may, by notice given hereunder to each
of the others, designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent notices,
certificates, requests or other communications shall be sent hereunder. Anything herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, any notice required to be delivered hereunder may also be delivered by
electronic means including, without limitation, email in PDF format.

Section 13.09 Holidays. If the date for making any payment or the last date for performance
of any act or the exercising of any right, as provided in this Indenture, shall be a Saturday,
Sunday or a public holiday in the city in which is located the Principal Office of the Trustee,
such payment may be made or act performed or right exercised on the next succeeding business day,
with the same force and effect as if done on the nominal date provided in this Indenture, and no
interest shall accrue for the period after such nominal date. If the last day of any period of
grace, as provided in this Indenture, shall be a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday in the city
in which is located the Principal Office of the Trustee, the last day of such period of grace shall
be deemed to be the next succeeding business day.

Section 13.10 Statutory Notice Regarding Cancellation of Contracts. As required by the
provisions of Section 38-511, Arizona Revised Statutes, as amended, notice is hereby given that
political subdivisions of the State of Arizona or any of their departments or agencies may, within
three (3) years of its execution, cancel any contract, without penalty or further obligation, made
by the political subdivisions or any of their departments or agencies on or after September 30,
1988, if any person significantly involved in initiating, negotiating, securing, drafting or
creating the contract on behalf of the political subdivisions or any of their departments or
agencies is, at any time while the contract or any extension of the contact is in effect, an
employee or agent of any other party to the contract in any capacity or a consultant to any other
party of the contract with respect to the subject matter of the contract.

The Trustee covenants and agrees not to employ as an employee, agent or, with respect to the
subject matter of this Indenture, a consultant, any person actually known by the Trustee to be
significantly involved in initiating, negotiating, securing, drafting or creating such Indenture on
behalf of the Authority within three (3) years from the execution hereof, unless a waiver is
provided by the Authority.

 

41

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima has caused this
Indenture to be executed by its President and U.S. Bank Trust National Association has caused this
Indenture to be executed on its behalf by its Vice President, all as of the day and year first
above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

OF THE COUNTY OF PIMA

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Stanley Lehman
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Stanley Lehman 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Patrick J. Crowley
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Patrick J. Crowley 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

 

42

 

	 	 	 	 	 

EXHIBIT A

(FORM OF BOND)

No.

THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

OF THE COUNTY OF PIMA

INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REVENUE BOND,

2010 SERIES A

(TUCSON ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY PROJECT)

	 	 	 
	INTEREST RATE (PER ANNUM):
	 	 
	MATURITY DATE:

	 	DATED:
	CUSIP:
	 	 
	REGISTERED OWNER:
	 	 
	PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:

	 	DOLLARS

The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima, an Arizona nonprofit corporation
designated by law as a political subdivision of the State of Arizona (the “Authority”), for value
received, hereby promises to pay (but only out of the Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from
the Loan Agreement, as hereinafter defined, and other moneys pledged therefor) to the Registered
Owner identified above or registered assigns, on the Maturity Date set forth above, upon the
presentation and surrender hereof, the Principal Amount set forth above and to pay (but only out of
the Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement and other moneys pledged
therefor), interest on said Principal Amount until payment of said Principal Amount has been made
or duly provided for, from the date hereof, at the Interest Rate set forth above, semi-annually on
the first day of April and October in each year, commencing April 1, 2011. Interest will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. All capitalized terms used and
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the hereinafter
defined Indenture.

The principal of this Bond is payable at the principal office of U.S. Bank Trust National
Association, as trustee. Interest on this Bond is payable by check drawn upon the Trustee and
mailed to the Registered Owner of this Bond as of the close of business on the Record Date at the
registered address of such Registered Owner; notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request to the
Trustee by a Registered Owner of not less than $1,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Bonds,
interest on such Bonds and, after presentation and surrender of such Bonds, the principal thereof
shall be paid to such Registered Owner by wire transfer to the account maintained within the
continental United States specified by such Registered Owner or, if such Registered Owner maintains
an account with the entity acting as Trustee, by deposit into such account. Payment of the
principal of and interest on, this Bond shall be in any coin or currency of the United States of
America as, at the respective times of payment, shall be legal tender for the payment of public and
private debts.

 

A-1

 

This Bond is one of the duly authorized The Industrial Development Authority of the County of
Pima Industrial Development Revenue Bonds, 2010 Series A (Tucson Electric Power Company Project)
(the “Bonds”) of the Authority, aggregating ONE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($100,000,000) in principal
amount, issued under and pursuant to the Constitution and laws of the State of Arizona,
particularly Title 35, Chapter 5, Arizona Revised Statutes, as amended (the “Act”), and the
Indenture of Trust, dated as of October 1, 2010 (the “Indenture”), between the Authority and U.S.
Bank Trust National Association, as trustee (together with any successor thereto, the “Trustee”).
Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010 (the “Loan Agreement”), between the
Authority and Tucson Electric Power Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
the State of Arizona (the “Company”), the proceeds of the Bonds will be loaned to the Company and
will be applied to finance a portion of the costs of the acquisition, construction, improvement and
equipping of the Facilities.

Neither Pima County, Arizona nor the State of Arizona shall in any event be liable for the
payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds, and neither the Bonds,
nor the premium, if any, or the interest thereon, shall be construed to constitute an indebtedness
of Pima County, Arizona or the State of Arizona within the meaning of any constitutional or
statutory provisions whatsoever. The Bonds and the premium, if any, and the interest thereon are
limited obligations of the Authority payable solely from the Receipts and Revenues of the Authority
from the Loan Agreement and other moneys pledged therefor under the Indenture.

The Bonds are equally and ratably secured, to the extent provided in the Indenture, by the
pledge thereunder of the “Receipts and Revenues of the Authority from the Loan Agreement”, which
term is used herein as defined in the Indenture and which as therein defined means all moneys paid
or payable to the Trustee for the account of the Authority by the Company in respect of the loan
payments, including all receipts of the Trustee which, under the provisions of the Indenture,
reduce the amounts of such payments. The Authority has also pledged and assigned to the Trustee as
security for the Bonds all other rights and interests of the Authority under the Loan Agreement
(other than its rights to indemnification and its administrative expenses and certain other
rights).

The transfer of this Bond shall be registered upon the registration books kept at the
principal office of the Trustee, at the written request of the Registered Owner hereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender of this Bond at said office, together with a
written instrument of transfer satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by the Registered Owner or
his duly authorized attorney.

In the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture, each of the Bonds may be redeemed
prior to maturity, as follows:

(a) The Bonds shall be subject to redemption by the Authority, at the direction of the
Company, on any date on or after October 1, 2020 in whole at any time or in part from time
to time, at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the
redemption date.

 

A-2

 

(b) The Bonds shall be subject to redemption by the Authority, at the direction of the
Company, in whole at any time at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest,
if any, to the redemption date, if:

(i) the Company shall have determined that the continued operation of the Facilities is
impracticable, uneconomical or undesirable for any reason;

(ii) all or substantially all of the Facilities shall have been condemned or taken by
eminent domain; or

(iii) the operation of the Facilities shall have been enjoined or shall have otherwise
been prohibited by, or shall conflict with, any order, decree, rule or regulation of any
court or of any federal, state or local regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental body.

(c) The Bonds shall be subject to mandatory redemption by the Authority, at 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the redemption date, on the 180th day (or
such earlier date as may be designated by the Company) after a final determination by a
court of competent jurisdiction or an administrative agency, to the effect that, as a result
of a failure by the Company to perform or observe any covenant, agreement or representation
contained in the Loan Agreement, the interest payable on the Bonds is included for federal
income tax purposes in the gross income of the owners thereof, other than any owner of a
Bond who is a “substantial user” of the Facilities or a “related person” within the meaning
of Section 147(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”). No determination by
any court or administrative agency shall be considered final for the purposes of this
paragraph (c) unless the Company shall have been given timely notice of the proceeding which
resulted in such determination and an opportunity to participate in such proceeding, either
directly or through an owner of a Bond, and until the conclusion of any appellate review
sought by any party to such proceeding or the expiration of the time for seeking such
review. The Bonds shall be redeemed either in whole or in part in such principal amount
that, in the opinion of Bond Counsel, the interest payable on the Bonds, including the Bonds
remaining outstanding after such redemption, would not be included in the gross income of
any owner thereof, other than an owner of a Bond who is a “substantial user” of the
Facilities or a “related person” within the meaning of Section 147(a) of the Code.

(d) In the event that the aggregate of the amounts, if any, of the proceeds of the
Bonds remaining unexpended upon the completion of the Facilities or upon the termination of
the acquisition and construction thereof, together with any income or other gain from the
investment thereof, shall at any time, or from time to time, be equal to or greater than
$5,000, the Authority shall redeem the Bonds, at the principal amount thereof plus accrued
interest to the redemption date, in the largest aggregate principal amount which does not
exceed the amount of such proceeds together with income or other gain on an interest payment
date determined as set forth in, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, the
Indenture; provided, however, that the Company may direct that such proceeds and income be
applied to the purchase of the Bonds or in any other manner which will not impair the validity of the Bonds or the exemption from
gross income for federal tax purposes of the interest thereon.

 

A-3

 

If less than all of the Bonds at the time outstanding are to be called for redemption, the
particular Bonds or portions of Bonds to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee, in such
manner as the Trustee in its discretion may deem proper, in the principal amounts designated to the
Trustee by the Company or otherwise as required by the Indenture.

In the event any of the Bonds are called for redemption, the Trustee shall give notice, in the
name of the Authority, of the redemption of such Bonds. Such notice shall be given by electronic
means or by mailing a copy of the redemption notice by first class mail at least twenty (20) days
prior to the date fixed for redemption to the Registered Owners of the Bonds to be redeemed at the
addresses shown on the registration books; provided, however, that failure duly to give such
notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of any proceedings for the redemption
of the Bonds as to which there shall be no such failure or defect.

With respect to any notice of redemption of Bonds in accordance with the redemption provisions
lettered (a) or (b) above, unless, upon the giving of such notice, such Bonds shall be deemed to
have been paid within the meaning of the Indenture, such notice shall state that such redemption,
shall be conditional upon the receipt, by the Trustee on or prior to the opening of business on the
date fixed for such redemption of moneys sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on such
Bonds to be redeemed, and that if such moneys shall not have been so received said notice shall be
of no force and effect and the Authority shall not be required to redeem such Bonds. In the event
that such notice of redemption contains such a condition and such moneys are not so received, the
redemption shall not be made and the Trustee shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice,
in the manner in which the notice of redemption was given, that such moneys were not so received.
Any notice of redemption may also contain such other conditions as the Company shall specify and
may be rescinded by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

If a notice of redemption shall be unconditional, or if the conditions of a conditional notice
of redemption shall have been satisfied, then upon presentation and surrender of Bonds so called
for redemption at the place or places of payment, such Bonds shall be redeemed.

Any Bonds and portions of Bonds which have been duly selected for redemption shall cease to
bear interest on the specified redemption date provided that moneys sufficient to pay the principal
of and interest on such Bonds shall be on deposit with the Trustee on the date fixed for redemption
so that such Bonds will be deemed to be paid in accordance with the Indenture and such Bonds shall
thereafter cease to be entitled to any lien, benefit or security under the Indenture.

The Registered Owner of this Bond shall have no right to enforce the provisions of the
Indenture, or to institute action to enforce the covenants therein, or to take any action with
respect to any default under the Indenture, or to institute, appear in or defend any suit or other
proceeding with respect thereto, except as provided in the Indenture.

 

A-4

 

With certain exceptions as provided therein, the Indenture and the Loan Agreement may be
modified or amended only with the consent of the Registered Owners of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of all Bonds outstanding under the Indenture which would be adversely affected
thereby.

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and the Loan Agreement, copies of which are on file
with the Trustee, for the provisions, among others, with respect to the nature and extent of the
rights, duties and obligations of the Authority, the Company, the Trustee and the Registered Owners
of the Bonds. The Registered Owner of this Bond, by the acceptance hereof, is deemed to have
agreed and consented to the terms and provisions of the Indenture and the Loan Agreement.

Among other things, as provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, this Bond or any portion of the principal amount hereof will be deemed to have been paid
within the meaning and with the effect expressed in the Indenture, and the entire indebtedness of
the Authority in respect thereof shall be satisfied and discharged, if there has been irrevocably
deposited with the Trustee, in trust, money in an amount which will be sufficient and/or Government
Obligations, the principal of and interest on which, when due, without regard to any reinvestment
thereof, will provide moneys which, together with moneys deposited with or held by the Trustee,
will be sufficient, to pay when due the principal of and interest on this Bond or such portion of
the principal amount hereof when due.

Among other things, the Loan Agreement contains terms, provisions and conditions relating to
the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into, and the sale, transfer or other
disposition of assets to, another Person, to the assumption by such other Person, in certain
circumstances, of all of the obligations of the Company under the Loan Agreement and to the release
and discharge of the Company, in certain circumstances, from such obligations.

The Authority and the Trustee may deem and treat the person in whose name this Bond is
registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Bond is overdue, and
neither the Authority nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; provided
that if the Company is the sole Owner of this Bond, the Authority and the Trustee may deem and
treat the Company as the absolute owner for all purposes.

It is hereby certified, recited and declared that all acts, conditions and things required by
the Constitution and laws of the State of Arizona to exist, to have happened and to have been
performed, precedent to and in the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the issuance of this
Bond, do exist, have happened and have been performed in regular and due form as required by law.

No covenant or agreement contained in this Bond or the Indenture shall be deemed to be a
covenant or agreement of any official, officer, agent or employee of the Authority in his
individual capacity, and neither the members of the Board of Directors of the Authority, nor any
official executing this Bond, shall be liable personally on this Bond or be subject to any personal
liability or accountability by reason of the issuance or sale of this Bond.

This Bond shall not be entitled to any right or benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or
become obligatory for any purpose, until this Bond shall have been authenticated by the execution
by the Trustee of the certificate of authentication inscribed hereon.

 

A-5

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Industrial Development Authority of The County of Pima has caused this
Bond to be executed with the manual or facsimile signature of its President or Vice President and
attested with the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT

AUTHORITY OF THE COUNTY OF PIMA

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	President 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 
	ATTEST:
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 

Secretary

	 	 

 

A-6

 

EXHIBIT B

(FORM FOR ORDINARY REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER)

COMPLETE AND SIGN THIS FORM FOR ORDINARY

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Please Insert Social Security Or Other Identifying Number of Assignee

                                                                  
              

                                                                   
             

Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee

                                                                  
              

this bond and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
                     attorney to register such transfer on the registration books in the
principal office of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

	 	 	 
	Dated:                                          

	 	 
	 	 	NOTE: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the
name as written on the face of this Bond in every particular,
without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

B-1

 

EXHIBIT C

(FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION)

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is to certify that this Bond is one of the Bonds described in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Officer 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

Date of Authentication:                                              

 

C-1

 

EXHIBIT D

REQUISITION NO. ___

The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima Industrial Development

Revenue Bonds, 2010 Series A (Tucson Electric Power Company Project)

Construction Fund

The undersigned,                     , hereby certifies as follows:

1. I am the                      of Tucson Electric Power Company, a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Arizona (the “Company”).

2. Pursuant to the provisions of that certain Indenture of Trust, dated as of October 1, 2010
(the “Indenture”), between The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima (the
“Authority”) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), I am an
Authorized Company Representative (as such term is defined in the Indenture) and I am delivering
this Requisition on behalf of the Company.

3. The undersigned, acting on behalf of the Company, does hereby request disbursement of funds
from The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima Industrial Development Revenue
Bonds, 2010 Series A (Tucson Electric Power Company Project) Construction Fund (the “Construction
Fund”) created and established pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture.

TOTAL DISBURSEMENT AMOUNT REQUESTED: $                    .

4. The undersigned, acting on behalf of the Company, hereby certifies: (a) that each
obligation, item of cost or expense with respect to which this Requisition is being made has been
properly incurred and has been paid or is now due and payable as an item of the Cost of
Construction (as such term is defined in the Indenture), is a proper charge against the
Construction Fund, and has not been the basis of any previous final payment from the Construction
Fund or from the proceeds of any other obligations issued by the Authority; (b) that the payment of
this Requisition will not result in a breach of any of the covenants of the Company contained in
Section 4.04 (c) or (d) of the Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010 (the “Loan Agreement”),
between the Authority and the Company; and (c) that, to the best of the knowledge of such
Authorized Company Representative, there shall not have occurred and be continuing any event of
default under the Loan Agreement.

 

D-1

 

5. Payment should be made in accordance with the instructions set forth on Schedule I hereto.

Dated:                                         .

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Tucson Electric Power Company

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Company Representative 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

 

D-2

 

SCHEDULE I

The Industrial Development Authority of the County of Pima Industrial Development

Revenue Bonds, 2010 Series A (Tucson Electric Power Company Project)

Construction Fund

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name and Address of

	 	
	 	
	 	
	Party To

	 	Payment
	 	Nature of
	 	Payment
	Be Paid

	 	Amount
	 	Expenditure
	 	Instructions
	
	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

D-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00179-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00179-of-00352.parquet"}]]